Monier-Williams Sanskrit-English Dictionary
Version: 0.1 beta
Last updated: Sat 03/29/2003 06:14 PM
Based on the IITS - Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon
Based on R.B. Mahoney's HTML Version 0.1a
Copyright © by University of Cologne (Universität zu Köln)
This Unicode HTML version by Prem Pahlajrai:
p {pa.}
UKT: This downloaded file is very extensive and is very difficult to search. To make searching easy I have inserted the following TOC. - 111201

Contents of this page
p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p574-c1  p575-c1  p576-c1  p577-c1  p578-c1  p579-c1
p580-c1  p581-c1  p582-c1  p583-c1  p584-c1  p585-c1  p586-c1  p587-c1  p588-c1  p589-c1
p590-c1  p591-c1  p592-c1  p593-c1  p594-c1  p595-c1  p596-c1  p597-c1  p598-c1  p599-c1
p600-c1  p601-c1  p602-c1  p603-c1  p604-c1  p605-c1  p606-c1  p607-c1  p608-c1  p609-c1
p610-c1  p611-c1  p612-c1  p613-c1  p614-c1  p615-c1  p616-c1  p617-c1  p618-c1  p619-c1
p620-c1  p621-c1  p622-c1  p623-c1  p624-c1  p625-c1  p626-c1  p627-c1  p628-c1  p629-c1
p630-c1  p631-c1  p632-c1  p633-c1  p634-c1  p635-c1  p636-c1  p637-c1  p638-c1  p639-c1
p640-c1  p641-c1  p642-c1  p643-c1  p644-c1  p645-c1  p646-c1  p647-c1  p648-c1  p649-c1
p650-c1  p651-c1  p652-c1  p653-c1  p654-c1  p655-c1  p656-c1  p657-c1  p658-c1  p659-c1
p660-c1  p661-c1  p662-c1  p663-c1  p664-c1  p665-c1  p666-c1  p667-c1  p668-c1  p669-c1
p670-c1  p671-c1  p672-c1  p673-c1  p674-c1  p675-c1  p676-c1  p677-c1  p678-c1  p679-c1
p680-c1  p681-c1  p682-c1  p683-c1  p684-c1  p685-c1  p686-c1  p687-c1  p688-c1  p689-c1
p690-c1  p691-c1  p692-c1  p693-c1  p694-c1  p695-c1  p696-c1  p697-c1  p698-c1  p699-c1
p700-c1  p701-c1  p702-c1  p703-c1  p704-c1  p705-c1  p706-c1  p707-c1  p708-c1  p709-c1
p710-c1  p711-c1  p712-c1  p713-c1  p714-c1  p715-c1 
UKT notes


pa 1
pa the first labial consonant
⋙ pakāra
○kāra m. the letter or sound pa
⋙ pavarga
○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants
pa 2
pa mf( and )n. (√1. ) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c
• also paka in taila-paka)
• m. or () f. the act of drinking L
pa 3
pa mfn. (√3. ) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc
• cf. aja-, kula- &c
• also paka in hasti-paka)
• (ā), f. guarding, protecting L
pa 4
pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut
pa 5
pa m. (only L.) wind
• a leaf
• = pūta
• (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka
paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73
paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana
pakatha wṛ. for paktha
pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L
pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād
pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa
paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575
pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)
pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh
pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14
• xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)
• to take a part or side W
≫ pakṣa
pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c
• a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat
• a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)
• the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)
• the shoulder
• the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c
• the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column 3]
• the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv
• the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha
• the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra
• each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c
• a side, party, faction
• multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings
• partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'
mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c
• side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib
• quantity ( See keśa-)
• one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch
• a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)
• an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
• (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp
• any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16
• N. of sev. men VP
• (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division
• the wall of a house or any wall L
• an army L
• favour L
• contradiction, rejoinder L
• the ash-pit of a fire-place L
• a royal elephant L
• a limb or member of the body L
• the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L
• proximity, neighbourhood L
• a bracelet L
• purity, perfection L
• mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]
⋙ pakṣakṛt
○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP
⋙ pakṣakṣaya
○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var
⋙ pakṣakṣepa
○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)
⋙ pakṣagama
○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying
• m. a bird R
⋙ pakṣagupta
○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L
⋙ pakṣagrahaṇa
○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām
⋙ pakṣagrāha
○grāha (Hariv.),
⋙ pakṣagrāhin
○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)
⋙ pakṣaghāta
○ghāta See pakṣâgh○
⋙ pakṣaghna
○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var
⋙ pakṣaṃgama
○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R
⋙ pakṣacara
○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)
• an elephant strayed from the herd Kād
• the moon L
⋙ pakṣacchid
○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid
⋙ pakṣaja
○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L
• N. of partic. clouds VP
⋙ pakṣatā
○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh
• (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument
• maintaining or defending a thesis
• the essential nature of a proposition
• the being the premiss to be proved
• N. of sev. wks
-kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣatva
○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk
• the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas
• the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
• = -tā L
⋙ pakṣadvaya
○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W
• a month (lit. 2 half months) ib
⋙ pakṣadvāra
○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch
⋙ pakṣadhara
○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)
• taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh
• m. a bird Hariv
• an elephant that has strayed from the herd L
• the moon L. (cf. -cara)
• N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat
• (ī), f. N. of wk
-miśra m. N. of an author
-vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣadharmatāvāda
○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣanāḍī
○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr
⋙ pakṣanikṣepa
○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad
⋙ pakṣapāta
○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L
• flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7
• adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)
• a partisan, adherent W
-kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW
⋙ pakṣapātin
○pātin mfn. flying
• ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc
○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish
○ti-tva n. MW
⋙ pakṣapāli
○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak
• a private or back door L
⋙ pakṣapuccha
○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr
○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib
⋙ pakṣapuṭa
○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād
⋙ pakṣapoṣaṇa
○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP
⋙ pakṣapradoṣavrata
○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣapradyota
○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pakṣabala
○bala n. strength of wing MW
⋙ pakṣabindu
○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L
⋙ pakṣabhāga
○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L
⋙ pakṣabhukti
○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP
⋙ pakṣabheda
○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument
• the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW
⋙ pakṣamūla
○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L
⋙ pakṣayāga
○yāga m. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣaracanā
○racanā f. forming a party or faction
-naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś
⋙ pakṣarātri
○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat
⋙ pakṣavañcitaka
○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib
⋙ pakṣavat
○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c
• belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')
⋙ pakṣavadha
○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr
⋙ pakṣavāda
○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh
⋙ pakṣavāhana
○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L
⋙ pakṣavikala
○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch
⋙ pakṣavyāpin
○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW
⋙ pakṣaśas
○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh
⋙ pakṣasammita
○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr
⋙ pakṣasundara
○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L
⋙ pakṣahata
○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr
⋙ pakṣahara
○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh
⋙ pakṣahoma
○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L
-vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣākāra
pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW
⋙ pakṣāghāta
pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr
• refutation of an argument or view W
⋙ pakṣādi
pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ
⋙ pakṣādhyāya
pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv
⋙ pakṣānta
pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh
• the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c
⋙ pākṣāntara
pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L
• another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch
⋙ pakṣābhāsa
pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch
⋙ pakṣāvalī
pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣāvasara
pakṣâvasara m. (L.),
⋙ pakṣāvasāna
pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon
⋙ pakṣāṣṭamī
pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ
⋙ pakṣāhati
pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW
⋙ pakṣāhāra
pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh
⋙ pakṣeśvara
pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat
⋙ pakṣotkṣepa
pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa
⋙ pakṣodgrāhin
pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW
≫ pakṣaka
pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc
• cf. sa-)
• N. of the number two Hcat
• a fan Gal
• a side door L
• a side Śiś
• a partisan L
≫ pakṣati
pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)
• the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc
-tā f.)
• the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L
⋙ pakṣatipuṭa
○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)
≫ pakṣas
pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch
• a side RV. vi, 47, 19
• the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh
• the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh
• the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS
• a half month TāṇḍBr
• the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr
≫ pakṣālikā
pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
≫ pakṣālu
pakṣālu m. a bird L
≫ pakṣi 1
pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2
• pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)
≫ pakṣi 2
pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin
⋙ pakṣikīṭa
○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW
⋙ pakṣijyotiṣa
○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣitīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
⋙ pakṣitva
○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās
⋙ pakṣipati
○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R
⋙ pakṣipānīyaśālikā
○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L
⋙ pakṣipuṃgava
○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
• of Jaṭāyu R
⋙ pakṣipravara
○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
⋙ pakṣibālaka
○bālaka m. a young bird MW
⋙ pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa
○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣimārga
○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal
⋙ pakṣimṛgatā
○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9
⋙ pakṣirāj
○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
⋙ pakṣirāja
○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
⋙ pakṣirājya
○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW
⋙ pakṣiśārdūla
○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance
⋙ pakṣiśālā
○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L
⋙ pakṣiśāvaka
○śāvaka m. a young bird MW
⋙ pakṣisiṃha
○siṃha (L.),
⋙ svāmin
svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column 2]
⋙ pakṣīndra
pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās
⋙ pakṣīśa
pakṣī7śa R
≫ pakṣin
pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c
• (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv
• m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c
• the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L
• N. of Śiva MBh
• a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L
• an arrow L
• a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr
• (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv
• (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut
• the day of full moon L
• N. of a Śākini L
≫ pakṣila
pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L
⋙ pakṣilasvāmin
○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad
≫ pakṣīkṛ
pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar
≫ pakṣīya
pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv
≫ pakṣu
pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)
≫ pakṣma 1
pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)
• n. lead Gal
≫ pakṣma 2
pakṣma in comp. for ○man,
⋙ pakṣmakopa
○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr
⋙ pakṣmapāta
○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh
⋙ pakṣmaprakopa
○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr
⋙ pakṣmayūkā
○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L
⋙ pakṣmasampāta
○sampāta m.= -pāta
-ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh
⋙ pakṣmaspanda
○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149
⋙ pakṣmākṣa
pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L
≫ pakṣman
pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh
• cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
• the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8
• the filament of a flower ib. v, 85
• a thin thread L
• the leaf of a flower Kād
• a wing L
• a whisker MW
≫ pakṣmala
pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr
• having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś
• downy, soft Kād. Bālar
⋙ pakṣmaladṛś
○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh
≫ pakṣya
pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)
• changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')
• produced or occurring in a fortnight W
• (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās
⋙ pakṣyavayas
○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas
pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2
pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L
pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr
páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c
• ointment, unguent (in comp
• cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP
• moral impurity, sin L
⋙ paṅkakarvaṭa
○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L
⋙ paṅkakīra
○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L
⋙ paṅkakrīḍa
○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
⋙ paṅkakrīḍanaka
○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
⋙ paṅkagaḍaka
○gaḍaka m
⋙ paṅkagaṇḍī
○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
⋙ paṅkagati
○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
⋙ paṅkagrāha
○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L
⋙ paṅkacchid
○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav
⋙ paṅkaja
○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)
• m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)
• mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam
-janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv
-nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām
-nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP
-netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP
-pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
-mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP
-lāvam ind. (fr. √) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar
-vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh
○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar
○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP
jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)
○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var
○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh
• (), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur
⋙ paṅkajanman
○janman n. = -ja n. L
⋙ paṅkajāta
○jāta n. id
• = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś
⋙ paṅkajit
○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
⋙ paṅkatā
○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś
⋙ paṅkadanta
○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column 3]
⋙ paṅkadigdha
○digdha mfn. mud-smeared
-śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv
○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh
⋙ paṅkaprabhā
○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L
⋙ paṅkabhāj
○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W
⋙ paṅkabhāraka
○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W
⋙ paṅkabhāva
○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh
⋙ paṅkamagna
○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ
⋙ paṅkamajjana
○majjana n. immersion in mud MW
⋙ paṅkamaṇḍuka
○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)
⋙ paṅkamaya
○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW
⋙ paṅkaruh
○ruh and n. = -ja n. L
⋙ paṅkaruha
○ruha n. = -ja n. L
○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī
⋙ paṅkalagna
○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr
⋙ paṅkavat
○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R
⋙ paṅkavāri
○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○
⋙ paṅkavāsa
○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L
⋙ paṅkaśukti
○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L
⋙ paṅkaśūraṇa
○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)
⋙ paṅkākta
paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit
⋙ paṅkāvalī
paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)
≫ paṅkaya
paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19
• to besmear Hcar
≫ paṅkāra
paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra
• Trapa Bispinosa
• a dam, dike
• stairs, a ladder
≫ paṅkin
paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)
≫ paṅkila
paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv
• thick, condensed L
• m. a boat, canoe L
≫ paṅke
paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp
⋙ paṅkeja
○ja n. = ○ka-ja L
⋙ paṅkeruh
○ruh n. id., Prasann
⋙ paṅkeruha
○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP
• m. the Indian crane L
-vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar
• f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām
○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib
⋙ paṅkeśaya
○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr
paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa
paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c
• a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib
• any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)
• the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)
• any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• the earth L
• wṛ. for pakti, q.v
⋙ paṅktikaṭa
○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ paṅktikaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L
⋙ paṅktikanda
○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L
⋙ paṅktikrama
○krama m. order, succession Hit
⋙ paṅktigrīva
○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L
⋙ paṅkticara
○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L
⋙ paṅktidūṣa
○dūṣa (MBh.),
⋙ paṅktidūṣaka
○dūḍṣaka (Var.),
⋙ paṅktidūṣaṇa
○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with
⋙ paṅktidoṣa
○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh
⋙ paṅktipāvana
○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c
-pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch
⋙ paṅktibīja
○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L
⋙ paṅktimālā
○mālā f. a species of plant Gal
⋙ paṅktiratha
○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur
⋙ paṅktirādhas
○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV
⋙ paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt
○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13
⋙ paṅktiśas
○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33
≫ paṅktikā
paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat
• a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ
≫ paṅktī
paṅktī for paṅkti in comp
⋙ paṅktīkṛta
○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv
⋙ paṅktīhara
○hara See pāṅktīhari
⋙ paṅktyuttarā
paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt
paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?
Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c
• N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr
• m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)
• of Nirjita-varman Rājat
⋙ paṅgugraha
○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W
• one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW
⋙ paṅgutā
○tā f. lameness, motionlessness
-hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51
⋙ paṅgutva
○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas
⋙ paṅgubhāva
○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar
⋙ paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa
○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṅguvāsara
○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh
≫ paṅguka
paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh
≫ paṅgula
paṅgula mfn. id. L
• n. (?) lameness Suśr
• m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column 1] Contents of this page
≫ paṅgūyita
paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh
pac 1
pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya
≫ pañca 1
pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar
• m. (in music) a kind of measure
pac 2
pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.
• p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]
• pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur
pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV
peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 120]
• aor. pákṣat RV
apākṣīt, apakta Gr
• Prec. pacyāt ib
• fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br
• ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh
• inf. páktave AV. Br
paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c
• (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh
• to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr
• to digest Suśr
• to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c
• (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop
• (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh
• aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c
• to be tormented Divyâv
• also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh
Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat
lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr
• Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)
• to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)
• to cause to ripen TBr
• to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr
pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575, 1] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]
≫ paktavya
paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh
• to be matured or digested W
≫ pakti
paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)
• food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS
• digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
• place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr
• ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv
• purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)
• respectability, dignity, fame Suśr
⋙ paktidṛṣṭi
○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120
⋙ paktināśana
○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr
⋙ paktiśūla
○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L
⋙ paktisthāna
○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr
≫ paktṛ
paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
• digestive, promoting digestion Suśr
• m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car
⋙ paktra
pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166
⋙ paktrima
pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20
• ripe HPariś
• cooked W
≫ paktha
pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)
• pl. N. of a people ib
⋙ pakthin
pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy
• prob. N. of a man) ib
≫ pakva
pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac
Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)
• warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c
• baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c
• ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)
• grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas
• accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP
• ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib
• digested W
• n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr
• ripe corn AV
• the ashes of a burnt corpse ib
⋙ pakvakaṣāya
○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP
⋙ pakvakṛt
○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food
• m. Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ pakvakeśa
○keśa mfn. grey-haired W
⋙ pakvagātra
○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv
⋙ pakvatā
○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column 2]
⋙ pakvarasa
○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr
⋙ pakvavat
○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW
⋙ pakvavāri
○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L
• boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)
⋙ pakvasasyopamonnati
○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L
⋙ pakvaharitalūna
○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L
⋙ pakvātīsāra
pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr
⋙ pakvādhāna
pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr
⋙ pakvānna
pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c
⋙ pakvāśaya
pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)
⋙ pakvāśin
pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19
⋙ pakveṣṭaka
pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch
-cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ
⋙ pakveṣṭakā
pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var
-maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat
≫ pakvaka
pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6
≫ pakṣṇu
pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop
≫ pac 3
pac mfn. (ifc
• nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking
≫ paca 1
paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)
• m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L
⋙ pacapaca
○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh
⋙ pacampacā
○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)
≫ paca 2
paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac
⋙ pacaprakūṭā
○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
⋙ pacalavaṇā
○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
≫ pacaka
pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L
≫ pacat
pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c
⋙ pacatpuṭa
○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L
≫ pacata 1
pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr
• m. fire L
• the sun L
• N. of Indra L
• n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16
≫ pacata 2
pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac
⋙ pacatabhṛjjatā
○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
≫ pacatikalpam
pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch
≫ pacatya
pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2
≫ pacana
pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)
• m. fire L
• (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L
• (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)
• n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr
• cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP
⋙ pacanakriyā
○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut
⋙ pacanāgāra
pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ pacanāgni
pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib
≫ pacanikā
pacanikā f. a pan L
≫ pacamānaka
pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh
≫ paci
paci m. fire L
• cooking, maturing L
≫ pacelima
pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172
• m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean
• fire
• the sun
⋙ paceluka
paceḍluka m. a cook L
≫ pacya
pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)
paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis
pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583
paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575, 2]
≫ pajra
pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]
• m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib
• [575, 2] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib
• n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
⋙ pajrahoṣin
○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)
≫ pajriya
pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV
≫ pañjaka
pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat
≫ pañjara
pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c
• a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)
• N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP
• m. (L.) the body. Udbh
• the Kali-yuga L
• a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L
• a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)
⋙ pañjarakapiñjala
○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch
⋙ pañjarakapota
○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib
⋙ pañjarakesarin
○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād
⋙ pañjaracālananyāya
○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk
⋙ pañjarabhāj
○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column 3]
⋙ pañjaraśuka
○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch
⋙ pañjarākheṭa
pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L
≫ pañjaraka
pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc
pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat
paj-ja See 3. pad
pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom
• a kind of metre ib
pañc See √1. pac, col. 1
≫ pañca 1
pañca See under 1. pac ib
pañca 2
pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)
⋙ pañcakapāla
○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS
⋙ pañcakarṇa
○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)
• m. N. of a man TĀr
⋙ pañcakarpaṭa
○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh
⋙ pañcakarma
○karma n. (L.),
⋙ pañcakarman
○karman n. (Suśr.),
⋙ pañcakarmī
○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)
○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks
⋙ pañcakalpa
○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L
• (ī), f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcakalyāṇaka
○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat
⋙ pañcakaṣāya
○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L
-ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr
⋙ pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti
○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcakāpittha
○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr
⋙ pañcakārukī
○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L
⋙ pañcakālakriyādīpa
○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m
⋙ pañcakālapaddhati
○kāla-paddhati f
⋙ pañcakālapravartana
○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakūrca
○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh
⋙ pañcakṛtya
○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad
• (m.) a species of, plant L
⋙ pañcakṛtvas
○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr
⋙ pañcakṛṣṇa
○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr
⋙ pañcakṛṣṇala
○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut
○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW
⋙ pañcakoṇa
○koṇa m. a pentagon Col
⋙ pañcakola
○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
⋙ pañcakolaka
○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
⋙ pañcakośa
○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)
-viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakrama
○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L
• N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)
⋙ pañcakrośa
○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
⋙ pañcakrośī
○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakroṣṭṛ
○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcakleśabheda
○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcakṣāra
○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v
⋙ pañcakhaṭva
○khaṭva n
⋙ pañcakhaṭvī
○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L
⋙ pañcagaṅga
○gaṅga n. (C.),
⋙ pañcagaṅgā
○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh
⋙ pañcagaṇayoga
○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L
⋙ pañcagaṇḍaka
○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv
⋙ pañcagata
○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col
⋙ pañcagatisamatikrānta
○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)
⋙ pañcagava
○gava n
⋙ pañcagavī
○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows
○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L
⋙ pañcagavya
○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L
• N. of wk
-ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar
-melana-prakāra m. N. of wk
○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat
⋙ pañcagārgya
○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcagu
○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat
⋙ pañcaguṇa
○guṇa mfn. fivefold
• having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh
⋙ pañcagupta
○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head
• cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L
• the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L
⋙ pañcagupti
○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L
⋙ pañcagṛhita
○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr
○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,
⋙ pañcagoṇi
○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti
⋙ pañcagranthī
⋙ pañcagrahayogaśānti
○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcagrāmī
○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ
⋙ pañcaghāta
○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure
⋙ pañcacakṣus
○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)
⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśa
○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśat
○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr
⋙ pañcacandra
○candra m. N. of a man Rājat
⋙ pañcacāmara
○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
-stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara
⋙ pañcacitīka
○cit˘īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c
⋙ pañcacīra
○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W
⋙ pañcacūḍa
○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)
• (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās
• (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr
• N. of an Apsaras MBh. R
○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)
⋙ pañcacoḍā
○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb
⋙ pañcacola
○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L
⋙ pañcajana
○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)
• (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh
• N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)
• of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP
• of a Prajāpati ib
• of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv
• of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib
• (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L
• N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)
○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
• m. an actor, a buffoon L
• the chief of 5 men W
⋙ pañcajitaṃte
○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcajñāna
○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L
⋙ pañcaḍākinī
○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W
⋙ pañcatakṣa
○takṣa n
⋙ pañcatakṣī
○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L
⋙ pañcatattva
○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L
• (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)
-prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcatantra
○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)
• of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita
-kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcatanmātra
○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap
⋙ pañcatapa
○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn
⋙ pañcatapas
○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)
• mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)
po'nvita mfn. id. R
⋙ pañcatā
○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151
• an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur
⋙ pañcatāra
○tāra mfn. five-starred MW
⋙ pañcatikta
○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr
-ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav
⋙ pañcatīthī
○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP
• N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās
• bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W
⋙ pañcatriṃśa
○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr
• + 35 Jyot
⋙ pañcatrinśat
○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh
○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcatriṃśati
○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat
⋙ pañcatriṃśika
○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb
⋙ pañcatrika
○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh
⋙ pañcatva
○tva n. fivefoldness
• the 5 elements BhP
• dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit
• cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c
⋙ pañcadaka
○daka (?), N. of a people MBh
⋙ pañcadaṇḍa
○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad
-cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1
⋙ pañcadaśa
○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c
• + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr
• consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c
• containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br
• (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var
• N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2
⋙ pañcadaśa
○daśa for ○śan in comp
-karman n. N. of wk
-kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy
-cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS
-dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column 2]
-mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk
-rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś
-rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br
-vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr
-varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra
-vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS
-vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc
• N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr
○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS
○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83
○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323
⋙ pañcadaśan
○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr
• instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c
⋙ pañcadaśama
○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP
⋙ pañcadaśika
○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb
⋙ pañcadaśin
○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr
⋙ pañcadāman
○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś
⋙ pañcadīrgha
○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L
⋙ pañcadaivata
○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp
⋙ pañcadaivatya
○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat
⋙ pañcadrāviḍajāti
○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)
⋙ pañcadrauṇika
○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh
⋙ pañcadhanus
○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ pañcadhā
○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c
bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcadhāraṇaka
○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh
⋙ pañcadhīva
○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcanakha
○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var
• m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R
• an elephant L
• a lion Gal
• a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)
• a tortoise L
⋙ pañcanada
○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)
• N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP
• m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L
• m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)
• N. of an Asura Hariv
• of a teacher VāmP
-kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)
-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanalīya
○nalīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanavata
○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
• + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7
⋙ pañcanavati
○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)
-tama mf(ī)n. 95th
• the 95th (ch. of R.)
⋙ pañcanātha
○nātha m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ pañcanāman
○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV
○mâvali f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanāli
○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh
⋙ pañcanidhana
○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pañcanimba
○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ pañcanirgranthīsūtra
○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =
⋙ pañcanīrājana
○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W
⋙ pañcapakṣin
○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L
○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury
⋙ pañcapakṣī
○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology
-ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms
⋙ pañcapañcaka
○pañcaka (R.),
⋙ pañcapañcan
○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)
⋙ pañcapañcanakha
○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W
⋙ pañcapañcāśa
○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)
⋙ pañcapañcāśat
○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c
⋙ pañcapañcin
○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br
⋙ pañcapaṭala
○paṭala m. or n
⋙ pañcapaṭalikā
○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcapaṭu
○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcapattra
○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R
• m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L
⋙ pañcapada
○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr
• (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)
• 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123
• the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl
• acc. sg. du.), APrāt
• N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP
○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcapariṣad
○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh
⋙ pañcaparṇikā
○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L
⋙ pañcaparṇī
○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L
⋙ pañcaparva
○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcaparvata
○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L
⋙ pañcaparvan
○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R
• m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś
○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column 3]
⋙ pañcapala
○pala (Yājñ.),
⋙ pañcapalika
○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas
○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās
⋙ pañcapallava
○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara
• or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L
• or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)
⋙ pañcapaśu
○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr
• mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait
⋙ pañcapātra
○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi
• n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L
⋙ pañcapāda
○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV
• (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis
⋙ pañcapādikā
○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk
-ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms
⋙ pañcapitta
○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L
⋙ pañcapura
○pura n. N. of a city Śukas
⋙ pañcapurāṇīya
○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227
⋙ pañcapuruṣam
○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcapuṣpamaya
○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās
⋙ pañcapūlī
○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat
⋙ pañcaprakaraṇa
○prakaraṇa n
⋙ pañcaprakaraṇī
○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcaprayāga
○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367
⋙ pañcaprayoga
○prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaprastha
○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP
⋙ pañcapraharaṇa
○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib
⋙ pañcaprāṇa
○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)
○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk
⋙ pañcaprādeśa
○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr
⋙ pañcaprāsāda
○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W
⋙ pañcaphuṭṭika
○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās
⋙ pañcabaddha
○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv
⋙ pañcabandha
○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ
⋙ pañcabandhura
○bandhura See -vandh○
⋙ pañcabala
○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50
⋙ pañcabalā
○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L
⋙ pañcabāṇa
○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c
vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabāṇī
○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish
⋙ pañcabāhu
○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv
⋙ pañcabinduprasṛta
○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś
⋙ pañcabila
○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr
⋙ pañcabīja
○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed
• or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari
• or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L
⋙ pañcabodha
○bodha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabrahmamantra
○brahma-mantra m
⋙ pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad
○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabrahmopaniṣad
○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat
⋙ pañcabhaṭṭīya
○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabhadra
○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar
• consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS
• vicious L
• m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv
• n. a partic. mixture Bhpr
⋙ pañcabhāra
○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs
⋙ pañcabhāṣāmaṇi
○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabhuja
○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal
• m. N. of Ganêśa Gal
• a pentagon W
⋙ pañcabhūta
○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap
-parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW
-vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks
○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr
⋙ pañcabhūryābhimukhā
○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ
⋙ pañcabhṛṅga
○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L
⋙ pañcabhautika
○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○
⋙ pañcamakāra
○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine
māṃsa, meat
matsya, fish
mudrā, intertwining of the fingers
• and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)
⋙ pañcamantratanu
○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad
⋙ pañcamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP
⋙ pañcamahākalpa
○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338
⋙ pañcamahāpātakin
○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW
⋙ pañcamahābhūtamaya
○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pañcamahāyajña
○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W
-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcamahiṣa
○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr
⋙ pañcamāṣaka
○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
⋙ pañcamāṣika
○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
⋙ pañcamāsya
○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr
⋙ pañcamithyātvaṭīkā
○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcamukha
○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp
• m. N. of Śiva L
• a lion L
• an arrow with 5 points R
• (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L
⋙ pañcamudrā
○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W
⋙ pañcamuṣṭi
○muṣṭ˘i f. Trigonella Corniculata L
⋙ pañcamuṣṭika
○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr
⋙ pañcamūtra
○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L
⋙ pañcamūrti
○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
⋙ pañcamūrtika
○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
⋙ pañcamūla
○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās
• n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass
• other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c
⋙ pañcameni
○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr
⋙ pañcayakṣā
○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh
⋙ pañcayajña
○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)
-paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW
⋙ pañcayāma
○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV
• N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP
⋙ pañcayuga
○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh
⋙ pañcayojana
○yojaná n. (AV.),
⋙ pañcayojanī
○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas
⋙ pañcarakṣaka
○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L
⋙ pañcarakṣā
○rakṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaratna
○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat
• or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)
• N. of sev. wks
• pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW
-kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks
-maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat
-mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras
⋙ pañcaraśmi
○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV
⋙ pañcarasā
○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L
⋙ pañcarājīphala
○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
⋙ pañcarātra
○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
⋙ pañcarātraka
○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
• (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)
• m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
• N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c
dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcarātrika
○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○
⋙ pañcarāśika
○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers
• n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col
⋙ pañcarudra
○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcarūpakośa
○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcarca
○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses
• m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ
⋙ pañcalakṣaṇa
○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)
• n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W
-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcalakṣaṇī
○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)
⋙ pañcalambaka
○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv
⋙ pañcalavaṇa
○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr
⋙ pañcalāṅgala
○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)
-dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaloha
○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L
⋙ pañcalohaka
○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L
⋙ pañcavaktra
○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R
• m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas
• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
• a lion L
• (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat
-rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr
-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcavaṭa
○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L
• N. of a man Rājat
• (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column 2]
• (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh
○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcavadanastotra
○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)
⋙ pañcavandhura
○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)
⋙ pañcavarga
○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27
• the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154
• the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)
• mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr
⋙ pañcavarṇa
○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)
• fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat
• m. N. of a mountain Hariv
• of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)
⋙ pañcavardhana
○vardhana m. a species of plant L
⋙ pañcavarṣa
○varṣa (KātyŚr.),
⋙ pañcavarṣeka
○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old
○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old
⋙ pañcavarṣikamaha
○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L
⋙ pañcavarṣiya
○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr
⋙ pañcavali
○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr
⋙ pañcavalkala
○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa
• but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar
⋙ pañcavallabhā
○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal
⋙ pañcavastu
○vastu n. (?), N. of wk
⋙ pañcavātīya
○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr
⋙ pañcavāda
○vāda m. N. of wk
-kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcavārṣika
○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years
• n. and
⋙ pañcamaha
○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L
⋙ pañcavāhin
○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV
⋙ pañcaviṃśa
○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c
• containing or consisting of 25 ib
• representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
• m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr
• N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP
-brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr
⋙ pañcaviṃśaka
○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP
• consisting of 25 L
• (with vayasā) 25 years old R
⋙ pañcaviṃśat
○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat
⋙ pañcaviṃśati
○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr
• a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā
• See vetāla-)
-gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap
-tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh
-rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr
-sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L
⋙ pañcaviṃśatika
○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205
• n. the number 25 MBh
• (ā), f. See -viṃśati
⋙ pañcavikrama
○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP
⋙ pañcavigrāham
○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr
⋙ pañcavijaya
○vijaya m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcavidha
○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr
-nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcavidheya
○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra
⋙ pañcavīragoṣṭha
○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś
⋙ pañcavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa n. sg. or 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW
⋙ pañcavṛt
○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times
⋙ pañcavṛtam
○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times
⋙ pañcaśata
○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP
• (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ
• fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn
• the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh
• n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh
• (ī), f. 500 Kathās
• a period of 500 years Vajracch
• N. of wk
-tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)
○tīprabandha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaśatika
○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat
⋙ pañcaśara
○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)
-nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcaśarāva
○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim
⋙ pañcaśala
○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV
⋙ pañcaśas
○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP
⋙ pañcaśasya
○śasya See -sasya
⋙ pañcaśākha
○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R
• m. the hand Dhūrtan
⋙ pañcaśāradīya
○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcaśāstra
○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)
⋙ pañcaśikha
○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)
• m. a lion L
• N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c
• of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
• of a Gandharva L
⋙ pañcaśikhin
○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś
⋙ pañcaśirīṣa
○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column 3]
⋙ pañcaśila
○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat
⋙ pañcaśīrṣa
○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib
• m. N. of a mountain Buddh
⋙ pañcaśīla
○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126
⋙ pañcaśukla
○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr
⋙ pañcaśūraṇa
○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L
⋙ pañcaśairīṣaka
○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L
⋙ pañcaśaila
○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP
⋙ pañcaślokī
○ślokī f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaṣa
○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv
⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭa
○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭi
○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)
-tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcasaṃskāra
○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk
-prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcasattra
○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat
⋙ pañcasaṃdhi
○saṃdhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasapta
○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP
⋙ pañcasaptata
○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcasaptati
○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)
-tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcasamāsīya
○samāsīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasavana
○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr
⋙ pañcasasya
○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L
⋙ pañcasahasrī
○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās
⋙ pañcasāṃvatsarika
○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcasāmaka
⋙ pañcasāyaka
○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks
⋙ pañcasāra
○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr
• n. (?) N. of wk
⋙ pañcasiddhānta
○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)
⋙ pañcasiddhāntikā
○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)
⋙ pañcasiddhauṣadhika
○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L
⋙ pañcasiddhanṣadhī
○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib
⋙ pañcasugandhaka
○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L
⋙ pañcasūkta
○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasūtra
○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasūnā
○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418
⋙ pañcaskandha
○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī
-vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
⋙ pañcaskandhaka
○skandhaka n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaskandhī
○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh
⋙ pañcastava
○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),
⋙ pañcastavī
○stavī f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcasmṛti
○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasrotas
○srotas n. = manas Nīlak
⋙ pañcasvarā
○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination
-nirṇaya m. N. of Comm
○rêdaya m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasvastyayana
○svastyayana n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcahavis
○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ pañcahasta
○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP
• of a place Rājat
⋙ pañcahāyana
○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP
⋙ pañcahāva
○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)
⋙ pañcahotṛ
○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1
• m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcahotra
○hotra See -hāva
⋙ pañcahradatīrtha
○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP
⋙ pañcāṃśa
pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var
⋙ pañcākṣa
pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv
⋙ pañcākṣara
pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c
• m. N. of a poet
• (ī), f. See s.v
-kalpa m. N. of wk
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat
-mākātmya n. N. of wk
-śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy
⋙ pañcākṣarī
pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh
-yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcākhyāna
pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)
-varttika n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāgni
pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W
• mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās
• maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
• acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W
-ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr
-tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās
-vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
-sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)
○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch
⋙ pañcāṅga
pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column 1] Contents of this page
• any aggregate of 5 parts ib
• mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)
• having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)
• m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)
• (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr
• a kind of bandage Suśr
• n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L
-kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks
-gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)
-tattva n. N. of wk
-pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)
-phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks
-viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
-śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW
-śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks
○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7
○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāṅguri
pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV
⋙ pañcāṅgula
pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers
• m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr
• (ī), f. a species of shrub L
⋙ pañcāṅguli
pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ
• having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W
⋙ pañcāja
pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)
⋙ pañcātapā
pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)
⋙ pañcātmaka
pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcādhyāyī
pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks
⋙ pañcānana
pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L
• m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)
• a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)
• N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar
• N. of an author and other men
• (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat
-deśa m. N. of a place Cat
⋙ pañcānandamāhātmya
pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcānugāna
pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pañcāpañcīnā
pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS
⋙ pañcāpūpa
pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV
⋙ pañcāpsaras
pañcâpsaras (R.),
⋙ pañcāpsarasa
pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)
⋙ pañcābjamaṇḍala
pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras
⋙ pañcābdakhya
pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134
⋙ pañcāmṛta
pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat
• the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2
• mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L
• n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W
• N. of a Tantra
○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāmla
pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr
⋙ pañcāyatana
pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416
-paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāyudha
pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāra
páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV
⋙ pañcārcis
pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP
⋙ pañcārtha
pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad
-bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcārṣeya
pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ pañcāvaṭa
pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v
⋙ pañcāvatta
pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr
• n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas
○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch
○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr
⋙ pañcāvadāna
pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ
⋙ pañcāvayava
pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts
• (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas
⋙ pañcāvaraṇastotra
pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcāvarta
pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcāvastha
pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal
⋙ pañcāvika
pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),
⋙ pañcāśīta
pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcāśīti
pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)
• N. of wk
-tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcāśra
pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat
⋙ pañcāsva
pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column 2]
⋙ pañcāsuvandhura
pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP
⋙ pañcāstikāya
pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk
-bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāsya
pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh
• m. a lion Kāv
• N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar
⋙ pañcāha
pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās
• (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days
• m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcāhika
pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcedhmīya
pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast
⋙ pañcendra
pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch
-kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW
○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcendriya
pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W
• pl. N. of a tale
• mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh
⋙ pañceṣu
pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv
⋙ pañcopacāraka
pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân
⋙ pañcopākhyāna
pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra
-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaudana
pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV
≫ pañcaka
pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)
• bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch
• (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ
• taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat
• m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n
g. ardharcâdi)
• a partic. caste VP
• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
• of a son of Nahusha VP
• pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam
• (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)
• N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch
• n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c
• a field of battle L
-mālā f. a kind of metre L
-māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat
-vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
-śata n. 5 percent Bijag
-śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks
○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)
○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk
≫ pañcat
pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60
≫ pañcataya
pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap
• Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)
≫ pañcatha
pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha
• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578, 2] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]
≫ pañcathu
pañcathu m. time L
• the Koil or Indian cuckoo L
≫ pañcan
páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers
• nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]
• instr. ○cábhis
• dat. abl. ○cábhyas
• loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]
• gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan
• Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578, 2] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]
≫ pañcanī
pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L
≫ pañcama
pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)
• forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c
• = rucira or dakṣa L
• m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh
-rāga Gīt
• the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP
• the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
• N. of a Muni Cat
• (ī), f. See below
• n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)
• copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas
• cf. pañca-tattva)
• (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125
⋙ pañcamabhāgīya
○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas
⋙ pañcamarāga
○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt
⋙ pañcamavat
○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch
⋙ pañcamavilāsa
○vilāsa m
⋙ pañcamasārasaṃhitā
○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcamasvara
○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann
⋙ pañcamāra
pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr
• N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2
⋙ pañcamāsya
pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L
≫ pañcamaka
pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column 3]
≫ pañcamin
pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130
≫ pañcamī
pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c
• the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c
• a termination of the imperative Kāt
• (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā
• a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb
• = pañcanī L
• N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5
• cf. pāñcāli) L
• of a river MBh. VP
⋙ pañcamīkalpa
○kalpa m
⋙ pañcamīkramakalpalatā
○krama-kalpa-latā f
⋙ pañcamīvarivasyārahasya
○varivasyā-rahasya n
⋙ pañcamīsādhana
○sādhana n
⋙ pañcamīsudhodaya
○sudhôdaya m
⋙ pañcamīstava
○stava m
⋙ pañcamīstavarāja
○stava-rāja m. N. of wks
≫ pañcārī
pañcārī f. = pañcanī L
≫ pañcāśa
pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)
• + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150
Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)
≫ pañcāśaka
pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur
• (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)
• N. of sev. wks
≫ pañcāśac
pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat
⋙ pañcāśacchas
○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ
≫ pañcāśat
pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ
• cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata
• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]
⋙ pañcāśattama
○tama mf(ī)n. the [578, 3] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
-vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcāśatpaṇika
○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ
⋙ pañcāśatpalika
○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat

pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk
≫ pañcāśata
pañcāśata n. (MBh.),
⋙ pañcāśati
pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty
≫ pañcāśatka
pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām
≫ pañcāśad
pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat
⋙ pañcāśadgāthā
○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk
⋙ pañcāśaddhā
○dhā ind. in fifty parts R
⋙ pañcāśadbhāga
○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130
⋙ pañcāśadvarṣa
○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr
≫ pañcāśā
pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)
≫ pañci
pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP
≫ pañcika
pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas
• (ā), f. See under pañcaka
≫ pañcin
pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy
≫ pañcī
pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can
⋙ pañcīkaraṇa
○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas
• N. of sev. wks
-tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcīkṛta
○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas
-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
pañcālá (fr. pañcan
• cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)
• of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt
• (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L
• a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)
• N. of Śiva ib
• of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv
• of a serpent-demon L
• a partic. venomous insect MW
• n. (?) N. of a metre Col
• (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād
• a style of singing L
• a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W
⋙ pañcālacaṇḍa
○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr
⋙ pañcālapadavṛtti
○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L
⋙ pañcālarāja
○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
⋙ pañcālarājan
○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
≫ pañcālaka
pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)
• m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP
• (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr
• (ikā), f. a doll L
• a style of singing L
pañci m. N. of a man VP
pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr
pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2
pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L
pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L
• (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L
⋙ pañjikāraka
pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L
⋙ pañjīkara
pañjī-kara m. id. L
≫ pañjikā
pañjikā f. = [paJj˘I] L
• a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)
• a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L
• the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L
⋙ pañjikākāraka
○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe
• an almanacmaker
⋙ pañjikāpradīpa
○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column 1] Contents of this page
paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9
• to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72
• to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar
• cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane
• cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5
pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79
○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr
≫ paṭa
paṭa m. (n. L
• ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)
• a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād
• monastic habit Kāraṇḍ
• a kind of bird Lalit
• Buchanania Latifolia L
• = puras-kṛta L
• (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar
• the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)
• n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L
⋙ paṭakāra
○kāra m. a weaver
• a painter L
⋙ paṭakuṭī
○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paṭagata
○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh
⋙ paṭacaura
○caura m. a cloth-stealer L
⋙ paṭabhedana
○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L
⋙ paṭamaṇḍapa
○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh
⋙ paṭamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth
• n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24
⋙ paṭavardhana
○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat
⋙ paṭavādya
○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal
⋙ paṭavāpa
○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1
⋙ paṭavāsa
○vāsa m. a tent L. -2
⋙ paṭavāsa
○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3
⋙ paṭavāsa
○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv
⋙ paṭavāsaka
○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib
• N. of a serpent-demon MBh
⋙ paṭavāsinī
○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L
⋙ paṭaveśman
○veśman n. a tent Śiś
⋙ paṭaśātaka
○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L
⋙ paṭākṣepa
paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa
• cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)
⋙ paṭāñcala
paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm
⋙ paṭānta
paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv
⋙ paṭāntaram
paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
⋙ paṭāntare
paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
⋙ paṭīkṣepa
paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain
○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar
⋙ paṭoṭaja
paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom
• a tent
• sunshine (?)
⋙ paṭottarīya
paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch
⋙ paṭauka
paṭâuka prob. = next
-śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṭaukas
paṭâukas n. a tent L
≫ paṭaka
paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L
• a camp, encampment L
• the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)
≫ paṭara
paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV
• (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
• (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)
• N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)
≫ paṭaraka
paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L
≫ paṭala
paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var
• a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)
• a basket, chest, box Bālar
• a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c
• n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ
• a chip, piece, portion Kād
• a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)
• n. train, retinue L
• a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L
• m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)
• mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L
⋙ paṭalaprānta
○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L
⋙ paṭalāṃśuka
paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh
⋙ paṭalānta
paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L
≫ paṭalaka
paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād
• a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās
• (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac
• heap, mass, multitude Kāv
≫ paṭi
paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)
• = vāguli L
• a species of plant L
≫ paṭikā
paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl
⋙ paṭikāvetravānavikalpa
○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)
paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')
• pl. N. of a people MBh
• n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar
paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L
paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi
paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū
• and as) L
≫ paṭapaṭāya
paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L
paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)
paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √, or Caus. of √ or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column 2]
• m. beginning L
• hurting L
⋙ paṭahaghoṣaka
○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās
⋙ paṭahaghoṣaṇā
○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √ &c. as above) ib
⋙ paṭahatā
○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh
⋙ paṭahadhvani
○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum
• mfn. sounding like a drum MW
⋙ paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa
○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
⋙ paṭahabhramaṇa
○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
⋙ paṭahaśabda
○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc
⋙ paṭahānantara
paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās
⋙ paṭahīvādaka
paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad
paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)
• (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)
paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)
paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1
paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below
paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa
paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr
• a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L
• the god of love L
• n. (only L.) Catechu
• the belly
• a sieve
• a radish
• a field
• a cloud
• bamboo manna
• height
• catarrh
• = haraṇīya
⋙ paṭīramāruta
○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar
paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c
• smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib
• great or strong in, fit for, able to
• capable of (loc. or comp.) ib
• saline (cf. tri-)
• cruel, hard L
• healthy L
• eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)
• clear, manifest L
• m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L
• Momordica Charantia L
• Nigella Indica L
• a kind of perfume L
• a species of camphor L
• N. of a man Pravar
• of a poet Cat
• (pl.) of a people MārkP
• of a caste VP
• m. n. a mushroom L
• n. salt, pulverized salt L
⋙ paṭukaraṇa
○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML
⋙ paṭukalpa
○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭughaṇṭā
○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh
⋙ paṭujātīya
○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)
⋙ paṭutara
○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv
-gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr
-vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit
-viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ
⋙ paṭutā
○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā
⋙ paṭutṛṇaka
○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L
⋙ paṭutva
○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit
⋙ paṭudeśīya
○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭudeśya
○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭupattrikā
○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L
⋙ paṭuparṇikā
○parṇikā f. a species of plant L
⋙ paṭuparṇī
○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L
⋙ paṭumat
○mat m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ paṭumati
○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv
⋙ paṭumitra
○mitra m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ paṭurūpa
○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)
≫ paṭiman
paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)
≫ paṭiṣṭha
paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)
≫ paṭīyas
paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever
• also = prec
• very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59
≫ paṭuka
paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
≫ paṭūkṛ
paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam
paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)
paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca
• n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc
• a kind of cloth L
• (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L
≫ paṭolaka
paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L
• (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)
paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV
paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh
• (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)
• the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr
• a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column 3]
VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)
• cloth (= paṭa)
• coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)
• an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ
• a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L
• Corchorus Olitorius W
• = vidūṣaka Gal
• N. of sev. men Rājat
• (ī), f. a forehead ornament L
• a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L
• a species of Lodhra L
• a city, town (cf. -nivasana)
⋙ paṭṭakarman
○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc
○ma-kara m. a weaver ib
⋙ paṭṭakila
○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet
⋙ paṭṭaja
○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh
⋙ paṭṭatalpa
○talpa m. a silken bed Vet
⋙ paṭṭadevī
○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat
⋙ paṭṭadola
○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27
⋙ paṭṭanivasana
○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś
⋙ paṭṭabandha
○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
⋙ paṭṭabandhana
○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
⋙ paṭṭamahādevī
○mahādevī or f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭamahiṣī
○mahiṣī f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭaraṅga
⋙ paṭṭarañjaka
⋙ paṭṭarañjana
○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
⋙ paṭṭarañjanaka
○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
⋙ paṭṭarāga
○rāga m. sandal L
⋙ paṭṭarājñī
○rājñī f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭalakṣaṇa
○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix
⋙ paṭṭavastra
○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr
• mfn. = next
⋙ paṭṭavāsas
○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh
⋙ paṭṭavāsitā
○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L
⋙ paṭṭaśāka
○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L
⋙ paṭṭaśāṭaka
○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L
⋙ paṭṭaśālā
○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat
⋙ paṭṭasūtra
○sūtra n. a silk thread
-kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col
-maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat
⋙ paṭṭastha
○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv
⋙ paṭṭāṃśuka
paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)
⋙ paṭṭābhirāma
paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat
-tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks
⋙ paṭṭābhiṣeka
paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paṭṭārohā
paṭṭârohā f. = next W
⋙ paṭṭārhā
paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii
⋙ paṭṭāvali
paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks
⋙ paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya
paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP
⋙ paṭṭopadhāna
paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād
⋙ paṭṭopādhyāya
paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat
⋙ paṭṭolikā
paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L
≫ paṭṭaka
paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās
• a bandage, girdle Hcat
• (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch
• a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP
• cloth, wove silk
• a species of Lodhra L
• N. of a woman L
• n. a document on a plate Rājat
• a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr
≫ paṭṭāya
paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād
≫ paṭṭi 1
paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi
⋙ paṭṭikāra
○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L
⋙ paṭṭilodhra
○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L
⋙ paṭṭilodhraka
○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L
≫ paṭṭikā
paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v
⋙ paṭṭikākhya
○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr
⋙ paṭṭikālodhra
○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib
⋙ paṭṭikāvāpaka
○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for
⋙ paṭṭikāvāyaka
○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R
⋙ paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa
○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)
≫ paṭṭin
paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr
≫ paṭṭila
paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L
paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)
• (ī), f. id. L
paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)
paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)
paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi
paṭṭi 2
paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)
paṭṭikā See above
paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)
≫ paṭṭiśin
paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv
paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column 1] Contents of this page
paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L
paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c
• pf. papāṭha ib
• aor. [ap˘AThIt] Gr
• fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib
• ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c
• to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv
• to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit
• to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr
• to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch
• fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās
• Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)
• to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās
• to read or study diligently Var
≫ paṭha
paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)
• N. of a serpent-demon MBh
⋙ paṭhamañjarī
⋙ paṭhasamañjarī
○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs
⋙ paṭhahaṃsikā
○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga
≫ paṭhaka
paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter
≫ paṭhana
paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat
⋙ paṭhanādhinātha
paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat
≫ paṭhanīya
paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch
≫ paṭhi
paṭhi f. = paṭhana L
≫ paṭhita
paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
⋙ paṭhitatva
○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat
⋙ paṭhitasiddha
○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās
-sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk
⋙ paṭhitāṅga
paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP
≫ paṭhitavya
paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP
⋙ paṭhitavyatva
○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch
≫ paṭhiti
paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat
≫ paṭhitṛ
paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W
páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV
paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v
⋙ paḍgṛbhi
○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV
⋙ paḍbīśa
○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),
⋙ paḍvīśa
○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
⋙ paḍviṃśa
○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
• (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]
paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti
• pf. peṇe Gr
• aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
• fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14
• to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh
• to negotiate, bargain Āpast
• to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ
Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)
• to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh
• to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)
≫ paṇa
paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen
• loc. or ifc
paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet
paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
• a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit
• the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās
• a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ
• a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)
• a commodity for sale L
• price L
• wealth, property L
• business L
• a publican or distiller L
• a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L
⋙ paṇakāla
○kāla m. time for playing MBh
⋙ paṇakriyā
○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar
⋙ paṇakrīta
○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat
⋙ paṇagranthi
○granthi m. a fair, market L
⋙ paṇatā
○tā f
⋙ paṇatva
○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake
• price, value W
⋙ paṇadhā
○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)
⋙ paṇabandha
○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh
• a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś
⋙ paṇasundarī
○sundarī (HPariś.),
⋙ paṇastrī
○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot
⋙ paṇāṅganā
paṇâṅganā f. id. L
⋙ paṇārdha
paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv
⋙ paṇārpaṇa
paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W
⋙ paṇārha
paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW
⋙ paṇāsthi
paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]
⋙ sthika
sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]
≫ paṇana
páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr
• sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L
• betting W
≫ paṇanīya
paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW
≫ paṇayitṛ
paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
≫ paṇasa
paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L
• Artocarpus Integrifolia L
≫ paṇāya
paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L
≫ paṇāya
paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)
• to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās
≫ paṇāyā
paṇāyā f. business, transaction L
• a market-place W
≫ paṇāyita
paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W
≫ paṇāyitṛ
paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
≫ paṇāyya
paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr
≫ paṇi
paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV
• N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr
• a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP
• a market L
≫ paṇika
paṇika See pañcāśat-p○
≫ paṇita
paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L
• betted, staked MBh
• one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225
• n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh
≫ paṇitavya
paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101
• to be praised W
≫ paṇitṛ
paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish
≫ paṇin
paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)
≫ paṇīkṛ
paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)
≫ paṇya
paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr
• to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)
• to be transacted L
• (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
• n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c
• trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)
• a booth, shop Daś
⋙ paṇyakambala
○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ paṇyajana
○jana m. a trader Var
⋙ paṇyatā
○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv
⋙ paṇyadāsī
○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś
⋙ paṇyaṃdha
○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)
⋙ paṇyapati
○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R
⋙ paṇyapariṇītā
○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv
⋙ paṇyaphalatva
○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W
⋙ paṇyabhūta
○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch
⋙ paṇyabhumi
○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr
⋙ paṇyamūlya
○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W
⋙ paṇyayoṣit
○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn
⋙ paṇyavat
○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R
⋙ paṇyavarcas
○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78
⋙ paṇyavikraya
○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car
-śālā f. a market-place, bazar L
○yin m. a trader, merchant R
⋙ paṇyavilāsinī
○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās
• Unguis Odoratus L
⋙ paṇyavīthikā
○vīthikā (L.),
⋙ paṇyavīthī
○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market
⋙ paṇyaśālā
○śālā f. a bazar or shop L
⋙ paṇyastrī
○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat
⋙ paṇyahoma
○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ
⋙ paṇyāṅganā
paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās
⋙ paṇyājira
paṇyâjira n. a market L
⋙ paṇyājīva
paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L
• n. (also -ka) a market W
⋙ paṇyāndhā
paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)
⋙ paṇyārha
paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W
paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var
paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)
• a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)
• N. of a prince VP
≫ paṇavin
paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh
paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29
• cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop
• cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)
≫ paṇḍa
paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)
• (ā), f. See below
⋙ paṇḍāpūrva
paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L
≫ paṇḍaka
páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)
• m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa
≫ paṇḍaga
páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column 3]
≫ paṇḍā
paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)
⋙ paṇḍāvat
○vat m. a learned man L
≫ paṇḍita
paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp
Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
• m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh
• of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv
• incense L
⋙ paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla
○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitajātīya
○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)
⋙ paṇḍitatā
○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),
⋙ paṇḍitatva
○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill
⋙ paṇḍitaparitoṣa
○paritoṣa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada
○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas
⋙ paṇḍitapraśnottara
○praśnôttara n. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitamānika
○mānika (MBh.),
⋙ paṇḍitamānin
○mānin (ib. R.),
⋙ paṇḍitammanya
○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),
⋙ paṇḍitammanyamāna
○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person
⋙ paṇḍitarāja
○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar
• (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)
• of another man BhP
-kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks
⋙ paṇḍitavādin
○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW
⋙ paṇḍitavaidya
○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśaśin
○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśiromaṇi
○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśrīvara
○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib
⋙ paṇḍitasabhā
○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW
⋙ paṇḍitasarvasva
○sarvasva n. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitasūri
○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitasvāmin
○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitāhlādinī
paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk
≫ paṇḍitaka
paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh
• m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib
≫ paṇḍitāya
paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi
≫ paṇḍitiman
paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi
≫ paṇḍu
paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next
≫ paṇḍra
paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
⋙ paṇḍraka
paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh
pat 1
pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV
• to partake of, share in (loc.) ib
• to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]
pat 2
pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te
• pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr
paptivás RV
papatyāt AV
• aor. apaptat RV
• Pass. apāti Br
• fut. patiṣ-yáti AV
○te, patitā MBh
• Cond. apatiṣyat Br
• inf. patitum ib. &c. &c
• ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br
-pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c
• to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'
• with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c
• to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit
• to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS
• to speed (trans
• cf. patayát)
○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7
pātáyati (ep. also ○te
• aor. apīpatat AV
• Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c
• to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr
• (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch
• to cut off (a head) Hariv
• to knock out (teeth) BhP
• to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv
• to kindle (fire) Pañc
• to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās
• to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R
• to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
• to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173
• to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās
• (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr
• to subtract Jyot. Sch
• (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat
• Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580, 3]
≫ pat 3
pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc
• cf. akṣi-pát)
≫ pata
pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)
⋙ pataga
○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c
• the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh
• N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv
-pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column 1] Contents of this page
-pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R
-rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP
-vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)
○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23
≫ pataṃ
pataṃ acc. of pata in comp
⋙ pataṃga
○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4
• any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)
• a horse Naigh. i, 14
• the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c
• N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP
• a ball for playing with BhP
• a spark (Sāy
• 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2
• a species of rice Car
• of tree L
• 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP
• N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr
• of a mountain BhP
• = -grāma Rājat
• (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP
• (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv
• (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP
• m. or n. quicksilver L
• n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr
-kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16
-grāma m. N. of a village Rājat
-rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc
-vat, ind, like a moth Kum
-vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv
• mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc
○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh
⋙ pataṃgaka
○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur
• (ikā), f. a little bird MBh
• a little bee L
⋙ pataṃgama
○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP
• a bird L
⋙ pataṃgara
○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2
⋙ pataṃgin
○gin m. a bird
• ( f.) a female bird Hariv
≫ pataka
pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c
• m. an astronomical table W
≫ patat
patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c
• m. a bird Āpast. Kāv
⋙ patatpataṃga
○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12
⋙ patatprakarṣa
○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c
≫ patatra
pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c
• a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)
≫ patatri 1
patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh
• N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ
• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
≫ patatri 2
patatri in comp. for ○trin
⋙ patatriketana
○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv
⋙ patatrirāj
○rāj (BhP.),
⋙ patatrirāja
○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),
⋙ patatrivara
○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa
≫ patatrin
patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c
• m. a bird AV. &c. &c
• a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36
• an arrow MBh. iii, 16430
• a partic. fire TS
• n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4
≫ patad
patad in comp. for ○tat
⋙ patadgraha
○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms
• a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)
• the rear of an army L
⋙ patadbhīru
○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L
≫ patana
patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150
• m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
• (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
• setting (as the sun) MBh
• going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61
• hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ
• fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv
• loss of caste, apostacy Pur
• (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var
• (in arithm.) subtraction Col
• (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W
⋙ patanadharmin
○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr
⋙ patanasīla
○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv
≫ patanīya
patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste
• n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ
≫ patantaka
patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid
≫ patama
patama m. a bird L
• a grasshopper L
• the moon L. (cf. patasa)
≫ patayālu
patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)
≫ patayiṣṇu
patayiṣṇú (RV.),
⋙ patayiṣṇuka
patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id
≫ patara
patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV
⋙ pataru
patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV
≫ patasa
patasa m. = patama L
≫ patāka
patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr
• a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)
• (ā), f. See next
≫ patākā
patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column 2]
• a flag-staff L
• a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)
• (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar
• good fortune, auspiciousness L
• N. of wk
⋙ patākāṃśuka
○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās
⋙ patākādaṇḍa
○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh
⋙ patākādhvajamālin
○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib
⋙ patākāsthāna
○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
⋙ patākāsthānaka
○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
⋙ patākocchrāyavat
patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh
≫ patākāya
patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac
≫ patākika
patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L
≫ patākin
patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c
• (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh
• m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib
• a flag Hariv
• a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4
• a figure used in divination L
• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
• (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)
• N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP
≫ patāpata
patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
≫ patita
patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c
• (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)
• (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv
• fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
• fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās
• happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas
• n. flying MBh
⋙ patitagarbhā
○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW
⋙ patitatyāgavidhi
○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ patitamūrdhaja
○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh
⋙ patitavṛtta
○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv
⋙ patitasāvitrīka
○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)
⋙ patitasthita
○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās
⋙ patitānna
patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213
⋙ patitekṣita
patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W
⋙ patitotthita
patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv
• fallen out and grown again
-danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ patitotpanna
patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W
≫ patitavya
patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688
≫ patiṣṭha
pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV
≫ patīyas
pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr
≫ patera
patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59
• a bird L
• a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L
≫ pattra
páttra n. (and m. Śātkat
• ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c
• the feather of an arrow R. Ragh
• a bird L
• any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv
• a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
• the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30
• Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr
• a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper
• a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)
• any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)
• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)
• a knife, dagger L
• = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581, 2] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]
⋙ pattrakartarī
○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm
⋙ pattrakāhalā
○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L
⋙ pattrakṛcchra
○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)
⋙ pattrakaumudī
○kaumudī f. N. of wk
⋙ pattragupta
○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)
• Asteracantha Longifolia L
⋙ pattraghanā
○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L
⋙ pattracārikā
○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv
⋙ pattracchaṭā
○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish
⋙ pattraccheda
○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm
-bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)
⋙ pattracchedaka
○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L
⋙ pattracchedya
○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)
⋙ pattrajhaṃkāra
○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L
⋙ pattrataṇḍulā
○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L
• a woman L
⋙ pattrataru
○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column 3]
⋙ pattradāraka
○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L
⋙ pattradevī
○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity
⋙ pattradhārā
○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak
⋙ pattranāḍikā
○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L
⋙ pattranāmaka
○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr
⋙ pattranyāsa
○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L
⋙ pattrapati
○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73
⋙ pattraparaśu
○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L
⋙ pattraparśu
○parśu m. a fine file or saw L
⋙ pattrapāka
○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L
⋙ pattrapāṭha
○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW
⋙ pattrapāla
○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L
• (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L
⋙ pattrapāśyā
○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L
⋙ pattrapiśācikā
○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L
⋙ pattrapuṭa
○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),
⋙ pattrapuṭikā
○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled
⋙ pattrapuṣpa
○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil
• (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L
⋙ pattrapuṣpaka
○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L
⋙ pattraprakāśa
○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables
⋙ pattrabandha
○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L
⋙ pattrabāla
○bāla m. an oar L
⋙ pattrabhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),
⋙ pattrabhaṅgi
○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
⋙ pattrabhaṅgī
○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
⋙ pattrabhadrā
○bhadrā f. a species of plant L
⋙ pattramañjarī
○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattramāla
○māla m. Calamus Rotang L
⋙ pattramūlaka
○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi
⋙ pattrayauvana
○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W
⋙ pattrarañjana
○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW
⋙ pattraratha
○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c
-śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
○thêndra m. id. BhP
• (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)
○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
⋙ pattrarekhā
○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh
⋙ pattralatā
○latā f. id. Kād
• a long knife or dagger L
• N. of a woman Hcar
⋙ pattralavaṇa
○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr
⋙ pattralekhā
○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv
• N. of a woman Kathās
⋙ pattravallarī
○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattravalli
○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)
• N. of 2 kinds of creeper L
⋙ pattravāja
○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv
⋙ pattravāha
○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73
• an arrow ib. xx, 25
• a letter-carrier, postman L
⋙ pattraviśeṣaka
○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh
⋙ pattravṛścika
○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr
⋙ pattraveṣṭa
○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh
⋙ pattraśabara
○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L
⋙ pattraśāka
○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)
-tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132
⋙ pattraśṛṅgī
○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
⋙ pattraśreṇī
○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
⋙ pattraśreṣṭha
○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L
⋙ pattrasaṃskāra
○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra
⋙ pattrasirā
○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattrasundara
○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L
⋙ pattrasūci
○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L
⋙ pattrahasta
○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak
⋙ pattrahima
○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L
⋙ pattrākhya
pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L
⋙ pattrāṅga
pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders
• Caesalpinia Sappan
• Betula Bhojpatra
• = padmaka L
⋙ pattrāṅgulī
pattrâṅgul˘ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L
⋙ pattrāñjana
pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L
⋙ pattrāḍhya
pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal
• n. the √of long pepper L
• a species of grass L
• Caesalpinia Sappan L
⋙ pattrāmlā
pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L
⋙ pattrārūḍha
pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak
⋙ pattrālī
pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L
⋙ pattrāli
pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L
⋙ pattrāvalambana
pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk
⋙ pattrāvali
pattrâvali f. red chalk L
• ([l˘I]), a row of leaves L
• = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ
• (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW
⋙ pattrāsura
pattrâsura m. N. of a man L
⋙ pattrāhāra
pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW
⋙ pattreśvaratīrtha
pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP
⋙ pattropaskara
pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L
⋙ pattrorṇa
pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L
• pl. N. of a people MBh
• wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var
• or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)
⋙ pattrollāsa
pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L
≫ pattraka
pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c
• m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)
• Achyranthes Triandra L
• (ikā), f. See below
• n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr
• = pattra-bhaṅga L
≫ pattraṇā
pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column 1] Contents of this page
≫ pattraya
pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id
○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv
≫ pattrala
pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
• n. thin sour milk L
≫ pattrāya
pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav
≫ pattri
pattri in comp. = ○trin
⋙ pattrivāha
○vāha m. a bird L
≫ pattrika
pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś
≫ pattrikā
pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc
• a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś
• N. of wk
⋙ pattrikākhya
○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L
⋙ pattrikāpraveśa
○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW
≫ pattrin
pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c
• m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid
• an arrow MBh. Hariv
• a mountain L
• possessing a carriage or driving in one L
• a chariot L
• a tree L
• the wine-palm L
• a species of Achyranthes L
• a species of creeper and other plants L
• (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L
≫ patman
pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh
≫ patmin
patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ
≫ patya
patya n. falling ( See garta-)
≫ patvan
pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś
• n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)
≫ patsala
patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch
pata 2
pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L
patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar
patañcikā f. a bow-string L
patañjala m. N. of a man
• pl. his family, g. upakâdi
patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?
Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)
• of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)
• of a physician &c
⋙ patañjalikāvya
○kāvya n
⋙ patañjalicarita
○carita n
⋙ patañjaliyoga
○yoga m
⋙ patañjalisūtra
○sūtra n. N. of wks
pati 1
páti m. (cf. √1. vat
• when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya
• dat. pátye
• gen. abl. pátyur
• loc. pátyau
• but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions
Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c
• a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24
• when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)
• one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89
• a √L
• f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch
• a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582, 1] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']
⋙ patiṃvarā
○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat
⋙ patikāma
○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr
⋙ patikhecara
○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')
⋙ patigaṇitaṭīkā
○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl
⋙ patighātinī
○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var
⋙ patighna
○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS
○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch
○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W
⋙ patijuṣṭā
○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV
⋙ patitva
○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage
⋙ patitvana
○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage
⋙ patidarśanalālasa
○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal
⋙ patidevatā
○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),
⋙ patidevā
○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others
⋙ patidviṣ
○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV
⋙ patidharma
○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh
-vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib
⋙ patiprāṇā
○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit
⋙ patimatī
○matī f. having a husband, married BhP
• having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat
⋙ patiyāna
○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh
⋙ patirip
○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV
⋙ patilaṅghana
○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)
⋙ patilālasa
○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal
⋙ patiloka
○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c
⋙ pativaṃsya
○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L
⋙ pativatī
○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column 2]
⋙ pativatnī
○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās
Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman
⋙ pativayas
○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast
⋙ patividya
○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11
⋙ pativedana
○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17
• m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1
• n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2
⋙ pativrata
○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R
-guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh
⋙ pativratā
○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c
-tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās
-"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar
-māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks
⋙ patiśuc
○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar
⋙ patiśoka
○śoka m. id
○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal

patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk
⋙ patisevā
○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67
≫ patīya 1
patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr
• to become strong ŚBr
• to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ
• to take as husband Pañcad
≫ patīya 2
patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr
≫ patnī
pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c
• a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)
• (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582, 2]
⋙ patnīkarman
○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr
⋙ patnītva
○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP
⋙ patnīmantra
○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait
⋙ patnīyūpa
○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr
⋙ patnīvat
○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr
⋙ patnīśāla
○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
⋙ patnīśālā
○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
⋙ patnīsaṃyāja
○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS
⋙ patnīsaṃyājana
○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr
⋙ patnīsaṃnahana
○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib
• the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch
⋙ patnyāṭa
patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L
≫ patnīka
patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)
pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1
pattaṅga m. (n. L
• fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr
• n. Caesalpina Sappan L
pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP
• (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L
• n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)
⋙ pattanavaṇij
○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L
⋙ pattanādhipati
pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh
pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L
pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP
pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr
pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr
páttave See √2. pat, p. 580
pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1
pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr
• n. red sandal Bhpr
pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L
pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2
pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581
pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L
patni for patnī, See above
path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move
• to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)
≫ patha
patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin
• cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)
⋙ pathakalpanā
○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L
⋙ pathadarśaka
○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW
⋙ pathasundara
○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)
⋙ pathātithi
pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat
⋙ patheṣṭhā
pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV
⋙ pathopadeśaka
pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)
≫ pathaka
pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L
• m. or n. a district, canton L
≫ pathat
pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling
• m. a road L. [Page 582, Column 3]
≫ pathanvat
páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)
≫ pathi 1
pathi for pathin in comp
⋙ pathikāra
○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi
⋙ pathikṛt
○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
• m. N. of Agni TS
⋙ pathideya
○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L
⋙ pathidruma
○druma m. Acacia Catechu L
⋙ pathipā
○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS
⋙ pathiprajña
○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W
⋙ pathipriya
○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch
⋙ pathimat
○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br
⋙ pathimadhye
○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW
⋙ pathirakṣas
○rákṣas (VS.),
⋙ pathirakṣi
○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́
≫ pathi 2
pathi loc. of pathin in comp
⋙ pathivāhaka
○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L
• m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L
⋙ pathiṣad
○ṣad (PārGṛ.),
⋙ pathiṣadi
○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way
⋙ pathiṣṭhā
○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),
⋙ pathistha
○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going
⋙ pathyaśana
pathy-aśana n
⋙ pathyodana
pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv
≫ pathika
pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W
• m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c
• (ā), f. red grapes L
⋙ pathikajana
○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2
⋙ pathikasaṃhati
○saṃhati and f. (L.),
⋙ pathikasaṃtati
○saṃtati f. (L.),
⋙ pathikasārtha
○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan
⋙ pathikāśraya
pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW
≫ pathikāya
pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh
≫ pathin
pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā
• middle pathí
• weak path
• sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]
pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí
• du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós
• pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV
patháyas Br.]
pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]
pathíbhis, ○bhyas
pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]
Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig
panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to
pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c
• range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)
• sect, doctrine L
• a division of hell Mn. iv, 90
• N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan
• Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582, 3] [pat˘i]]
≫ pathila
pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58
≫ pathī
pathī See ā-pathī
≫ pathya
pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig
• esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c
• containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid
• m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
• N. of a teacher of AV
• (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br
• Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L
• N. of sev. metres Nid. Col
• N. of a woman Kathās
• n. a species of salt L
⋙ pathyaśāka
○śāka m. a species of vegetable L
⋙ pathyāpathya
pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W
• m. or n. N. of wk
-nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks
⋙ pathyāśin
pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W
pad 1
pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop
pad 2
pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh
• Pot. padyām R
• Impv. patsva MBh
• pf. papāda RV
pede Br
• aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]
apatsi, patthās AV
• Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV
• fut. patsyati Br
○te Up
pattā Gr
• inf. páttave RV
○tos, ○tum Br
-pádas RV
• ind. p. -pádya ib
-pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br
• to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br
• Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)
padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv
panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84
≫ pac
pac in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ pacchabda
○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L
⋙ pacchas
○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp
-chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait
⋙ pacchauca
○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ
≫ paj
paj in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ pajja
○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column 1] Contents of this page
≫ pat 4
pat in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ patkāṣin
○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot
• m. a footman, foot-soldier')
⋙ pattas
○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)
-to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr
⋙ patsaṅgin
○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV
⋙ patsukha
○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv
≫ patti 1
patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L
≫ patti 2
pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)
• a hero L
• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)
• f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers
• according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh
⋙ pattikarman
○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW
⋙ pattikāya
○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L
⋙ pattikāra
○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○
⋙ pattigaṇaka
○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L
⋙ pattipaṅkti
○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W
⋙ pattisaṃhati
○saṃhati f. (L.),
⋙ pattisainya
○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry
≫ pattika
pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv
≫ pattin
pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib
≫ patsutas
patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6
⋙ patsutaḥśī
patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8
≫ pad 3
pád m. (in strong cases pā́d
• ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c
• ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'
• cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)
• a step R
• a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada
• Gk. ? ; [583, 1] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]
⋙ padanuṣaṅga
○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)
⋙ padāsa
⋙ padāsana
○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada
⋙ padga
○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian
• m. a foot-soldier L
⋙ padghoṣa
○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV
⋙ paddhaḍī
○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)
⋙ paddhati
○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)
• sign, token Jātakam
• N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks
• a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L
-candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paddhima
○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54
⋙ padratha
○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP
⋙ padvat
○vát mfn. having feet, running
• n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV
⋙ padāvihāra
padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv
≫ pada
padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride
• a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot
pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion
trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky
RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'
• sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality
padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on
padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter
• with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome
• with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind
• with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon
• with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal
padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)
• a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur
• a footing, standpoint
• position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position
padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)
• a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c
• a pretext L
• a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)
• a square on a chess-board R
• a plot of ground Inscr
• the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr
• a ray of light (m. L.)
• a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c
• a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column 2]
• = pada-pāṭha Prāt
• common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat
• any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required
• a period in an arithmetical progression Col
• a square √Sūryas
• a quadrant ib
• protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583, 2] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]
⋙ padakamala
○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L
⋙ padakāra
○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh
⋙ padakārikāratnamālā
○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk
⋙ padakāla
○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy
⋙ padakṛt
○kṛt m. = -kāra L
⋙ padakṛtya
○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas
⋙ padakaumudī
○kaumudī f. N. of wk
⋙ padakrama
○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)
• a series of quarters of verses R
• a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)
• m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh
-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
-vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv
⋙ padakramaka
○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch
⋙ padaga
○ga mfn. going on foot
• m. a footman, foot-soldier L
⋙ padagata
○gata mfn. gone on foot
• described or recorded in a line or stanza W
⋙ padagati
○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc
⋙ padagāḍha
○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk
⋙ padagotra
○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)
⋙ padaghātam
○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37
⋙ padacaturūrdhva
○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col
⋙ padacandrikā
○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks
⋙ padacihna
○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh
⋙ padacyuta
○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP
⋙ padajāta
○jāta n. a class of words Prāt
• a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L
⋙ padajñā
○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV
⋙ padajyotis
○jyotis n. N. of wk
⋙ padatā
○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt
• = next Śiś
⋙ padatva
○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch
⋙ padatvarā
○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L
⋙ padadārḍhya
○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt
⋙ padadīpikā
○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks
⋙ padadevatā
○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)
⋙ padadyotinī
○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt
⋙ padanidhana
○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy
⋙ padanī
○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13
⋙ padanyāsa
○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c
• position of the feet in a partic. attitude W
• conduct, procedure (?), id
• writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv
• Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L
⋙ padapaṅkaja
○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L
⋙ padapaṅkti
○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc
• a series of words Kir
• a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt
• a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr
⋙ padapañcaka
○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk
⋙ padapaddhati
○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R
⋙ padapadma
○padma n. = -kamala L
⋙ padapāṭha
○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi
• cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch
⋙ padapāta
○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W
⋙ padapūraṇa
○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir
• n. the action of completing a verse L
⋙ padabandha
○bandha m. a footstep, pace L
⋙ padabhañjana
○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L
⋙ padabhañjikā
○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L
• a register, journal, calendar or almanac W
⋙ padabhāvārthacandrikā
○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk
⋙ padabhraṃśa
○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar
⋙ padamañjarī
○mañjarī f. N. of various wks
⋙ padamālā
○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP
⋙ padayojana
○yojana n
⋙ padayojanā
○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks
⋙ padayojanikā
○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks
⋙ padayopana
○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV
⋙ padaracanā
○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām
⋙ padaratnāvalī
○ratnâvalī f
⋙ padavākyaratnākara
○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m
⋙ padavākyārthapañjikā
○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks
⋙ padavādya
○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum
⋙ padavāya
○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV
⋙ padavi
○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L
⋙ padavikṣepa
○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking
• a horse's paces W
⋙ padavigraha
○vigraha (Hariv.),
⋙ padaviccheda
○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words
⋙ padavid
○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)
⋙ padavirāma
○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt
⋙ padaviṣṭambha
○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W
⋙ padavī
○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column 3]
• f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range
• acc. with √gam, &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-
padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c
• station, situation, place, site R. Pañc
-"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)
⋙ padavṛtti
○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt
• N. of Comm. on Kpr
⋙ padavedin
○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm
⋙ padavyākhyāna
○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi
⋙ padaśabda
○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm
⋙ padaśas
○śas ind. step by step, gradually R
• word by word, APrāt. Sch
⋙ padaśāstra
○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch
⋙ padaśreni
○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās
⋙ padaṣṭhīva
○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77
⋙ padasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt
⋙ padasaṃghāṭa
○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat
⋙ padasaṃghāta
○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt
• a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W
⋙ padasadhātu
○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy
⋙ padasaṃdarbha
○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
⋙ padasaṃdhi
○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R
⋙ padasamaya
○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch
⋙ padasamūha
○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch
• = -pāṭha VPrāt
⋙ padastobha
○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
• N. of wk
⋙ padastha
○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R
• = -sthita MBh. R
⋙ padasthāna
○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv
⋙ padasthita
○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās
⋙ padākrānta
padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak
⋙ padāghāta
padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L
⋙ padāṅka
padâṅka m. footmark
-dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem
⋙ padāṅgī
padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L
⋙ padāṅguṣṭha
padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)
⋙ padaji
⋙ padāti
padâti &c., See sv
⋙ padādi
padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt
○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L
⋙ padādhyayana
padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt
○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib
⋙ padādhyāhāravāda
padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk
⋙ padānuga
padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)
• suitable, agreeable to R
⋙ padānurāga
padânurāga m. a servant
• an army W
⋙ padānuśāsana
padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L
⋙ padānuṣaṅga
padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)
⋙ padānusāra
padânusāra m. following at one's heels
○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm
⋙ padānusvāra
padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch
⋙ padānta
padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy
• the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ
• mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9
-śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final
⋙ padāntara
padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)
• another word Vedântas
⋙ padānveṣin
padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś
⋙ padābja
padâbja n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padābhilāṣin
padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW
⋙ padābhihoma
padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait
⋙ padāmnāyasiddhi
padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk
⋙ padāmbhoja
padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padāyata
padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L
• (ā), f. a shoe L
⋙ padāravinda
padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padārtha
padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)
• that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur
• a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)
• a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)
• a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)
-kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column 1] Contents of this page
○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)
○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks
⋙ padāvagrāham
padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait
⋙ padāvalī
padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt
• N. of a grammar
⋙ padāvṛtti
padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt
• (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd
⋙ padāsa
padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ padāsana
padâsana n. a footstool L
⋙ padāhata
padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW
⋙ padaikadeśa
padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch
⋙ padoccaya
padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh
⋙ padopahata
padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52
≫ padaka
padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)
• m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L
• N. of a man
• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi
• n. a step, pace MBh
• an office, dignity Rājat
• a foot BhP
• (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○
≫ padana
padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)
≫ padanīya
padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)
≫ padāji
padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L
≫ padāta
padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta
≫ padāti
padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot
• m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c
• a peon (in chess) Pañcad
• N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh
⋙ padātijana
○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh
-saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib
⋙ padātimātra
○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW
⋙ padātilava
○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)
⋙ padātyadhyakṣa
padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R
≫ padātika
padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L
⋙ padātin
padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh
• going or being on foot
• m. a foot-soldier MBh. R
⋙ tīya
tīya m. = prec. m. MBh
≫ padāra
padāra m. the dust of the feet L
• a boat L
≫ padālika
padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)
≫ padi
pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh
• = gantu Nir. v, 18)
≫ padika
padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi
• one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch
• comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat
• n. the point of the foot L
≫ padibaddha
padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS
≫ padīkṛ
padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch
-kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib
≫ paduka
paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ paduma
paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP
≫ padeka
padeka m. a hawk, falcon L
≫ padya
pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh
• hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch
• marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch
• measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals
• cf. ardha-, daśa-)
• consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt
• consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch
• forming the end, final, APrāt
• m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)
• a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt
• (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV
• a way, path, road L
• a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr
• n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c
• N. of sev. hymns
⋙ padyakādambarī
○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra
⋙ padyatrayīvyākhyāna
○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)
⋙ padyapañjāśikā
○pañjāśikā f
⋙ padyaprasūnāñjali
○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks
⋙ padyamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh
⋙ padyamālā
○mālā f
⋙ padyamuktāvalī
○muktâvalī f
⋙ padyaracanā
○racanā f
⋙ padyaveṇī
○veṇī f
⋙ padyaśataka
○śataka n
⋙ padyasaṃgraha
○saṃgraha m. N. of wks
⋙ padyatmikopaniṣad
padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
⋙ padyāmṛta
padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry
-taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks
⋙ padyālaya
padyâlaya m
⋙ padyāvali
padyâvali f. N. of wks
≫ padra
⋙ padva
padva See p. 585, col. 2
≫ padvan
padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112
≫ pan 1
pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad
⋙ pannaddhā
○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś
⋙ pannaddhrī
○naddhrī id. L
⋙ panniṣka
○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L
⋙ pannejana
○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column 2]
• (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS
⋙ panmiśra
○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56
≫ panna
panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c
• m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch
⋙ pannaga
○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c
• Cerasus Puddum L
• (ī), f. See below
-kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L
-nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
-purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L
-bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh
-maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv
-rāja m. serpent-king MBh
-"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
• of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP
-"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L
-gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh
⋙ pannagī
○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c
• a kind of shrub L
-gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar
⋙ pannada
○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pannarūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car
○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib
⋙ pannāgāra
pannâgāra m. N. of a man
• pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch
padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening
• often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
• the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)
• a partic. mark or mole on the human body R
• red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L
• a partic. part of a column or pillar Var
• a kind of temple ib
• an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh
• a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)
• a kind of coitus L
• one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R
• one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c
• a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c
• a partic. constellation Var
• N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh
• a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)
• the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L
• a species of bdellium L
• lead L
• m. a species of plant L
• an elephant L
• a species of serpent Suśr
• N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr
• of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c
• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
• of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
• (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas
• N. of a king MBh
• of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple
• See padma-svāmin) Rājat
• of another man ib
• of a Brāhman Lalit
• of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)
• of a monkey R
• of a mountain Var
• (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)
• a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)
• cloves L
• the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L
• N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L
• of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru
• cf. padma-priyā) L
• of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur
• mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr
⋙ padmakandāda
○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal
⋙ padmakara
○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP
• mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab
• m. N. of the sun W
• (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP
⋙ padmakarkaṭī
○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L
⋙ padmakarṇika
○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
⋙ padmakarṇikā
○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
• (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
⋙ padmakalikā
○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW
⋙ padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa
○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur
⋙ padmakāṣṭha
○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L
⋙ padmakīṭa
○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr
⋙ padmakuṇḍa
○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat
⋙ padmakuṭa
○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
• n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv
⋙ padmaketana
○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
⋙ padmaketu
○ketu m. a partic. comet Var
⋙ padmakesara
○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L
⋙ padmakośa
○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar
○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)
• a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat
• N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)
⋙ padmakṣetra
○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L
⋙ padmakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column 3]
• N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P
-nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padmagandha
○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L
⋙ padmagandhi
○gandhi mfn. id. R
• n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
⋙ padmagarbha
○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41
• 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)
• of Vishṇu Hariv
• of Śiva Śivag
• of the sun L
• of a lake Hit
• of a Buddha Lalit
• of a Bodhisattva L
• of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv
⋙ padmagiripurāṇa
○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend
⋙ padmagupta
○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat
⋙ padmagṛhā
○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh
⋙ padmacaraṇa
○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat
⋙ padmacāriṇī
○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr
• a partic. personification MānGṛ
⋙ padmaja
○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP
⋙ padmajātaka
○jātaka n. N. of wk
⋙ padmajāti
○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv
⋙ padmatantu
○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L
⋙ padmatā
○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd
⋙ padmadarśana
○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L
• N. of a man Kathās
⋙ padmadalekṣaṇa
○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch
⋙ padmadhara
○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab
⋙ padmanandi
○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
⋙ padmanandin
○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
⋙ padmanābha
○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R
• N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var
• a magical formula spoken over weapons R
• N. of a serpent-demon MBh
• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
• of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L
• of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr
-dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat
-bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col
⋙ padmanābhi
○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)
⋙ padmanāla
○nāla m. a lotus stalk L
⋙ padmanidhi
○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc
⋙ padmanibhekṣaṇa
○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
⋙ padmanimīlana
○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak
⋙ padmanetra
○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal
• N. of a future Buddha L
⋙ padmapaṇḍita
○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmapattra
○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)
• = -parṇa Bhpr
⋙ padmapada
○pada m. = -pāda Cat
⋙ padmaparṇa
○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
⋙ padmapāṇi
○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L
• of Vishṇu Cat
• of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c
• the sun L
⋙ padmapāda
○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)
-rahasya n. N. of wk
○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmapura
○pura n. N. of a city Rājat
⋙ padmapurāṇa
○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas
⋙ padmapuṣpa
○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L
• a species of bird L
○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ padmaprabha
○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha
• of a Deva-putra Lalit
• of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L
• (with sūri) of an author Cat
• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās
⋙ padmaprabhu
○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmapriyā
○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L
⋙ padmabandha
○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr
⋙ padmabandhu
○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L
• a bee L
-kula n. N. of a family Cat
⋙ padmabīja
○bīja n. lotus-seed L
○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L
⋙ padmabhava
○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP
⋙ padmabhāśa
○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha
• cf. -hāsa)
⋙ padmabhū
○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan
⋙ padmamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP
⋙ padmamālin
○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded
• m. N. of a Rakshas R
• (), f. N. of Śrī MBh
⋙ padmamihira
○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat
⋙ padmamukhī
○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L
⋙ padmamūla
○mūla n. lotus-√L
⋙ padmayoni
○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)
• of a Buddha Lalit
• of sev. men, APariś. Lalit
⋙ padmarati
○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās
⋙ padmaratna
○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L
⋙ padmaratha
○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś
⋙ padmarāga
○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat
○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)
• (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās
⋙ padmarāja
○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat
• of a poet Cat
⋙ padmarūpa
○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued
• (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh
⋙ padmarekhā
○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L
⋙ padmalāñchana
○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king
• N. of Brahmā
• of Kubera, the sun
• (ā), f. N. of Śrī
• of Sarasvatī
• of Tārā
⋙ padmalīlāvilāsinī
○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ padmalekhā
○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat
⋙ padmalocana
○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh
⋙ padmavat
○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv
• (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)
• of a town BhP
⋙ padmavanabāndhava
○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)
-vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar
⋙ padmavarcas
○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R
⋙ padmavarṇa
○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv
• m. N. of a son of Yadu ib
⋙ padmavarṇaka
○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
⋙ padmavāsā
○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L
⋙ padmavāhinī
○vāhinī f. N. of wk
⋙ padmaviṣaya
○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās
⋙ padmavṛkṣa
○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L
⋙ padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin
○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L
⋙ padmaveṣa
○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās
⋙ padmavyākośa
○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13
⋙ padmavyūha
○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L
⋙ padmaśas
○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh
⋙ padmaśāyinī
○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal
⋙ padmaśekhara
○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās
⋙ padmaśrī
○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ
• of a Bodhi-sattva
• f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś
• of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat
-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva
⋙ padmaṣaṇḍa
○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)
⋙ padmasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ padmasaṃkāśa
○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW
⋙ padmasadman
○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar
⋙ padmasamāsana
○samāsana m. id. VP
⋙ padmasambhava
○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv
• N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c
⋙ padmasaras
○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc
⋙ padmasundara
○sundara m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmasūtra
○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv
⋙ padmasena
○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās
• (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś
⋙ padmasaugandhika
○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R
• mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c
-vat mfn. id. MBh
⋙ padmasnuṣā
○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā
• of Śrī
• of Durgā
⋙ padmasvastika
○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW
⋙ padmasvāmin
○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat
⋙ padmahasta
○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP
⋙ padmahāsa
○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)
⋙ padmahemamaṇi
○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmākara
padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās
-deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ padmākāra
padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW
⋙ padmākṣa
padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id
• n. lotus-seed W
⋙ padmāṅkamudrā
padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmāṅghri
padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat
⋙ padmācala
padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R
⋙ padmācārya
padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmāṭa
padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr
⋙ padmādi
padmâdi a lotus-flower &c
-tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95
⋙ padmādhīśa
padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain
⋙ padmānanda
padmânanda m. N. of a poet
-śataka n. his wk
⋙ padmāntara
padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW
⋙ padmālaṃkārā
padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmālaya
padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh
• (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv
• n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padmāvatī
padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L
• a kind of Prākṛit metre Col
• N. of Lakshmī Gīt
• of the goddess Manasā L
• of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
• of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
• of a Jaina deity L
• of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv
• of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat
• of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt
• of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet
• of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib
• of a poetess Cat
• of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās
• of another city. VP
• of a river L
• of Kathās. xvii
-kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks
-priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L
⋙ padmāvabhāsa
padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmāvali
padmâvali f. N. of wk
⋙ padmāsana
padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum
• a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)
• a kind of coitus L
• mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)
• m. N. of Brahmā VP
• of Śiva Śivag
• the sun L
• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
⋙ padmāhvaya
padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
⋙ padmāhvā
padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L
⋙ padmeśaya
padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv
⋙ padmottama
padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
• of a partic. world ib
• of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib
⋙ padmottara
padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L
• N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
• of the father of Padma L
○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain
○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column 2]
⋙ padmotpalakumudvat
padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP
⋙ padmodbhava
padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh
• m. N. of Brahmā ib
• of a man Daś
• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
-prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP
⋙ padmopaniṣad
padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
-dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it
≫ padmaka
padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L
• the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c
• m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh
• a species of tree R. (B.)
• N. of a partic. constellation Hcat
• of sev. men Rājat
• n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas
• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
≫ padmakin
padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L
≫ padmāya
padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd
≫ padmāvata
padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv
≫ padmin
padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh
• possessing lotuses L
• m. an elephant L
• (), f. See next
≫ padminī
padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn
• cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)
• a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
• a lotus-stalk L
• a female elephant L
• a partic. magical art MārkP
• an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389
• N. of sev. women Siṃhâs
⋙ padminīkaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr
⋙ padminīkānta
○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L
⋙ padminīkhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc
• N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padminīpattra
○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R
⋙ padminīvallabha
○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
⋙ padminīśa
○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
⋙ padminīṣaṇḍa
○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
≫ padmiṣṭhā
padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās
padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')
• a road in a village L
• the earth L
• N. of a district L
padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L
• a road L
• a car L
• mfn. See nisarga-padva
pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1
pan 2
pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV
• (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ
≫ panayāyya
panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV
≫ panasya
panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV
⋙ panasyu
panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib
≫ panāya
panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)
⋙ panāyya
paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr
≫ panita
panitá mfn. admired, praised RV
≫ panitṛ
panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib
≫ panipnat
pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib
≫ paniṣṭama
paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV
≫ paniṣṭi
pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib
≫ paniṣṭha
pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV
≫ panīyas
pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib
≫ panū
pan˘ū́ f. admiration ib
≫ panya
pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)
≫ panyas
pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib
panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl
panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c
• a thorn L
• a species of serpent Suśr
• N. of a monkey MBh. R
• (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr
• n. the bread-fruit ib
⋙ panasatālikā
○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L
⋙ panasanālikā
○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L
⋙ panasāsthi
panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr
≫ panasikā
panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column 3]
paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV
panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)
≫ panthaka
panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29
• m. N. of a Brāhman L
⋙ panthalikā
panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv
panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)
pandara m. N. of a mountain VP
panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2
pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1
papasya v. l. for pampasya
papí mfn. (√1. ) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)
• m. the moon L
≫ papī
papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159
≫ papīti
papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. ) mutual or reciprocal drinking W
papu m. (√3. ) a protector
• f. a nurse L
pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal
• abundant RV
≫ papri 1
pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc
• superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)
papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?
papri 2
pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS
paphaka m. N. of a man
⋙ paphakanaraka
○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi
pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat
pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L
pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)
pampā f. (√1. ? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c
• of a lake Ragh. Sch
⋙ pampāmāhātmya
○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP
pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop
pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3
paya 1
paya See kat-payá
paya 2
paya in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaāhuti
○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr
⋙ payopavasana
payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P
⋙ payoṣṇī
payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),
⋙ payoṣṇikā
payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain
○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L
≫ payaḥ
payaḥ in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaḥkandā
○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payaḥkṣīra
○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L
⋙ payaḥpayoṣṇi
○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh
⋙ payaḥpāna
○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś
⋙ payaḥpāyikā
○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś
⋙ payaḥpārāvara
○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv
⋙ payaḥpūra
○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv
⋙ payaḥpratibimba
○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh
⋙ payaḥphenī
○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L
⋙ payaḥsāman
○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
⋙ payaḥsphāti
○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)
≫ payaś
payaś in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaścaya
○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L
≫ payas
páyas n. (√1. ) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain
• semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c
• a species of Andropogon Bhpr
• N. of a Sāman ŚrS
• of a Virāj RPrāt
• night Naigh. i, 7
⋙ payaskaṃsa
○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L
⋙ payaskarṇī
○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)
⋙ payaskāma
○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib
⋙ payaskāmya
○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ payaskāra
○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch
⋙ payaskumbha
○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib
⋙ payaskuśā
○kuśā f. ib
⋙ payaspa
○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W
• night MW. [Page 586, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ payaspati
○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ
⋙ payaspā
○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV
⋙ payaspātra
○pātra n. a milk-bowl L
⋙ payasvat
○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen
• overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
• (ī), f. the night L
• pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13
⋙ payasvala
○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)
• m. a goat L
⋙ payasvin
○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
• (), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh
• a she-goat L
• a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
• the night L
• N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L
≫ payasa
payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)
• n. water L
≫ payasiṣṭha
payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
⋙ payiṣṭha
payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
≫ payaska
payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L
≫ payasya 1
payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy
• m. a cat L
• N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh
• (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS
• N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L
≫ payasya 2
payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)
• Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat
≫ payāya
payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib
≫ payiṣṭha
payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above
≫ payo
payo in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payogaḍa
○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L
• m. n. an island L
⋙ payograha
○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr
-samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk
⋙ payoghana
○ghana m. water-lump, hail L
⋙ payojanman
○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L
⋙ payoda
○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv
• yielding water (as a cloud) Subh
• m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)
• N. of a son of Yadu Hariv
• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
⋙ payoduh
○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV
⋙ payodhara
○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat
• (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c
• the √of Scirpus Kysoor L
• a species of sugar-cane L
• the cocoa-nut L
• a species of Cyperus L
• an amphibrach Col
○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh
○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv
⋙ payodhas
○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud
• the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch
⋙ payodhā
○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV
⋙ payodhārā
○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch
• N. of a river Hariv
⋙ payodhi
○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv
-ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L
⋙ payodhika
○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L
⋙ payodhra
○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)
⋙ payonidhana
○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
⋙ payonidhi
○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv
⋙ payobhakṣa
○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp
⋙ payobhṛt
○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61
⋙ payomaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās
⋙ payomānuṣī
○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh
⋙ payomukha
○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit
⋙ payomuc
○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat
• m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv
⋙ payomṛtatīrtha
○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
⋙ payoraya
○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP
⋙ payorāśi
○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib
• N. of the number 4 L
⋙ payoruha
○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L
⋙ payolatā
○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payovāha
○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat
⋙ payovidārikā
○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payovṛdh
○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV
⋙ payovrata
○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP
• offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W
• (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr
○tá-tā f. ib
≫ payora
payora m. Acacia Catechu L
para 1
pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ
• abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt
• loc. párasmin, ○re
• nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas
Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme
• previous (in time), former
• ancient, past
• later, future, next
• following, succeeding, subsequent
• final, last
• exceeding (in number or degree), more than
• better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc
• exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column 2]
parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c
• strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib
• other than, different from (abl.) Prab
• left, remaining Kathās
• concerned or anxious for (loc.) R
• m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c
• a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ
• (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS
• N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br
• of another king MBh
• of a son of Samara Hariv
• (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib
• m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur
• (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās
• a species of plant L
• N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L
• a partic. measure of time Sāy
• N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)
• of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh
• highest point or degree ib
• final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)
• the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP
• N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh
• any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)
• the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull
• (in logic) genus
• existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W
• (am), ind. afterwards, later
• (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge
astam-ayāt p○, after sunset
mattaḥ p○, after me
ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next
itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now
tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon
nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c
• in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib
• rather, most willingly, by all means ib
• I will, so be it Divyâv
• at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib
• but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id
yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate
na-p○, not-but
na paraṃ-api, not only-but also
pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even
na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib
• (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
• thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c
• (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para
• Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586, 2] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]
⋙ parakathā
○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ
⋙ parakaragata
○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc
⋙ parakarman
○karman n. service for another Kām
○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var
⋙ parakalatra
○kalatra n. another's wife
○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W
⋙ parakāyapraveśana
○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat
⋙ parakārya
○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc
⋙ parakāla
○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt
⋙ parakṛti
○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull
⋙ parakṛtya
○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv
• mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr
-pakṣa m. the hostile party ib
⋙ parakrama
○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt
⋙ parakrāthin
○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh
⋙ parakrānti
○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas
⋙ parakṣudrā
○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)
⋙ parakṣetra
○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn
• the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)
⋙ parakhātaka
○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś
⋙ paragata
○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh
⋙ paragāmin
○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72
⋙ paraguṇa
○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv
• mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R
⋙ paragṛhavāsa
○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
⋙ paragehav
○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
⋙ paragranthi
○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L
⋙ paraglāni
○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W
⋙ paracakra
○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')
-sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP
⋙ paracittajñāna
○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L
⋙ paracintā
○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv
⋙ paracchanda
○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)
• mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L
⋙ paracchidra
○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv
⋙ paraja
○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh
• coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column 3]
⋙ parajana
○jana m. another person, a stranger
• (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9
⋙ parajanman
○janman n. a future birth
○mika mfn. relating to it MW
⋙ parajāta
○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')
⋙ parajñānamaya
○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP
⋙ parataṅgaṇa
○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh
⋙ paratattva
○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks
⋙ paratantra
○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr
• mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
• n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh
-dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam
-haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull
• ceded, sold Kathās
⋙ paratama
○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para
⋙ paratara
○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para
⋙ paratarkaka
○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var
⋙ paratarkuka
○tarkuka m. a beggar Var
⋙ paratalpa
○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast
-gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib
⋙ paratas
○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur
• farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there
sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut
sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c
• high above (in rank) Rājat
• (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c
• beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām
• otherwise, differently W
○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP
-"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad
⋙ paratā
○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat
⋙ paratāpana
○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv
⋙ paratīrthika
○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L
⋙ paratoṣayitṛ
○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś
⋙ paratra
○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c
• below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch
-bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W
⋙ paratva
○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c
• = -tā Kap
-ratnâkara m. N. of wk
⋙ paradāra
○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c
• adultery Gaut. xxii, 29
-gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W
-parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R
⋙ paraduḥkha
○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W
⋙ paradūṣaṇa
○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)
⋙ paradevatā
○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch
-stuti f. N. of a hymn
⋙ paradeśa
○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc
-sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W
○śin mfn. foreign, exotic
• m. a foreigner or a traveller ib
⋙ paradoṣa
○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W
-jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh
⋙ paradravya
○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit
○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn
⋙ paradroha
○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP
-karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn
○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W
⋙ paradveṣin
○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W
⋙ paradhana
○dhana n. another's wealth VP
○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit
⋙ paradharma
○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP
• another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap
⋙ paradhyāna
○dhyāna n. intent meditation W
⋙ paranindā
○nindā f. reviling others MW
⋙ paranipāta
○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch
⋙ paranirmitavaśavartin
○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)
⋙ paranirvāṇa
○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad
⋙ paraṃtapa
○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv
• of a prince of Magadha Ragh
⋙ parapakṣa
○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit
• N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)
⋙ parapatnī
○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās
⋙ parapada
○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān
⋙ paraparigraha
○parigraha m. another's property Āpast
• another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43
⋙ paraparibhava
○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch
⋙ paraparivāda
○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc
⋙ parapāka
○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c
-nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column 1] Contents of this page
-rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib
-ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib
○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr
⋙ parapārabhūta
○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP
⋙ parapiṇḍa
○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26
○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L
⋙ parapuraṃjaya
○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
• m. N. of a king VP
⋙ parapurapraveśa
○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch
⋙ parapuruṣa
○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid
• 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L
⋙ parapuṣṭa
○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L
• m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c
• (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var
• a harlot L
• a parasitical plant L
• N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās
-maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar
-mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L
⋙ parapūruṣa
○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās
⋙ parapūrvatva
○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9
⋙ parapūrvā
○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163
-pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166
⋙ parapauravatantava
○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
⋙ paraprakāśaka
○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat
⋙ parapraṇava
○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat
⋙ paraprayojana
○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh
⋙ parapravādin
○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv
⋙ parapreṣyatva
○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78
⋙ parabala
○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174
⋙ parabalīyas
○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut
⋙ parabrahman
○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ
• N. of anUp
○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ parabhāga
○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās
• good fortune, prosperity L
• the last part, remainder W
⋙ parabhāgya
○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W
○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1
⋙ parabhāva
○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2
⋙ parabhāva
○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)
⋙ parabhāṣā
○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L
⋙ parabhū
○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks
⋙ parabhūta
○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36
⋙ parabhūmi
○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country
-ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit
⋙ parabhūṣaṇa
○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)
⋙ parabhṛt
○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP
• m. a crow L. (cf. next)
⋙ parabhṛta
○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv
• (ā), f. the female Kokila ib
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād
⋙ parabhṛtikā
○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav
• N. of a woman ib
⋙ parabhṛtya
○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R
⋙ parabhedaka
○bhedaka (W.),
⋙ parabhedana
○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies
⋙ paramaṇi
○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ
⋙ paramata
○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W
-kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat
-khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks
⋙ paramada
○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS
⋙ paramantra
○mantra vḷ. for mātra
⋙ paramanthu
○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
⋙ paramanyu
○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
⋙ paramarma
○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull
-bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs
⋙ paramātra
○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)
⋙ paramāra
○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)
⋙ paramukhacapeṭikā
○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk
⋙ paramṛtyu
○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)
⋙ paramokṣanirāsakārikā
○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk
⋙ parampara
○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr
• (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt
• m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L
• a species of deer L
-tas ind. successively continually, mutually W
-bhojana n. eating continually L
⋙ paramparā
○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c
• lineage, progeny L
• hurting, killing L
-prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column 2]
-vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L
-sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch
⋙ paraparāka
○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L
⋙ paraparita
○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr
⋙ paraparīṇa
○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ
⋙ parayuvatiga
○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var
⋙ parayoṣit
○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut
⋙ pararamaṇa
○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc
⋙ pararāṣṭra
○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153
⋙ pararūpa
○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy
⋙ paraloka
○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
-ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv
-gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L
-bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW
-yāna n. = -gama ib
-vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh
-vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum
-sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr
-hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1
⋙ paravat
○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2
⋙ paravat
○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid
• helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10
-tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat
⋙ paravarga
○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ
⋙ paravallabha
○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ paravaśa
○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit
śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150
⋙ paravaśya
○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa
-tā f. R
⋙ paravastu
○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat
⋙ paravācya
○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh
• n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30
⋙ paravāṇi
○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge
• a year
• N. of Kārttikeya's peacock
⋙ paravāda
○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP
• objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak
○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr
⋙ paravāraṇa
○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19
⋙ paravitta
○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)
⋙ paravīrahan
○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh
⋙ paraveśman
○veśman n. another's house Var
• the dwelling of the Supreme L
⋙ paravyākṣepin
○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar
⋙ paravyūhavināśana
○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh
⋙ paravrata
○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L
⋙ paraśakti
○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
⋙ paraśarīrāveśa
○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib
⋙ paraśāsana
○śāsana n. the order of another MW
⋙ paraśiva
○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
-mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author
⋙ paraśuci
○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP
⋙ paraśrī
○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs
⋙ paraśvas
○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)
⋙ parasaṃgata
○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh
⋙ parasaṃcāraka
○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ parasaṃjñaka
○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L
⋙ parasambandha
○sambandha m. relation or connection with another
○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W
⋙ parasavarṇa
○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ
○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat
⋙ parasasthāna
○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt
⋙ parasātkṛ
○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc
⋙ parasevā
○sevā f. service of another Kathās
⋙ parastrī
○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh
⋙ parasthāna
○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit
⋙ parasva
○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c
• mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch
-graha m. seizing another's property Prab
-tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)
-haraṇa n. = -graha L
-hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property
-"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property
-"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent
⋙ parahaṃsa
○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat
⋙ parahan
○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh
⋙ parahita
○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W
• n. another's welfare Bhartṛ
-grantha m. N. of wk
-rakṣita m. N. of an author
-saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ parāṅkuśa
parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras
⋙ parāgama
parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var
⋙ parāṅga
parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv
• a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2
⋙ parāṅgada
parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L
⋙ parācita
parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column 3]
⋙ parātman
parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP
• mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP
⋙ paradhi
parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L
⋙ parādhīna
parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c
• (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat
-tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection
⋙ parananda
paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author
-purāṇa n. N. of wk
⋙ parānīka
parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm
⋙ parānta
parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp
• 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh
⋙ parāntaka
parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv
• pl. N. of a people L
⋙ parānna
parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch
-paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ
-bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit
• m. a servant L
⋙ parāpara
parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c
• m. = -guru below
• n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W
• Grewia Asiatica Bhpr
-guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class
• N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)
-jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh
-tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority
• the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp
-dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv
○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP
○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1
⋙ parāmṛta
parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1
⋙ parāyaṇa
parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
• (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car
• a religious order or division W
• (ifc
• f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c
• mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)
• principal, being the chief object or final aim ib
• dependent on (gen.) R
• leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh
• m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP
-vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh
⋙ parayatta
paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc
• (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar
⋙ parāyus
parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP
⋙ parārtha
parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh
• sexual intercourse Pañc
• another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• mfn. (also -ka) having another object
• designed for another
• dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas
-cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam
-caryā f. care for another welfare ib
-niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW
-vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch
○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ
⋙ parārdha
parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh
• mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c
• the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur
• (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)
⋙ parārdhaka
parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv
⋙ parārdhya
parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr
• most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib
• highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c
• more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65
• n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS
⋙ parārbuda
parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L
⋙ parāvajñā
parâvajñā f. insulting another MW
⋙ parāvat
parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast
⋙ parāvara
parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c
• handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp
• each successive BhP
• m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38
• n. the distant and near &c
• cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas
-jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column 1] Contents of this page
-vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh
○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)
⋙ parāvasathaśāyin
parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit
⋙ paraśraya
paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv
• a refuge to enemies BhP
• mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh
• (ā), f. a parasitical plant L
⋙ parāśrita
parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn
• a dependent, servant slave Hit
⋙ parasaṅga
parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr
⋙ parāskandin
parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L
⋙ parāha
parâha m. the next day L
⋙ parāhata
parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W
⋙ parāhṇa
parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)
⋙ paretara
parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14
⋙ pareśa
parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur
○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh
⋙ pareṣṭi
parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W
⋙ pareṣṭukā
parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L
⋙ paraidhita
parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)
• a servant L
⋙ paroktakhaṇḍana
parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk
⋙ paroḍhā
parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh
⋙ parodvaha
parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)
⋙ paropakaraṇa
parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ
○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit
⋙ paropakāra
parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv
○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others
• (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW
-dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107
⋙ paropakārin
parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)
• m. N. of a king Kathās
⋙ paropakṛta
parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW
⋙ paropakṛti
parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib
⋙ paropaga
parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L
⋙ paropajāpa
parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś
⋙ paropadeśa
parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit
⋙ paroparuddha
parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW
⋙ paropavāsa
parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast
⋙ paropasarpaṇa
parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām
≫ para 2
para in comp. for ○ras
⋙ parauru
○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)
⋙ parauṣṇih
○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chandaþs. (also parôṣṇih ib.)
⋙ paraṛkśatagātha
○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr
≫ paraḥ
paraḥ in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paraḥkṛṣṇa
○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp
⋙ paraḥpuṃsā
○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr
⋙ paraḥpuruṣa
○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paraḥśata
○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh
• containing more than 100 verses TBr
-rg-gātha (r for ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paraḥśvas
○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L
⋙ paraḥṣaṣṭa
○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr
⋙ paraḥsahasra
○sahasrá (AV
páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000
⋙ paraḥsāman
○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans
• m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh
≫ paraka
paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch
≫ parakīya
parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām
• (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh
≫ parama
paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c
• chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous
• best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart
○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib
• (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R
• m. N. of 2 authors Cat
• n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c
• chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• (am), ind. yes, very well
• (also parama- in comp
• See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ paramakaṇṭha
○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy
⋙ paramakāṇḍa
○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav
⋙ paramakrānti
○krānti f. = para-kr○
-jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch
⋙ paramakruddha
○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R
⋙ paramakrodhin
○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column 2]
⋙ paramagati
○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W
• final beatitude ib
⋙ paramagava
○gava m. an excellent bull L
⋙ paramagahana
○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W
⋙ paramacetas
○cetas n. all the heart MW
⋙ paramajā
○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)
⋙ paramajyā
○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV
⋙ paramatattva
○tattva n. the highest truth
-prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ paramatas
○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively
• worst of all MW
⋙ paramatā
○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank
• highest end or aim ŚBr
⋙ paramadāruṇa
○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh
⋙ paramaduḥkhita
○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal
⋙ paramadurmedhas
○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW
⋙ paramadru
○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib
⋙ paramadharmātman
○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh
⋙ paramananda
○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?
• cf. parân○ under para)
⋙ paramapada
○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W
-nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks
○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP
⋙ paramaparama
○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP
⋙ paramapuṃs
○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP
⋙ paramapuruṣa
○puruṣa m. id
-prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks
⋙ paramapūruṣa
○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp
⋙ paramaprabha
○prabha m. N. of a man L
⋙ paramaprīta
○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh
⋙ paramabrahmacāriṇī
○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L
⋙ paramabrahman
○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W
⋙ paramabhāsvara
○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW
⋙ paramamanyumat
○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal
⋙ paramamahat
○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas
⋙ paramamokṣa
○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr
⋙ paramarasa
○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L
⋙ paramarahasya
○rahasya n. the deepest mystery
-japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ paramaraja
○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk
⋙ paramarkṣa
○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)
⋙ paramarddhika
○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś
⋙ paramarṣi
○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c
⋙ paramalaghumañjūṣā
○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ paramavismita
○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW
⋙ paramavyomnika
○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L
⋙ paramaśiva
○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors
⋙ paramaśobhana
○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh
⋙ paramasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ paramasaṃhṛṣṭa
○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal
⋙ paramasaṃtuṣṭa
○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R
⋙ paramasamudaya
○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4
⋙ paramasammata
○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R
⋙ paramasarvatra
○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L
⋙ paramasvadharman
○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W
⋙ paramahaṃsa
○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)
-kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
-parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya
-parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paramākṣara
paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch
⋙ paramākhya
paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R
⋙ paramāgama
paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paramāṅganā
paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R
⋙ paramāṭika
paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)
⋙ paramāṇu
paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)
• the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur
• n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt
-kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk
-tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP
○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1
⋙ paramātma
paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2
⋙ paramatma
paramátma in comp. = ○tman
-gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks
-maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar
⋙ paramātmaka
paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh
⋙ paramātman
paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh
• the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column 3]
⋙ paramādīśvara
paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh
⋙ paramādvaita
paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP
• n. pure, non-duality W
⋙ paramānanda
paramânanda m. supreme felicity
• the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c
• N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat
-tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ paramānna
paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c
⋙ paramāpakrama
paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas
⋙ paramāpad
paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW
⋙ paramāpama
paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W
⋙ paramāpsaras
paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R
⋙ paramāmṛta
paramâmṛta n. N. of wk
⋙ paramāyuṣa
paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
⋙ paramayus
paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var
⋙ paramārādhya
paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat
⋙ paramārta
paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed
-vat ind. very piteously R
⋙ paramārtha
paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc
○ena, āt, in reality)
• any excellent or important object W
• the best sense ib
• the best kind of wealth ib
-tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c
-tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch
-daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch
-darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
-nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks
-bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar
-matsya m. a real fish Ragh
-vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W
-vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib
-viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
-satya n. the real or entire truth L
-saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
-sarit f. really a river Vikr
-sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks
-supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch
-stuti f. N. of wk
⋙ paramarya
paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L
⋙ paramārhata
paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L
⋙ paramāvaṭika
paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)
⋙ paramāvadhi
paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W
⋙ paramāsana
paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat
⋙ paramāha
paramâha m. an excellent day L
⋙ paramekṣu
paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)
⋙ parameśa
paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh
• f. N. of wk
⋙ parameśvara
paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God
• N. of Śiva
• of Vishṇu
• of Indra
• of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)
• a Jaina L
• N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat
• (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv
• of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)
• n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat
-tantra n. N. of wk
-tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad
-datta m. N. of an author
-pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks
-praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad
-rakṣita m. N. of an author
-varman m. N. of a man L
-saṃhitā f. N. of wk
-sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad
-stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks
○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad
⋙ parameṣvāsa
paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh
⋙ paramaiśvarya
paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy
⋙ paramopāsaka
paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar
≫ paramaka
paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)
≫ parame
parame loc. of ○ma in comp
⋙ parameṣṭha
○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97
• m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W
• (ā), f. a kind of metre L
⋙ parameṣṭhi
○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr
-tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr
⋙ parameṣṭhin
○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c
• m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV
• of Prajā-pati ib. &c
• a son of Prajā-pati Br
• of Brahmā MBh
• of Śiva ib
• of Vishṇu Ragh
• of Garuḍa MBh
• of Manu Cakshus MārkP
• (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L
• the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L
• a kind of Virāj RPrāt
• a kind of ammonite L
• N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh
• of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur
• du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP
• (), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ parameṣṭhina
○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4
≫ paraś
paraś in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paraścatvāriṃśa
○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr
≫ paras
parás ind. beyond, further, off, away
• in future, afterwards
• (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than
• (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)
• without
• (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)
• exclusive of, except, without
• (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr
• (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority
prec. and under paraḥ)
⋙ parastaram
○tarám (RV.),
⋙ parastarām
○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further
parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr
⋙ parastāt
○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk
• with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c
• from afar off, from before or behind Br
• aside, apart ib
• hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c
⋙ paraspa
○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting
• n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection
⋙ paraspā
○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS
≫ paraspara
paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para
• cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ
• pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420
• (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• so also ibc. (cf. below)
• rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51
⋙ parasparajña
○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W
⋙ parasparaprīti
○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc
⋙ parasparaviruddha
○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn
⋙ parasparavivāda
○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet
⋙ parasparavyāvṛtti
○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk
⋙ parasparasakhya
○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit
⋙ parasparasamāgama
○samāgama m. the meeting one another R
⋙ parasparasukhaiṣin
○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal
⋙ parasparasthita
○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh
⋙ parasparahata
○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal
⋙ parasparahita
○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R
⋙ parasparākrandin
parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum
⋙ parasparādin
parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn
⋙ parasparānumati
parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W
⋙ parasparāmiṣatā
parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām
⋙ parasparāśraya
parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh
• m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L
⋙ parasparotpīḍana
parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit
⋙ parasparopakāra
parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance
○rin m. an ally or associate W
≫ parasmai
parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)
⋙ parasmaipada
○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c
• (pl.) iii, 4, 82
⋙ parasmaipadin
○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch
⋙ parasmaibhāṣa
○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat
• (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch
≫ parā 1
parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp
⋙ parācintāmaṇi
○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
⋙ parātriṃśikā
○triṃśikā f. N. of wk
⋙ parādevī
○devī f. a partic. form of Devii
-rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk
⋙ parāpur
○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch
⋙ parāpūjā
○pūjā f
⋙ parāpraveśikā
○praveśikā f. N. of wks
⋙ parāprasādamantra
○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L
⋙ parārahasya
○rahasya n. N. of wk
⋙ parāvedī
○vedī f. = bṛhatī L
⋙ parāśakti
○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat
⋙ parāstotra
○stotra n. N. of wk
≫ parāt
parāt abl. of para in comp
⋙ parātpara
○para mfn. superior to the best W
• senior to the senior (cf. next)
-guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)
⋙ parātpriya
○priya m. a species of gourd L
≫ parāri
parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22
⋙ parāritna
parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt
≫ pare
pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp
⋙ paredyavi
○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)
⋙ paredyus
○dyus ind. id. W
⋙ parepa
○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L
⋙ pareprāṇa
○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās
≫ paro
paro in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paroṃhu
○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr
⋙ parokṣa
○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c
• past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)
• (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)
• (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr
• later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
• (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up
• (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column 2]
• (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c
• one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115
• m. an ascetic L
• N. of a son of Anu BhP
• (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt
• (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt
• N. of a river VP
-kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr
-kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1
-jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP
-tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility
-pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS
-priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr
-bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS
-buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam
-bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W
-manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak
-vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām
• formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch
○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning
• n. an absent or invisible object Hit
⋙ parogavyūti
○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV
• mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh
⋙ parogoṣṭhām
○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS
⋙ parobāhu
○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr
⋙ paromātra
○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV
⋙ parorajas
○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr
• untouched by passion MW
⋙ parolakṣa
○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L
⋙ parovaram
○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch
⋙ parovarīyas
○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh
• better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)
• n. the highest happiness ib
⋙ paroviṃśa
○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr
⋙ parośīta
○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib
⋙ parohavis
○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast
⋙ parohu
○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above
paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)
• n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv
• N. of a town Cat
pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)
paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP
paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter
• (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c
• N. of a king MBh
• wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589, 2] &c.]
⋙ paraśudhara
○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa
• of Paraśu-rāma L
⋙ paraśupalāśa
○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś
⋙ paraśuphāṇṭa
○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib
⋙ paraśumat
○mát mfn. having an axe RV
⋙ paraśurāma
○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)
• N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat
-jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat
-prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks
○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks
⋙ paraśuvana
○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh
⋙ paraśuhastā
○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W
≫ paraśava
paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)
⋙ paraśavya
paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)
≫ paraśvadha
paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)
⋙ paraśvadhāyudha
paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L
≫ paraśvadhin
paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh
paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)
párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)
parā 2
párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per
• it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs
• it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)
⋙ parātaram
○tarám ind. further away RV
⋙ parāvat
○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br
parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column 3]
parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr
parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79
• p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard
⋙ parākaraṇa
parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W
⋙ parākṛkṛta
parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib
parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh
⋙ parākṛṣṭa
○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib
parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh
parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39
• ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr
• aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance
• to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c
• to turn back MW
⋙ parākrama
○krama m. (sg. and pl
• ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c
• going out or away L
• N. of Vishṇu L
• of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
• of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās
-kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet
-jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W
-vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power
⋙ parākrānta
○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c
• eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh
• n. displaying power or energy Jātakam
⋙ parākrāntṛ
○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh
parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP
⋙ parākṣipta
○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away
-manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib
parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr
parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c
• dust Ragh. iv, 30
• fragrant powder used after bathing L
• sandal L
• an eclipse of the sun or moon L
• fame, celebrity L
• independence L
• N. of a mountain L
⋙ parāgapuṣpa
○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L
⋙ parāgavat
○vat (W.),
⋙ parāgagin
○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen
parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr
⋙ parāgagata
○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib
• come, arrived Kād
• covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś
⋙ parāgagantṛ
○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7
⋙ parāgagama
○gama m. arrival Nalac
• approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var
parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV
parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1
parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car
parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1
parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L
parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV
parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19
• pf. -jigye RV
• p. -jigyāna TS
• aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh
• fut. -jayiṣye ib
• but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh
• pf. -jigyathur RV
• aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh
• inf. -jetum R
• ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c
• to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26
• to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c
• to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75
⋙ parāgajaya
○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ
• conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh
• turning away from, desertion MW
⋙ parāgajit
○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv
⋙ parāgajita
○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c
⋙ parāgajiṣṇu
○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)
• victorious, triumphant MBh
parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc
• nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column 1] Contents of this page
• turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up
• having any one behind
• standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib
• directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP
• n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10
• (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp
• (k or ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP
≫ parāk
parāk in comp. for ○rāñc
⋙ parāktva
○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy
⋙ parākpuṣpī
○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L
≫ parāka
parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)
• m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS
• of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ
• a sacrificial sword L
• a kind of disease L
• a species of animal L
• mfn. small L
⋙ parākāttāt
parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27
≫ parāg
parāg in comp. for ○rāñc
⋙ parāgdṛś
○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP
⋙ parāgvasu
○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○
• cf. parā-v○)
≫ parāṅ
parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc
⋙ parāṅāvṛtta
○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast
⋙ parāṅmanas
○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV
⋙ parāṅmukha
○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)
• flying from
• averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc
• gen
• acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid
• m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R
• n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion
○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch
○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh
○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet
-bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc
≫ parācī
parācī f. of ○rāñc, in
⋙ parācīkarman
○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites
≫ parācīna
parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c
• being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh
• unfit, improper Hcar
• (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr
• more than Kāṭh
• after TS
• before the time L
⋙ parācīnarātra
○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr
≫ parācais
parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV
≫ parāñcana
parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25
⋙ parāñcin
parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br
parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill
• froth or foam
• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)
parāṇ 1
parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2
⋙ parāṇ
parâṇ mfn. ib. 20
⋙ parāṇa
parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L
parā-ṇī (√), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV
parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c
⋙ parāṇutti
parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS
parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh
parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2
parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV
parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L
parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur
• Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr
• give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5
• to exclude from BhP
⋙ parātta
parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch
⋙ parādadi
parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV
⋙ parādāna
parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column 2]
parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV
parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr
parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP
parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV
parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV
parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L
parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat
• mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W
parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c
• to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar
• to fly or rush along Kād
• to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV
-pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS
⋙ parāpātin
parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr
⋙ parāpātuka
parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS
parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr
• to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr
parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr
⋙ parāpavana
parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr
parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv
parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)
parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○
parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati
• Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c
• to overcome, conquer R. Kām
• (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c
• (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP
⋙ parābhava
parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R
• overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)
-pada n. an object of contempt MW
⋙ parābhāva
parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh
• humiliation, contempt L
⋙ parābhāvana
parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ parābhāvuka
parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh
⋙ parābhūta
parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)
• defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parābhūti
parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur
párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV
parā-√mi or (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr
parāmṛta 2
parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk
parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
• to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R
• to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak
• to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)
⋙ parāmarśa
parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh
• bending or drawing (of a bow) R
• violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād
• affection (by disease &c.) MārkP
• remembrance, recollection Vedântas
• referring or pointing touched Sāh
• reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp
• (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major
• N. of wk
-kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column 3]
⋙ parāmarśana
parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch
• recollection, consideration L
⋙ parāmarśin
parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh
⋙ parāmṛṣṭa
parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c
• recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt
• borne, endured W
parāyaṇa 2
parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)
parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)
parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3
parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś
parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)
parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)
parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)
parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3
parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr
⋙ parāvāka
parā-vāká m. contradiction AV
⋙ parokta
parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr
⋙ parocya
parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS
parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589
parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L
parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV
parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS
parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br
parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh
parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3
parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt
parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS
parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)
• m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)
• of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP
• of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh
parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV
⋙ parāvaha
parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv
parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV
parā-vāka See parā-vac above
parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak
• pf. -vavṛjur
• aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away
• (with śīrṣā) to flee RV
• to wring off (as a head) ib
• to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib
⋙ parāvṛkta
parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16
⋙ parāvṛj
parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')
parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column 1] Contents of this page
• cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)
⋙ parāvarta
parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round
• exchange, barter HPariś
• reversal of a sentence (in law) W
• restoration W
⋙ parāvartana
parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh
⋙ parāvartin
parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)
⋙ parāvartya
parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W
-vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib
⋙ parāvṛt
parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP
⋙ parāvṛtta
parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś
• wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L
• exchanged W
• reversed (as a judgment) ib
• given back, restored ib
⋙ parāvṛtti
parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)
• change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv
• reversion of a sentence or judgment W
• restoration of property ib
• recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat
parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS
• to strike, hit, wound MBh
⋙ parāviddha
parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)
⋙ parāvyādha
parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr
parā-śara See parā-śṝ below
parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV
parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30
parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV
• aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy
⋙ parāśara
parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV
• a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)
• N. of a Nāga MBh
• N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa
• said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)
• of a son of Kuṭhumi VP
• of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c
• of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat
-kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks
○rin m. = pārāśarin L
○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP
○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP
⋙ parāśīrṇa
parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30
parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1
parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh
parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat
• pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c
⋙ parāsa
parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr
• n. tin L
⋙ parāsana
parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L
⋙ parāsin
parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr
⋙ parāsisiṣu
parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir
• desirous to throw or send W
• wishing to overcome ib
⋙ parāsta
parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh
• defeated W
⋙ parāsya
parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr
⋙ parāsya
parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr
parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat
• Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
⋙ parāsikta
parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)
• set aside, rendered useless MBh
parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing
• dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parāsukarṇa
○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh
⋙ parāsutā
○tā f
⋙ parāsutva
○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh
parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS
parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column 2]
parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh
parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār
parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr
parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh
• to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr
⋙ parāhata
parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3
• struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv
• refuted, contradicted Nyāyam
⋙ parāhati
parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad
parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS
parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP
pári ind. round, around, about, round about
• fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c
• as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV
• against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
• also at the beginning of a comp. mfn
ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)
• beyond, more than AV
• to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
• successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib
• (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)
• outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5
• also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)
• after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)
• in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV
• according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi
• Gk. ?.] [591, 2]
pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8
pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas
⋙ parikathā
pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv
pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr
pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP
⋙ parikampa
pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L
⋙ parikampin
pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar
pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3
pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam
pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt
pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ
pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R
⋙ parikālita
pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh
pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18
• to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar
• to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9
⋙ parikalayitṛ
pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)
⋙ parikalitin
pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi
pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)
pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1
pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)
pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam
parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L
pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column 3]
pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592
pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ parikīrtana
pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ parikīrtita
pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib
pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib
⋙ parikupita
pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib
⋙ parikopa
pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc
⋙ parikopita
pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh
pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L
• a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L
pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch
pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh
• to uphold Divyâv
⋙ parikara
pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W
• m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar
• a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c
• (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar
• (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c
-śloka Alaṃkārav
• discrimination, judgement L
-bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW
-bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch
-vijaya m. N. of wk
-śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav
⋙ parikarita
pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar
⋙ parikartṛ
pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L
⋙ parikarman
pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L
• n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP
• dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid
• cleansing, purification Śiś
• preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)
• arithmetical computation or operation W
○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv
○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col
⋙ parikarmaya
pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt
• to make ready Divyâv
○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad
⋙ parikarmin
pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W
• m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr
⋙ parikṛta
pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh
⋙ parikriyā
pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L
• attending to, care of (comp
• cf. agni-parikriyā)
• exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)
• (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar
pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R
• to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219
⋙ parikartana
pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh
• n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr
• = next ib
⋙ parikartikā
pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr
⋙ parikṛtta
pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr
pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV
pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP
≫ parikṛśa
pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop
-tva n. a slender size Lalit
pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh
• to lead (an army) R
• to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh
• to harass, afflict ib
• to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib
• (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr
• to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column 1] Contents of this page
• to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv
⋙ parikarṣa
pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)
⋙ parikarṣaṇa
pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib
• a circle, Śulbas
⋙ parikarṣita
pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP
⋙ parikarṣin
pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R
⋙ parikṛṣṭa
pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP
pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr
• to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32
⋙ parikiraṇa
pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch
⋙ parikīrṇa
pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c
pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11
• to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās
• to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh
• to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh
• to suppose, presuppose Sarvad
⋙ parikalpa
pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh
• wṛ. for ○kampa
⋙ parikalpana
pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing
• (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)
• reckoning, calculation Var
⋙ parikalpita
pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided
• fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parikalpya
pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c
• to be calculated Var
⋙ parikḷpta
pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh
pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi
pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV
pari-√kram P. [-kr˘Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te
• p. [-kr˘Amat]
• pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur
• aor. -akramīt
• inf. -krāntum
• ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
• to go past, escape AitBr
• to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP
⋙ parikrama
pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur
• transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)
• following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348
• succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)
• a remedy, medicine Car
-saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L
⋙ parikramaṇa
pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr
⋙ parikrānta
pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod
• n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R
⋙ parikrānti
pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP
⋙ parikrāmitaka
pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ
pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ
pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18
• really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV
• Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr
• ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)
• to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS
• to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ
⋙ parikraya
pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)
• hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch
• redemption, buying off W
• a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit
⋙ parikrayaṇa
pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44
⋙ parikrī
pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS
⋙ parikrīta
pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)
pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
• but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)
pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R
pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column 2]
⋙ parikruṣṭa
pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented
• n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R
⋙ parikrośa
pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7
pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād
⋙ pariklānta
pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh
pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R
⋙ parikleda
pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh
⋙ parikledin
pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr
pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R
• (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R
⋙ parikliśa
pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W
⋙ parikliṣṭa
pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
• n. = ○kleśa L
• (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly
⋙ parikleśa
pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parikleṣṭṛ
pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh
pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1
pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49
pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv
⋙ parikṣati
pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś
pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi
pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV
• to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib
pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr
⋙ parikṣālana
pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr
pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV
pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L
⋙ parikṣāṇa
pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr
⋙ parikṣāma
pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat
pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit
⋙ parikṣaya
pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parikṣīṇa
pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed
• (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32
⋙ parikṣi
pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP
⋙ parikṣit
pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr
• m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv
• of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv
• of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh
• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)
⋙ parikṣita
pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit
pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa
• ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R
• to put or lay or wind round Suśr
• to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c
• to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh
• to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās
⋙ parikṣipta
pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c
• left, abandoned W
⋙ parikṣepa
pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv
• surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
• circumference, extent Car
• abandoning, leaving W
⋙ parikṣepaka
pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)
⋙ parikṣepin
pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)
pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W
pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ
pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa
⋙ parikhaṇḍana
pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○
⋙ parikhaṇḍaya
pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column 3]
pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ
⋙ parikhā
pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)
-sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250
○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30
⋙ parikhāta
pari-khāta mfn. dug round
• m. a furrow, rut BhP
pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c
⋙ parikhinna
pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
⋙ parikheda
pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parikhedita
pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP
pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c
• to observe, regard, consider MBh. R
• to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp
⋙ parikhyāta
pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)
• called, named
• celebrated, famous MBh. R
⋙ parikhyāti
pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W
pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP
• to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)
⋙ parigaṇana
pari-gaṇana n
⋙ parigaṇanā
pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull
⋙ parigaṇanīya
pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),
⋙ parigaṇya
pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately
⋙ parigaṇita
pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)
⋙ parigaṇitin
pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś
parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L
pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75
⋙ parigaditin
pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi
pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV
-gman RV
• pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh
• p. -jaganvas RV
• ind. p. [-gáty˘A] RV. ŚBr
-gamya MBh
• inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c
• to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91
⋙ pariga
pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch
⋙ parigata
pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c
• filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib
• diffused, spread Kāv
• deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49
• experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv
• forgotten L
• obtained L
• = ceṣṭita L
○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid
⋙ parigantavya
pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L
⋙ parigama
pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar
• knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ
• spreading, extending W
• obtaining ib
⋙ parigamana
pari-gamana n. id. MW
⋙ parigamita
pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh
⋙ parigamya
pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr
pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R
pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ
pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib
⋙ parigarhaṇa
pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib
pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh
• sunk Pañc
• flowing, fluid, melted W
pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi
pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV
• to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp
• to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh
• to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV
• to disregard, neglect AitBr
• to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column 1] Contents of this page
pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP
• augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5
pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R
pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl
pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh
pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi
pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv
⋙ parigredha
pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L
pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
• to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c
⋙ parigīta
pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP
⋙ parigīti
pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col
pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp
pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid
• impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV
• 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS
• 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV
• Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh
• pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV
• 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c
• ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c
• to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
• to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh
• to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib
• to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib
• to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c
• to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var
• to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh
• to take (food) ŚBr
• to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP
• to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• to take by the hand, assist MBh
• to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc
• to surpass, excel Mn. Prab
• (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)
⋙ parigṛhīta
pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV
• surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
• seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c
• opposed, checked W
• m. g. ācitâdi
⋙ parigṛhīti
pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br
⋙ parigṛhītṛ
pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1
⋙ parigṛhya
pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• considering regarding W
-vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2
⋙ parigṛhya
pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W
• (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś
• a married woman L
⋙ parigraha
pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
• wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv
• comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn
• taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c
• getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib
• household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib
• a house, abode Hariv
• √, origin, foundation MBh
• admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ
• taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c
• a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• choice, selection ib
• understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch
• undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv
• homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c
• dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP
• force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R
• claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
• (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti
• the form which precedes iti RPrāt
• a curse, imprecation, oath L
• an eclipse of the sun L
• the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)
-tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś
-dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW
-bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab
-vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column 2]
○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7
⋙ parigrahaka
pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L
⋙ parigrahaṇa
pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab
⋙ parigrahītavya
pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk
• to be ruled or controlled Pat
• to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch
⋙ parigrahītṛ
pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing
• m. assister, helper VāyuP
• ruler Pat
• an adoptive father Pravar. Kull
• a husband Śak
⋙ parigrāha
pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS
⋙ parigrāhaka
pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar
⋙ parigrāhya
pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh
pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c
• averse from (dat.) Pat
pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
• (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās
• (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c
• a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr
• a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c
• (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var
• the gate of a palace, any gate R
• a house L
• (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L
• a pitcher, water-jar L
• a glass pitcher L
• killing, striking, a blow L
• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
• of a Cāṇḍāla ib
• of a virtuous man Cat
⋙ parighaguru
○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav
⋙ parighaprāṃśubāhu
○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak
⋙ parighabāhu
○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh
⋙ parighasaṃkāśa
○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh
⋙ parighastambha
○stambha m. a door-post Mālav
⋙ parighopama
parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal
≫ parighāta
pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var
• a club, an iron bludgeon L
⋙ parighātana
pari-ghātana n. id. L
⋙ parighātin
pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R
pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch
pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64
⋙ parighaṭṭana
pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh
• rubbing Śiś. Sch
⋙ parighaṭṭita
pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW
pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)
pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS
pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha
pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad
⋙ parighoṣa
pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise
• thunder
• improper speech
pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh
pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv
⋙ parighṛṣṭika
pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika
pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh
pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka
• (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L
pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate
• Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate
• Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP
• to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr
• to forbid Āpast
• to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh
• to call, name Mn. MBh. &c
• to address (acc.), answer BhP
⋙ paricakṣā
pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr
⋙ paricakṣya
pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV
pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column 3]
pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh
pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci
pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c
• to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś
• to wait on, attend to Divyâv
• to cohabit ib
• (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp
⋙ paricara
pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV
• m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr
• a patrol or body-guard L
• homage, service Hariv
• (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
⋙ paricaraṇa
pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr
• n. going about ŚBr
• serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh
⋙ paricaraṇīya
pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull
• belonging to attendance Gobh
⋙ paricaritavya
pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ
⋙ paricaritṛ
pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp
⋙ paricarya
pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv
• (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)
• attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c
○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh
⋙ paricāra
pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh
• a place for walking ib
• an assistant or servant ib
⋙ paricāraka
pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• executor (of an order &c.) Hariv
• (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c
⋙ paricāraṇa
pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar
⋙ paricāraya
pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP
• to cohabit Divyâv
• to attend to, wait on ib
⋙ paricārika
pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh
• pl. fried grain L
⋙ paricārita
pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv
⋙ paricārin
pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh
• attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c
• m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R
○ri-tā f. Kām
⋙ paricārya
pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W
⋙ paricīrṇa
pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh
pari-cartana See pari-cṛt
pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr
pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh
pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr
• to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb
• to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1
⋙ paricaya
pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś
-vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1
⋙ paricayanīya
pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W
⋙ paricāyya
pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas
• raising the rent or revenue of a land W
⋙ paricit
pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1
⋙ paricita
pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP
• (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1
⋙ paricetavya
pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1
⋙ pariceya
pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib
pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu
• p. -cinvat
• inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R
• to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2
⋙ paricaya
pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)
• meeting with a friend W
○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2
⋙ paricayanīya
pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2
⋙ paricita
pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv
-bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW
-vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10
⋙ pariciti
pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ paricetavya
pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known
⋙ pariceya
pari-ceya mfn. to be known
• to be investigated or searched W
pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
• to call to mind, remember ib
• to devise, invent ib
⋙ paricintaka
pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP
⋙ paricintanīya
pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv
⋙ paricintita
pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R
pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ
pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233
⋙ paricodita
pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv
• impelled, incited MBh
pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv
• to touch closely ib
⋙ paricumbana
pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap
⋙ paricumbita
pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap
pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round
• to tie or fasten together Kauś
⋙ paricartana
pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS
pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc
⋙ paricchad
pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19
⋙ paricchada
pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
• paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R
• goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c
• retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c
• ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c
⋙ paricchanda
pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L
⋙ paricchanna
pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c
pari-cchid (√chid
• inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
• to mow or reap (corn), Kārand
• to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur
• to separate, divide, part Siddh
• to avert, obviate MW
⋙ paricchitti
pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap
• limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch
• partition, separation W
⋙ paricchinna
pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c
• determined, ascertained Kum
• obviated, remedied W
⋙ pariccheda
pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr
• accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull
• resolution, determination Kād
• a section or chapter of a book Cat
• limit, boundary. W
• obviating, remedying ib
-kara m. N. of a Samādhi L
-vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm
○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak
○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm
⋙ paricchedaka
pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad
• n. limitation, limit, measure L
⋙ paricchedana
pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing
• the division of a book
• joyful laughter (?)
⋙ paricchedya
pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull
pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
• loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch
⋙ paricyuta
pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv
• fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
• swerved or deviated from (abl.) R
• deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur
• ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh
• streaming with (instr.) ib
⋙ paricyuti
pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās
pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch
pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc
⋙ parijanatā
○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column 2]
pari-janman m. the moon L
• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh
⋙ parijapta
pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var
• enchanted Divyâv
pari-jayya See pari-ji
pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv
⋙ parijalpita
pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W
pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV
⋙ parijāta
pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib
• fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ
⋙ parijātaka
pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites
pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh
⋙ parijayya
pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93
⋙ parijetṛ
pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L
pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād
⋙ parijihīrṣita
pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh
⋙ parijihīrṣu
pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L
pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar
pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered
• to be digested Suśr
⋙ parijīrṇa
pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh
⋙ parijīryat
pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh
pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c
⋙ parijñapti
pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128
⋙ parijñā
pari-jñā f. knowledge L
⋙ parijñāta
pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parijñātṛ
pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag
• wise, intelligent W
⋙ parijñāna
pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c
-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP
○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās
⋙ parijñeya
pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c
pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)
• m. the moon L
• fire L. (cf. pari-janman)
pari-jyāni See a-p○
pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV
pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L
• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
• a servant L
• a sacrificer L
• Indra W
pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir
pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh
pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam
pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)
pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV
• to bend down, stoop Kāv
• to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus
• to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar
• to become old Kir
• to be digested MBh. Pañc
• to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya
• Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp
• to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R
• to bend aside or down, stoop MBh
⋙ pariṇata
pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh
• bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ
• changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh
• developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect
• full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column 3]
• set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c
• advanced (vayasā, in age R
• also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)
• digested (as food) Suśr
• elapsed (as time) BhP
• n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W
-dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś
-dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir
-prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh
-pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv
-vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr
-śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh
○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak
⋙ pariṇati
pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W
• change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad
• ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar
• mature or old age Vikr. Śiś
• result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last
śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears
pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv
• fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś
• digestion L
⋙ pariṇamana
pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch
• (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv
⋙ pariṇamayitṛ
pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh
⋙ pariṇāma
pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr
• ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm
• alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas
• withering, fading ŚārṅgP
• lapse (of time) MBh. R
• decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr
• result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv
• (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval
• N. of a holy man RTL. 269
-darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh
-dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW
-nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W
-pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib
-mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak
-ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib
-vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk
-vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad
-śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat
⋙ pariṇāmaka
pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv
⋙ pariṇāmana
pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam
• the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L
⋙ pariṇāmika
pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L
• easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)
⋙ pariṇāmin
pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)
• ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP
○mi-tva n. ib
○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch
⋙ pariṇinaṃsu
pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś
pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī
pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch
⋙ parinaṣṭa
pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib
pari-ṇah (√nah
• only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh
⋙ pariṇaddha
pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var
• broad, large Ragh
⋙ pariṇah
pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v
⋙ pariṇahana
pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ
⋙ pariṇāha
pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr
• N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)
-vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr
○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum
• (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc
pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī
pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, , dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, , me, yam, , vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)
pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ
• kissing W
⋙ pariṇiṃsā
pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column 1] Contents of this page
pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr
• ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr
pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr
pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā
pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr
• to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)
pari-ṇī (√), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś
-ṇayām āsa MBh
• 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV
• ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c
• to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ
• to carry away RV
• to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh
• (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh
• (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad
⋙ pariṇaya
pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)
• (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr
-vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar
⋙ pariṇayana
pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c
⋙ pariṇāya
pari-ṇāya m. leading round
• moving or a move (at chess &c.) L
⋙ pariṇāyaka
pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R
• a husband Śiś
• = -ratna Divyâv
⋙ pariṇīta
pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh
• completed, finished, executed ib
• n. marriage Uttarar
-pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak
-bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet
-ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv
⋙ pariṇetavya
pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad
• to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch
⋙ pariṇetṛ
pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat
⋙ pariṇeya
pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ
• (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās
• to be investigated or found out Pat
• to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy
pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP
pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr
pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV
pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L
≫ paritakmya
pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV
• (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib
• night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib
pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās
⋙ paritāḍin
pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar
pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat
• ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
⋙ paritatnu
pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV
pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh
-tapsyati R
• ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle
• to feel or suffer pain
• (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad
• to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit
⋙ paritapta
pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c
⋙ paritapti
pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L
⋙ paritāpa
pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP
• pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c
• repentance MBh. Pañc
• N. of a partic. hell L
⋙ paritāpin
pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām
• causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś
pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr
pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R
⋙ paritarkaṇa
pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column 2]
⋙ paritarkita
pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv
• examined (judicially) R
pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ
parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c
• as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c
pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar
pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)
pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam
• m. Melia Azedarach L
pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch
pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh
pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib
⋙ parituṣṭa
pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c
○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW
○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās
⋙ parituṣṭi
pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas
⋙ parituṣya
pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās
⋙ paritoṣa
pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi
• (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c
• N. of a man Cat
-vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās
⋙ paritoṣaka
pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs
⋙ paritoṣaṇa
pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP
• n. satisfaction, gratification ib
⋙ paritoṣayitṛ
pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)
⋙ paritoṣita
pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās
⋙ paritoṣin
pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās
pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr
pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R
⋙ paritarpaṇa
pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP
• n. the act of satisfying Dhātup
• a restorative Car
⋙ paritṛpta
pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk
⋙ paritṛpti
pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up
pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ
pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP
• ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c
• (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP
• (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet
• (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R
⋙ parityakta
pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c
• let go, let fly (as an arrow) W
• deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
• n. anything to spare Divyâv
• (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc
⋙ parityaktṛ
pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn
⋙ parityaj
pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh
⋙ parityajana
pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W
⋙ parityajya
pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c
• leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var
• with she exception of, excepting ib
⋙ parityāga
pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c
• separation from (sakāśāt) R
• (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit
• N. of wk
⋙ parityāgin
pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R
⋙ parityājana
pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW
⋙ parityājya
pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh
• to be given up or renounced ib
• to be omitted Sāh
pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c
⋙ paritrāsa
pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv
pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column 3]
pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva
• fut. -trāsyate
• inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ paritrāṇa
pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c
• self-defence L
• the hair of the body L
• moustaches Gal
⋙ paritrāta
pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur
• m. N. of a man L
⋙ paritrātavya
pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar
⋙ paritrātṛ
pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc
pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh
⋙ paridaṣṭa
pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten
-dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP
pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam
pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c
⋙ paridagdha
pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c
⋙ paridahana
pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W
⋙ paridāha
pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr
• mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh
⋙ paridāhin
pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L
pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV
• Impv. -dehi
• pf. -dadau, -dade
• ind. p. -dāya
• inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh
⋙ paridā
pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr
⋙ paridāna
pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś
• restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)
⋙ paridāyin
pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L
≫ parītta
párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh
⋙ parītti
parī-tti f. delivering TBr
pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā
• pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh
• aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ
• inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parideva
pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit
⋙ paridevaka
pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)
⋙ paridevana
pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c
• (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit
⋙ paridevita
pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c
• plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib
• n. wailing, lamentation ib
• impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'
⋙ paridevin
pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak
⋙ paridyūna
pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr
• made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R
pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br
⋙ paridiṣṭa
pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh
pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV
⋙ paridigdha
pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L
pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted
-mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind
pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh
pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R
pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R
-tva n. Jātakam
pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr
⋙ paridṛḍha
pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong
• m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L
pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV
• inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ paridṛṣṭa
pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh
-karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car
⋙ paridraṣṭṛ
pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh
pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr
⋙ paridara
pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr
⋙ paridīrṇa
pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr
pari-dyūna See pari-div
pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat
pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV
pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)
pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV
pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire
• fut. -dhāsyati
• aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi
• ind. p. -dhā́ya
• Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c
• to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)
• to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c
• surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c
• to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c
• to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh
⋙ paridhāna
pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc
• a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)
• closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr
-vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64
○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch
○nīya n. an under garment
• (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br
⋙ paridhāpana
pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś
○nīya mfn. relating to it ib
⋙ paridhāya
pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue
• the hinder parts
• a receptacle for water
⋙ paridhāyaka
pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L
⋙ paridhi
pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c
• a cover, garment BhP
• (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib
• a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP
• the horizon MBh. BhP
• any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas
• epicycle ib
• the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W
• N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
• pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
-saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr
-stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh
• m. a guard posted in a circle L
○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar
○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP
⋙ paridhin
pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)
⋙ paridheya
pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c
• = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)
• n. an under garment (?) MW
≫ parihita
pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c
pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr
• to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh
• to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c
• to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh
⋙ paridhāvana
pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh
⋙ paridhāvin
pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ
pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP
pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr
pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column 2]
pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh
⋙ paridhāraṇa
pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh
• (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar
⋙ paridhārya
pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv
⋙ paridhṛta
pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh
pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh
⋙ paridharṣaṇa
pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib
pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit
• obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)
• (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)
• an outcaste Āpast
⋙ paridhvaṃsin
pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr
• destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)
⋙ paridhvasta
pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R
• destroyed, ruined ib
pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522
pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi
pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś
pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R
pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP
⋙ parinindana
pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi
⋙ parinindā
pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh
• censoriousness Subh
pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr
pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R
pari-nir-ṇij (√nij
• only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh
pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. ) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
• marked off, limited R
• settled, determined MBh
⋙ parivaśavartin
pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)
pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat
pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W
⋙ parinirvivapsā
pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality
⋙ parinirvivapsu
pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ
pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch
⋙ parivāṇa
pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak
• n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c
• N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L
-vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
⋙ parivāpayitavya
pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch
⋙ parivāyin
pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv
pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh
⋙ paricetas
pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib
pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv
⋙ parinirvṛti
pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat
pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV
pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh
pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh
pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV
pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column 3]
pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)
pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)
pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar
⋙ pariniṣṭhā
pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap
• complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur
⋙ pariniṣṭhāna
pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L
• mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch
⋙ pariniṣṭhāpanīya
pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr
⋙ pariniṣṭhita
pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk
• being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur
• completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parinaiṣṭhika
pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh
pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ
⋙ pariniṣpatti
pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch
⋙ pariniṣpanna
pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh
-tva n. real being, reality Saṃk
⋙ pariniṣpādita
pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ
pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh
pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā
pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās
⋙ parinyāsa
pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W
• alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar
pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc
• to be burnt (in hell) Hariv
• to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var
• approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr
• to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ
⋙ paripakva
pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W
• completely burnt (as bricks) Var
• quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr
• highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP
• near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr
• fully digested W
-kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1
-tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity
• digestion
• perfection
• shrewdness W
-śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,
⋙ paripacana
pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch
⋙ paripāka
pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr
• digestion Vedântas
• ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr
• result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat
• cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)
⋙ paripākin
pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W
• (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L
⋙ paripācana
pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr
• (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit
• n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit
⋙ paripācayitṛ
pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch
⋙ paripācita
pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr
pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad
• to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur
⋙ paripāṭha
pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration
• (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh
⋙ paripāṭhaka
pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat
pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L
⋙ paripaṇana
pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr
⋙ paripaṇita
pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W
pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś
pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c
• to leap down from (abl.) MBh
• to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh
• to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch
• to destroy Divyâv
⋙ paripatana
pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak
pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')
pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt
⋙ paripad
pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV
⋙ paripadin
pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ paripanna
pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt
⋙ paripāda
pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi
pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat
⋙ paripantham
pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L
⋙ paripanthaya
pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat
⋙ paripanthika
pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh
⋙ paripanthin
pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering
• m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad
⋙ paripanthībhū
pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis
pari-para See a-pari-para
≫ pariparin
pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2
pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV
• to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up
• to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh
• to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP
pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr
pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr
• to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād
⋙ paripāna
pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV
⋙ paripīta
pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv
• soaked with (comp.) Suśr
pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c
⋙ paripāṇa
pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV
⋙ paripālaka
pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur
• taking care of one's property SaddhP
⋙ paripālana
pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c
• fostering, nourishing Pañc
• (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar
⋙ paripālanīya
pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād
⋙ paripālayitṛ
pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk
⋙ paripālya
pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c
⋙ paripipālayiṣā
pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk
pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac
pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c
⋙ parilita
pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv
pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh
• arithmetic Col
pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv
⋙ paripāṇḍiman
pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś
⋙ paripāṇḍura
pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar
⋙ paripāṇḍurita
pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib
pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr
⋙ paripārśvacara
○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh
⋙ paripārśvatas
○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv
⋙ paripārśvavartin
○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab
pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown
⋙ paripiṅgakṛ
pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś
pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP
pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum
pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar
pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv
pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R
⋙ paripiṣṭa
pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh
⋙ paripiṣṭaka
pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L
pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr
• to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c
• (in augury) to cover, cover up Var
⋙ paripīḍana
pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr
• injuring, prejudicing Kām
⋙ paripīḍā
pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R
⋙ paripīḍita
pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed
• embraced
• tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column 2]
pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv
pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām
pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch
pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr
⋙ paripuṭana
pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib
-vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib
⋙ paripoṭa
pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr
-ka m. id. ib
-vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib
⋙ paripoṭana
pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib
pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster
⋙ paripuṣṭa
pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)
• amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull
• augmented], increased Sāh
⋙ paripoṣa
pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh
⋙ paripoṣaka
pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat
⋙ paripoṣaṇa
pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP
⋙ paripoṣaṇīya
pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc
pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L
pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain
• Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly
⋙ paripavana
pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull
• a winnowing basket Nir
⋙ paripūta
pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c
⋙ paripūti
pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar
pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv
⋙ paripūjana
pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W
⋙ paripūjā
pari-pūjā f. id. MW
⋙ paripūjita
pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib
pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach
pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c
• to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ
⋙ paripūraka
pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ
• causing fulness or prosperity Kull
⋙ paripūraṇa
pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv
• accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ
⋙ paripūraṇīya
pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat
⋙ paripūrayitavya
pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ
⋙ paripūrita
pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt
⋙ paripūrin
pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś
⋙ paripūrṇa
pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś
• completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c
• accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib
• fully satisfied, content R
-candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L
-tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L
-bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R
-mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R
-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap
-sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L
-vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24
○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R
• full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R
○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch
⋙ paripūrti
pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch
pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var
• n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr
pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ
pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ
pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr
pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha
• fut. -prakṣyati
• ind. p. -pṛcchya
• inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ paripṛcchaka
pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr
⋙ paripṛcchanikā
pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv
⋙ paripṛcchā
pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column 3]
⋙ paripṛcchika
pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)
⋙ paripṛṣṭika
pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib
⋙ paripraśna
pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag
• inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c
pari-pra-ṇī (√, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4
pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7
pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV
pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5
pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5
pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2
pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4
pari-praśna See pari-prach
pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV
pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv
⋙ pariprāpaṇa
pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat
⋙ pariprāpti
pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R
⋙ pariprāpya
pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv
⋙ pariprepsu
pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh
pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr
pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV
⋙ pariprīta
pári-prīta mfn. id. ib
• much gratified, delighted MBh
pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS
⋙ paripruṣ
pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV
pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8
pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy
pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ
⋙ paripreṣaṇa
pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth
• abandoning W
⋙ paripreṣita
pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth
• abandoned ib
⋙ paripreṣya
pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)
pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh
-plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c
• to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr
• to move restlessly, go astray Br
• to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh
⋙ pariplava
pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh
• swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr
• running about, unsteady, restless Śiś
• m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr
• bathing, inundation W
• oppression, tyranny ib
• a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)
• N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur
• (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr
⋙ pariplāvya
pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh
⋙ paripluta
pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh
• flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• n. a spring, jump Var
• (ā), f. spirituous liquor L
pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L
⋙ pariploṣa
pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car
pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś
• covered with erected hairs ib
pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh
• Pass. pary-abadhyata ib
• pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on
• to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat
⋙ paribaddha
pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R
⋙ paribandhana
pari-bandhana n. tying round L
pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column 1] Contents of this page
• to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr
⋙ paribādh
pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV
⋙ paribādha
pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr
• (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak
pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh
pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh
⋙ paribarha
pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c
• royal insignia L
-vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh
⋙ paribarhaṇa
pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh
• worship, adoration BhP
• (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch
⋙ paribṛṃhaṇa
pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP
• an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh
⋙ paribṛṃhita
pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita
Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
• n. the roar of an elephant L
⋙ paribṛḍha
pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir
• m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)
• comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat
• superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib
• or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk
• Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat
-vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)
pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)
⋙ paribodhana
pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād
⋙ paribodhanīya
pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib
pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh
pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh
⋙ paribhakṣaṇa
pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh
• being eaten up by (instr.) ib
⋙ paribhakṣā
pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr
⋙ paribhakṣita
pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh
pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R
-krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh
⋙ paribhaṅga
pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W
pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh
pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk
pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R
⋙ paribhartsana
pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R
⋙ paribhartsita
pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib
pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū
pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast
pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū
pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R
• to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś
• to persuade, exhort, encourage MW
• to abuse Divyâv
⋙ paribhāṣaka
pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv
⋙ paribhāṣaṇa
pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R
• n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh
• admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit
• rule, precept W
• agreement (?) ib
⋙ paribhāṣaṇīya
pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to
• reprehensible, deserving reproof W
⋙ paribhāṣā
pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP
• blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar
• any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ
• (in medic.) prognosis
• a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work
• (also pl.) N. of sev. wks
-kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column 2]
⋙ paribhāṣita
pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag
-tva n. RPrāt. Sch
⋙ paribhāṣin
pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R
⋙ paribhāṣya
pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat
pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr
⋙ paribhāsita
pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat
pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh
⋙ paribhinna
pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R
• disfigured, deformed MBh
⋙ paribheda
pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R
⋙ paribhedaka
pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat
pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr
⋙ paribhugna
pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)
pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh
• to neglect to feed BhP
• to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh
⋙ paribhukta
pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh
• eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv
• worn (as a garment) Divyâv
⋙ paribhoktṛ
pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP
• living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201
⋙ paribhoga
pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var
• illegal use of another's goods W
• means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh
⋙ paribhogya
pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv
pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV
• aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat
• Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib
• Impv. -bhūtu ib
• Ved. inf. -bhvé ib
• ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R
• fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br
• to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV
• to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c
• to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c
• to disgrace MBh
• to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar
• to surpass, exceed BhP
• to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS
• to contain, include BhP
• to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc
⋙ paribhava
pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c
-pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit
-vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār
○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP
⋙ paribhavana
pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav
⋙ paribhavanīya
pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās
⋙ paribhavin
pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr
• suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)
⋙ paribhāva
pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)
⋙ paribhāvana
pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh
• (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar
• (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh
⋙ paribhāvita
pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP
• (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)
• penetrated, pervaded ib
• conceived, imagined ib
⋙ paribhāvin
pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv
⋙ paribhāvuka
pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis
⋙ paribhū
pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp
⋙ paribhūta
pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur
• m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat
-gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP
-tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch
⋙ paribhūti
pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV
• contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP
pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV
• to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib
• to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column 3]
• to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1
⋙ paribhūṣaṇa
pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)
⋙ paribhūṣita
pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh
pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP
• Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV
• (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)
• to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)
pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid
pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj
pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām
⋙ paribhraṃśa
pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv
⋙ paribhraṃśana
pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc
⋙ paribhraṣṭa
pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off
• fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)
• deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
• fallen, lost, ruined
• sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c
• escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās
-satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP
-sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh
pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch
⋙ paribhṛṣṭa
pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr
pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te
• pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa
• pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ
• ind. p. -bhramya
• inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c
• (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr
⋙ paribhrama
pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)
• m. wandering, going about BhP
• circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3
• error W
⋙ paribhramaṇa
pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP
• moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg
• circumference Sūryas
⋙ paribhrāmaṇa
pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP
⋙ paribhrāmin
pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar
pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R
pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c
• of the measure of an atom A
• m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr
• n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat
-kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car
-tā f. whirling about Kir
• roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)
⋙ parimaṇḍalita
pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir
pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R
pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6
⋙ parimathita
pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5
⋙ parimāthin
pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm
pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt
• pf. -mamnā́the
• aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV
⋙ parimat
pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78
pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh
pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ
⋙ parimantharatā
○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis
pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś
• (ibc.) a little ib
⋙ parimandatā
○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib
pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV
pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599
pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c
• copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column 1] Contents of this page
• a meeting of learned men L
• soil, stain, dirt L
• N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat
• of sev. wks. and Comms
-ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1
-bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ
-samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS
⋙ parimalaya
pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar
⋙ parimalita
pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W
• perfumed ib
pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame
• Pass. -mīyate
• inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c
• to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parimā
pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS
⋙ parimāṇa
pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var
• (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)
-tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133
-vat (L
○t-tva n.)
○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable
⋙ parimita
pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c
• moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c
-katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh
-tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch
-bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W
-bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW
○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc
○tâyus mfn. shortlived R
○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh
○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW
⋙ parimiti
pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp
-mat mfn. limited Kāv
⋙ parimeya
pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c
-tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW
-puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh
pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy
pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1
⋙ parimārga
pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp
⋙ parimārgaṇa
pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R
⋙ parimārgitavya
pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag
⋙ parimārgin
pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh
pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh
⋙ parimit
pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV
pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv
⋙ parimilita
pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś
• met from all sides Prasannar
pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ
⋙ parimeha
pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib
pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29
pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh
pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya
• inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c
• to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv
• to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c
• to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up
⋙ parimukta
pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)
-bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak
⋙ parimukti
pari-mukti f. liberation A
⋙ parimocita
pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch
pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c
⋙ parimoṣa
pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c
⋙ parimoṣaka
pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh
⋙ parimoṣaṇa
pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast
⋙ parimoṣin
pari-moṣin mfn. stealing
• a thief or robber ŚBr
pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv
⋙ parimugdha
pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś
⋙ parimūḍha
pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column 2]
⋙ parimohana
pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap
⋙ parimohita
pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R
⋙ parimohin
pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś
• fascinating, bewitching W
pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up
⋙ parimara
pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS
• m. the dying in numbers or round any one
• (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp
• (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp
⋙ parimūrṇa
pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)
pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R
pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh
• ind. p. -mṛjya
• inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c
• (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R
• (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh
• to touch lightly, stroke MBh
• to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2
⋙ parimārga
pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning
• friction, touch W
⋙ parimārgya
pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)
⋙ parimārja
pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka
⋙ parimārjaka
pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka
⋙ parimārjana
pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut
• wiping away, removing Hcat
• a dish of honey and oil L
⋙ parimārjita
pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh
⋙ parimṛj
pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch
⋙ parimṛja
pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja
⋙ parimṛjita
pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab
⋙ parimṛjya
pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1
⋙ parimṛṣṭa
pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R
• wiped or washed away, removed BhP
paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib
pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv
• to rub, stroke MBh
• rub off, wipe away (as tears) R
• to excel, surpass MBh
⋙ parimarda
pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh
⋙ parimardana
pari-mardana n. id. L
• rubbing in Car
• a remedy for rubbing in ib
⋙ parimṛdita
pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab
pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa
• 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ
• aor. -amṛkṣat
• ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c
• to examine, consider, inquire into ib
• to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr
• to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV
⋙ parimarśa
pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś
• consideration, reflection MBh
⋙ parimārkṣṇu
pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2
⋙ parimṛṣṭa
pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ
• seized, caught, found out Mālav
• considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr
• spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir
pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ
⋙ parimarṣa
pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W
• v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv
pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh
⋙ parimokṣa
pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R
• removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)
• emptying, evacuation BhP
• escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh
• final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A
⋙ parimokṣaṇa
pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr
• liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch
pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)
pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch
⋙ parimlāna
pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP
• exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column 3]
• become thinner, emaciated Car
• disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8
• n. change of countenance by fear or grief W
• soil, stain ib
⋙ parimlāyin
pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr
• m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib
○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib
pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5
• to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS
⋙ pariyajña
pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr
• mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib
⋙ pariyaṣṭṛ
pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)
⋙ parīṣṭa
parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib
pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr
⋙ pariyatta
pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr
pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy
pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c
• to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1
• to surround, protect, guard RV
• to avoid, shun ib
• to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh
⋙ pariyāṇa
pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)
⋙ pariyāṇi
pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi
⋙ pariyāṇika
pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal
⋙ pariyāṇīya
pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29
⋙ pariyāta
pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R
• one who has travelled about Hcat
pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1
⋙ pariyuta
pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8
pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1
⋙ pariyogya
pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L
pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te
• inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c
• to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c
• to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R
• to avoid, shun Suśr
• (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R
⋙ parirakṣaka
pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L
⋙ parirakṣaṇa
pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv
• n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining
• protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c
• care, caution Suśr
⋙ parirakṣaṇīya
pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar
⋙ parirakṣā
pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c
⋙ parirakṣita
pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parirakṣitavya
pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh
⋙ parirakṣitin
pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi
⋙ parirakṣitṛ
pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R
⋙ parirakṣin
pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh
⋙ parirakṣya
pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R
pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W
⋙ parirāṭaka
pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)
⋙ parirāṭin
pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming
pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV
• (ā), f. id. MBh
• a street, road A
pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP
pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire
• fut. -rapsyate
• ind. p. -rabhya
• inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab
⋙ parirabdha
pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R
• encircled, embraced BhP
⋙ parirambha
pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),
⋙ parirambhaṇa
pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv
⋙ parirambhita
pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP
⋙ parirambhin
pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib
• embracing Śiś
⋙ pariripsu
pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv
pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ
⋙ pariramita
pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column 1] Contents of this page
pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R
pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV
⋙ parirāpin
pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV
pari-ripsu See pari-rabh
pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)
pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP
pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2
pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder
⋙ pariruddha
pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R
⋙ parirodha
pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat
parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)
pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)
pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar
• easy to digest Megh
pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc
⋙ parilaṅghana
pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R
pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat
pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas
⋙ parilamba
pari-lamba m
⋙ parilambana
pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād
⋙ parilambya
pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25
pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP
pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr
pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś
• to scrape or smooth round about R
• to write down, copy Hcat
⋙ parilikhana
pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP
⋙ parilikhita
pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS
⋙ parilekha
pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr
○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas
⋙ parilekhana
pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr
• n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr
pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr
pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP
⋙ parilīḍha
pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R
⋙ parilehin
pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)
pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś
pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh
pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś
⋙ parilupta
pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch
-saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW
⋙ parilopa
pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull
pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām
pari-lūna mfn. (√) cut off, severed Caṇḍ
pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8
pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R
pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column 2]
pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi
pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr
• N. of a town ib. Sch
pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS
⋙ parivañcana
pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L
⋙ parinā
pari-nā f. taking in, deception L
⋙ parivañcita
pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit
pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br
pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)
⋙ parivatsaka
pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)
pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c
• the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var
⋙ parivatsarīṇa
pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),
⋙ parivatsarīya
pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)
pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh
• (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv
⋙ parivadana
pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W
⋙ parivāda
pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
• an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L
-kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh
-kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav
-gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab
⋙ parivādaka
pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W
• one who plays on the lute L
⋙ parivādita
⋙ paritin
pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi
⋙ parivādin
pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh
• crying, screaming W
• censured, abused ib
• m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib
• (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv
⋙ parivivadiṣu
pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś
≫ paryudita
pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr
pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV
pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr
⋙ parivapaṇa
pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch
⋙ parivāpaṇa
pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67
⋙ parivāpita
pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L
pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy
⋙ parivāpa
pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)
• standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)
• a reservoir, piece of water L
• furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib
• scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)
⋙ parivāpika
pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi
⋙ parivāpin
pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi
⋙ parivāpī
pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ parivāpya
pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)
≫ paryupta
pary-upta mfn. sown
• set (as a gem in a ring) W
⋙ pariupti
pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L
pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)
pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601
pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601
pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh
pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś
pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3
parivardhita 1
pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW
pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy
pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598
pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column 3]
• to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22
⋙ parivastrā
pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)
⋙ parivāsas
pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c
• (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ
⋙ parivasatha
pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1
⋙ parivāsa
pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh
• the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh
⋙ parivāsita
pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W
≫ paryuṣaṇa
pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas
○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks
⋙ pariuṣita
pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP
• (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c
• (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh
-bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W
⋙ pariuṣitavya
pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas
⋙ pariuṣṭa
pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP
pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr
⋙ parivāsana
pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch
pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c
• to drag about MBh
• to flow around TS. Āpast
• to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP
⋙ parivaha
pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6
• of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col
⋙ parivāha
pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
-vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L
⋙ parivāhita
pari-vāhita mfn. drained W
⋙ parivāhin
pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS
• (ifc.) streaming with Śak
pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri
pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)
parivāsa 2
pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)
pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh
pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh
pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh
pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh
pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat
pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV
pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid
pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh
• examination Divyâv
pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved˘A] for pres
Gk. [600, 3] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22
⋙ pariveda
pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh
⋙ parivedana
pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)
⋙ parivedin
pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W
pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv
• to twine, twist round ( See below)
• to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 172] or [MBh. xii, 6108] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)
⋙ parivitta
pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV
• m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)
• = ○vinna ĀpŚr
⋙ parivitti
pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c
-tā f. Mn
-tva n. Kull
⋙ parivindaka
pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ parivindat
pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib
⋙ parivinna
pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110
• an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch
⋙ parivividāna
pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch
⋙ parivettṛ
pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)
⋙ parivedaka
pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238
⋙ parivedana
pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c
• gain, acquisition W
• discussion ib
• (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib
⋙ parivedanīyā
pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W
⋙ parivedinī
pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W
⋙ parivedya
pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP
pari-viddha See pari-vyadh
pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV
• to run about R
pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad
pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1
pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)
⋙ pariveśa
pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ
⋙ pariveśana
pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)
⋙ pariveśas
pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV
pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh
pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R
⋙ pariviśvasta
pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh
pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh
-veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch
• Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP
• ind. p. -víṣya AV
• Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh
• to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP
• to dress food Campak
⋙ pariviṣṭa
pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)
• surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var
• dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr
⋙ pariviṣṭi
pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV
⋙ pariviṣyamāṇa
pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp
⋙ pariveṣa
pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
• dressing or offering of food AV
• a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
• a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat
• anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)
• putting on, clothing, dressing L
○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh
⋙ pariveṣaka
pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh
⋙ pariveṣaṇa
pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr
• a circle, circumference MBh
• a halo round the sun or moon ib
• surrounding, enclosing W
⋙ pariveṣṭavya
pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),
⋙ pariveṣya
pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented
• n. See paścāt-pariveṣya
⋙ pariveṣṭṛ
pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c
○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp
pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L
pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP
pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R
⋙ parivihvalatā
○tā f. bewilderment W
pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye
pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R
pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás
• ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column 2]
• ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c
⋙ parivāra
pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)
• surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a sheath, scabbard Śiś
• a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)
-tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90
-pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62
-vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh
-śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh
○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās
⋙ parivāraṇa
pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh
• a train, retinue ib
• keeping or warding off ib
⋙ parivārita
pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ parivṛta
pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c
• n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh
• (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr
• surrounding RV
• filled by, full of (comp.) Cat
⋙ parivṛti
pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R
pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV
pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1
pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu
• aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast
• to cast out, expel AitBr
• (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV
• to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ parivarga
pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)
• dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32
⋙ parivargya
pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV
⋙ parivarjaka
pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh
⋙ parivarjana
pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
• killing, slaughter L
⋙ parivarjanīya
pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat
⋙ parivarjita
pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās
• abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc
• with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)
• wound round, girt R
⋙ parivṛkta
pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV
• (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr
⋙ parivṛj
pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV
• purification, expiation MW
pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh
pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti
• ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
• (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh
• to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib
• to be reborn in (loc.) VP
• (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv
• to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c
• to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
• (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3
• to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv
• to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)
• to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c
• to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c
• to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv
• to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R
• to destroy, annihilate ib
• to straiten, contract Car
• (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11
⋙ parivarta
pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas
• a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c
• (with lokānām) the end of the world R
• a year L
• moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar
• turning back, flight L
• change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
• requital, return W
• an abode, spot, place Hariv
• a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit
• N. of a son of Doþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column 3]
• of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L
⋙ parivartaka
pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP
• bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh
• m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6
• (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas
• N. of a son of Duþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP
• (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr
⋙ parivartana
pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round
• (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās
• n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP
• rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid
• revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv
• barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch
• cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr
• protecting, defending Nalac
• = prêraṇa TBr. Sch
• inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W
• requital, return ib
⋙ parivartanīya
pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94
⋙ parivartita
pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
• exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās
• put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP
• searched thoroughly R
• taken or put on in a wrong direction W
• n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP
• the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R
⋙ parivartin
pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c
• (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās
• being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
• flying, retreating W
• exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib
• (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
⋙ parivṛtta
pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
• lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)
• passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv
• = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L
• retreated, returned W
• exchanged ib
• n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm
• an embrace MW
-tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP
-nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R
-phalā f. N. of a plant Gal
-bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm
○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr
⋙ parivṛtti
pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś
• return (into this world) Āpast
• exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP
• moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh
• end, termination Kir
• surrounding, encompassing ib
• (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16
Vām. iv, 3, 16)
• substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr
• contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr
• m. wṛ. for pari-vitti
• (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī
pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv
• to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv
⋙ parivardhaka
pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar
⋙ parivardhana
pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām
• breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2
⋙ parivardhita
pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid
• reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15
⋙ parivṛddha
pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c
-tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr
⋙ parivṛddhi
pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c
pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R
pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti
pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP
• to fetter, bind ib
≫ paryuta
páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr
pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)
pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R
pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column 1] Contents of this page
• to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)
⋙ pariveṣṭana
pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh
• a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16
• surrounding, encompassing W
• circumference ib
• (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh
⋙ pariveṣṭita
pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)
⋙ pariveṣṭitṛ
pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp
pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct
• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW
pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict
pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh
⋙ parividdha
pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)
⋙ parivyādha
pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L
• N. of an ancient sage MBh
⋙ parivyādhi
pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car
pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127
• expense, cost Jātakam
pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered
○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam
pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ
pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV
• ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round
• (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c
⋙ parivī
pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS
⋙ parivīta
pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
• n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L
⋙ parivyayaṇa
pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS
• the covered spot ŚBr
⋙ parivyayaṇīya
pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS
⋙ parivyāṇa
pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch
pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
• to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c
• (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib
⋙ parivrajya
pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh
• (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās
⋙ parivrāj
pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ),
⋙ parivrāja
pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)
⋙ parivrājaka
pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f
• ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit
⋙ parivrājī
pari-vrāj˘ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L
⋙ parivrājya
pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W
pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598
pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr
⋙ parivṛkṇa
pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp
pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV
pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c
• to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib
⋙ pariśaṅkanīya
pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur
⋙ pariśaṅkā
pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam
• hope, expectation R
⋙ pariśaṅkita
pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur
• suspected, questionable MBh
• believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh
• thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt
⋙ pariśaṅkin
pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh
• afraid on account of (comp.) BhP
pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car
pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr
pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr
• to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ
⋙ pariśapta
pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr
⋙ pariśāpa
pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column 2]
pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh
pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt
pari-śāyana See pari-śī
pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh
pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh
pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam
pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br
• Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire
• fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur
• to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ
• to supply L
⋙ pariśiṣṭa
pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c
• n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)
-kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks
⋙ pariśeṣa
pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var
• m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var
• supplement, sequel MBh
• termination, conclusion L
• (eṇa), ind. completely, in full
• (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk
-khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk
-vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat
-śāstra n. a supplementary work L
⋙ pariseṣaṇa
pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP
⋙ pariśeṣita
pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP
pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran
• 2. du. -aśāyatam
• 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr
⋙ pariśāyana
pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh
pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv
• to treat well, cherish, Prasann
⋙ pariśīlana
pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh
⋙ pariśilita
pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv
• inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch
pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902
• to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10
pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh
• (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R
• to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146
• to try, examine Kathās
• to solve, explain, clear up Gīt
⋙ pariśuddha
pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure
• cleared off, paid
• acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur
• (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh
⋙ pariśuddhi
pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās
• rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ
⋙ pariśodha
pari-śodha m. = next W
⋙ pariśodhana
pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar
• discharging, paying off Kull
pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV
• Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh
⋙ pariśobhita
pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R
-kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru
pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr
⋙ pariśuṣka
pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr
• (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L
-tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit
-palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R
⋙ pariśoṣa
pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column 3]
⋙ pariśoṣaṇa
pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)
• n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh
⋙ pariśoṣita
pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat
⋙ pariśoṣin
pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat
• v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh
pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh
pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)
pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh
pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish
⋙ pariśrama
pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c
mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW
⋙ pariśramaṇa
pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch
⋙ pariśrānta
pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pariśrānti
pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion
• labour, trouble W
⋙ pariśrāma
pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP
pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya
• Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13
⋙ pariśraya
pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr
• a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252
• an assembly, meeting L
• N. of a prince VP
⋙ pariśrayaṇa
pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pariśrit
pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)
⋙ pariśrita
pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh
• surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP
• wṛ. for ○śruta MBh
• n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS
pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R
⋙ pariśuśrūṣā
pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas
⋙ pariśruta
pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv
• known as, passing for (nom.) ib
• famous, celebrated MBh. BhP
• wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh
• m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib
pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9
pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar
pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W
⋙ pariśleṣa
pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib
pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch
• Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch
pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L
• (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)
⋙ pariṣaṇḍavārika
○vārika m. a servant ib
pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV
-ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)
• to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś
• to suffer damage, be impaired MBh
⋙ pariṣad
pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
• f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c
• N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi
-vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
• forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ
• m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L
⋙ pariṣada
pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada
⋙ pariṣadya
pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')
• to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')
• m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L
⋙ pariṣadvan
pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
⋙ pariṣanna
pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś
pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo
pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata
• fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]
• inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c
• aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116
⋙ pariṣahā
pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column 1] Contents of this page
pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63
• ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp
• Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh
• to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch
⋙ pariṣikta
pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś
⋙ pariṣeka
pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr
• a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)
⋙ pariṣecaka
pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)
⋙ pariṣecana
pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr
• water for watering trees MBh
pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)
pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116
⋙ pariṣīvaṇa
pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr
pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch
pari-ṣū (√1. ), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch
-ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr
⋙ pariṣavaṇa
pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib
⋙ pariṣūta
pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS
⋙ pariṣūti
pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV
pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)
⋙ pariṣeṇaya
pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch
pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata
• pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c
• but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc
pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch
⋙ pariṣaya
pari-ṣaya m
⋙ pariṣita
pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70
pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh
pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9
⋙ pariṣkaṇṇa
pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered
⋙ pariskanna
pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered
• m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1
⋙ pariṣkanda
pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c
• a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2
⋙ pariṣkanda
pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)
pari-ṣ-√kṛ ( for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23
• p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2
• impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),
⋙ pariṣkara
pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)
⋙ pariṣkāra
pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c
• cooking, dressing W
• domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP
• purification, initiation ib
• self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)
-cīvara n. a kind of garment L
⋙ pariṣkṛta
pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
• cooked, dressed W
• purified, initiated ib
⋙ pariṣkṛti
pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W
• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat
⋙ pariṣkriyā
pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP
• v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v
pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch
pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as
• cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column 2]
pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām
⋙ pariṣṭavana
pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L
⋙ pariṣṭavanīya
pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr
⋙ pariṣṭuta
pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib
⋙ pariṣṭuti
pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV
⋙ pariṣṭoma
pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L
pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr
⋙ pariṣṭubh
pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV
⋙ pariṣṭobha
pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr
pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W
pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau
• fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch
• 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc
• aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV
-ṣṭhāḥ Padap
-sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c
• to crowd from all sides Pañc
• (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV
• to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās
⋙ pariṣṭhā
pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering
• f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV
⋙ pariṣṭhiti
pari-ṣṭhiti f
⋙ paristhāna
pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW
pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand
Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ
• moisture L
• (with ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr
• keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)
• decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)
⋙ pariṣyandana
pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W
⋙ parisyandana
pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W
⋙ pariṣyandin
pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L
⋙ parisyandin
pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L
pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70
• pr.p. -ṣvajāna R
• pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh
-ṣasvajire R
-ṣasvajaḥ BhP
• ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh
• inf. -ṣvaktum R
• inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch
⋙ pariṣvakta
pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ pariṣvaṅga
pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c
• touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit
• N. of a son of Devakī BhP
⋙ pariṣvaṅgin
pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
⋙ pariṣvajana
pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27
⋙ pariṣvajīyas
pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV
⋙ pariṣvajya
pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh
⋙ pariṣvañjana
pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)
⋙ pariṣvañjalya
pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV
pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9
pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L
pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh
pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh
• mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car
• waiting a full year Gobh
pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh
pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP
pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh
pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP
pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh
pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh
pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh
• standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column 3]
pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R
pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10
pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R
pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ
pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R
pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R
pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh
• to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch
• to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr
• to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch
⋙ parikhyā
pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
• (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45
• (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh
⋙ parikhyāta
pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W
⋙ parikhyāna
pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh
• exclusive specification BhP
• a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158
pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh
pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh
• to avoid ( See next)
⋙ paricakṣya
pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat
pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar
• m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP
pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh
pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr
pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R
⋙ paritapta
pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib
pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS
pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L
pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L
pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP
• to be contained in (loc.) Bhag
• to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat
⋙ parisamāpana
pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W
⋙ parisamāpanīya
pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch
⋙ paripayitavya
pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch
⋙ parisamāpta
pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak
• centred, comprehended Śiś
⋙ parisamāpti
pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
• relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat
pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R
pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS
⋙ parisamūhana
pari-samūhana n. heaping up or sweeping together GṛŚrS. BhP
⋙ parisamohana
pari-sam-ohana (!), n. id. Kauś. Sch
pari-samê (-sam-ā-√i), to go back to (acc.) BhP
pari-sam-√bhū (only 3. pl. pf. -babhūvúḥ), to arise, spring, be produced from (abl.) AV
pari-sara pari-sarpa, See parisṛ, pari-sṛp, p. 604
pari-sahasra mfn. pl. a full thousand ŚāṅkhŚr
pari-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to overpower, subject Hariv. Kām
• to settle, arrange Mn. viii, 187 [Page 604, Column 1] Contents of this page
• to prepare (food) Pañcar
⋙ parisādhana
pari-sādhana n. accomplishing, settling, arranging Mn. R
• determining, ascertaining W
pari-√sāntv (also written śāntv), Caus. -sāntvayati, ○te (ind. p. -sāntvya), to console, comfort, conciliate MBh. R. Kathās
⋙ parisāntvana
pari-sāntvana n. the act of consoling and c
• pl. friendly words, flattering speech Kād
⋙ parisāntvita
pari-sāntvita mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP
pari-sāman n. a Sāman which is occasionally inserted Lāṭy
pari-sāvakīya Nom. P. ○yati = sāvakam icchati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Vārtt. 5 Pat. (cf. abhi-sāvakīya under abhi-ṣu)
pari-siddhikā f. (fr. -siddhi ?) a kind of rice gruel L
pari-√sidh Caus. -sedhayati, to drive about (cows) Pāṇ. 8-3, 113 Kāś. (cf. pari-ṣidh)
pari-sīman m. a boundary, extreme term or limit W
pari-sīram ind. g. pari-mukhâdi (iv, 3, 58)
≫ parisīrya
pári-sīrya n. a leather thong on a plough ŚBr
pari-√sṛ P. -sarati (pf. -sasāra, -sasruḥ
• ind. p. -sṛtya), to flow or go round, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
• to flow or walk about or to and fro MBh. BhP
⋙ parisara
pari-sara mfn. adjacent, adjoining, contiguous Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 2
• lying near or on (comp.) Megh. Uttarar
• m. position, site Suśr
• verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs Kāv. Pañc. (cf. parī-s○)
• a veils or artery BhP
• death L
• a rule, precept L
• a god L
-viṣaya m. an adjoining place, neighbourhood Kir. v, 38
⋙ parisaraṇa
pari-saraṇa n. running or moving about
-śīla mfn. of a restless disposition Suśr
⋙ parisaryā
pari-saryā f. = ○saraṇa Pāṇ. 3-3, 101 Pat
• near approach W
• service W. (cf. parī-s○)
⋙ parisāra
pari-sāra m. wandering about, perambulation W
⋙ parisāraka
pari-sāraka m. (g. vimuktâdi) N. of a place near the Sarasvatī AitBr. (cf. pāriś○)
⋙ parisārin
pari-sārin mfn. wandering or running about Pāṇ. 3-2, 142
⋙ parisṛta
pari-sṛta mfn. having roamed or wandered through (acc.) R
• spread everywhere ib
• m. or n. an enclosed or fenced place MBh
pari-√sṛj Caus. -sarjayati, to avoid MBh
⋙ parisṛṣṭa
pari-sṛṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, covered AV
⋙ parisraṣṭṛ
pari-sraṣṭṛ mfn. being in contact or connected with MBh
pari-√sṛp P. Ā. -sarpati, ○te (ind. p. -sárpam), to move round about or to and fro, hover RV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
• to creep or crawl upon Gobh. ( See ○sṛpta)
• to be near, approach, go to (acc.) MBh.: Caus., ○sarpita
⋙ parisarpa
pari-sarpa m. going about in search of, following, pursuing Daśar. Pratāp
• walking about, roaming L
• surrounding, encircling L
• a species of serpent Suśr
• N. of a mild form of leprosy (= vi-sarpa) Suśr. Car. (cf. parīs○)
⋙ parisarpaṇa
pari-sarpaṇa n. crawling upon (comp.) Mṛicch
• running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's place ĀśvŚr. R. Mṛicch. BhP
• a kind of disease (= ○sarpaṇa) Suśr
⋙ parisarpita
pari-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawled upon by vermin Car
⋙ parisarpin
pari-sarpin mfn. going or moving or roaming about MBh
⋙ parisṛpta
pari-sṛpta mfn. = ○sarpita Gobh
pari-sauvīram ind. round about (i.e. except) the Sauviiras Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Vārtt. 1 Pat
pari-√skand See pari-ṣkand
pari-√skhal P. -skhalati, to reel, stagger Kathās
⋙ pariskhalita
pari-skhalita n. reeling, staggering ib
pari-stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, ○ṇute, or -stṛṇāti, ○ṇīte (perf. 3. pl. -tastaruḥ Bhaṭṭ., -tastarire Śiś
• ind. p. -stīrya GṛS
• Ved. inf. páriśtarītavaí MaitrS. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 51 Sch.), to strew or lay round, enclose (as fire with grass) AV. ŚBr. &c
• to envelop, cover (lit. and fig.) Kir. Siś
• to spread, extend GṛS. R. &c
⋙ paristara
pari-stara m. strewing round or heaping together MBh
• a cover, covering ib. (v. l. pari-cchada)
⋙ paristaraṇa
pari-stáraṇa n. = prec. AV. GṛŚrS. &c
• (ī), f. a partic. sacred text ĀpŚr. [Page 604, Column 2]
⋙ paristaraṇikā
pari-staraṇikā f. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) R. (cf. anu-stáraṇī)
⋙ paristaraṇīya
pari-staraṇīya mfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ paristaritṛ
pari-staritṛ m. one who strews or lays round ib
⋙ paristīrṇa
pari-stīrṇa (MBh. R.) and spread around, strewed over, covered
⋙ paristṛta
pari-stṛta (Yājñ. BhP.), spread around, strewed over, covered
pari-stoma m. a coverlet, cushion MBh. R
pari-√sthā pari-sthāna, See pariṣṭhā
pari-√spand Ā. -spandate (or ○ti), to tremble, throb, quiver MBh. R
⋙ parispanda
pari-spanda m. throbbing, stirring, starting, arising, movement MBh. Kāv. &c
• keeping, maintaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. ○ṣyanda)
• train, retinue L
• decoration of the hair L
• pressure, crash MW
⋙ parispandana
pari-spandana n. throbbing, vibration, motion L
⋙ parispandita
pari-spandita n. throbbing, rising, appearing Mcar
pari-spardhin mfn. (√spṛdh) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in comp.) Śak. iv, 4 (v. l.)
⋙ parispṛdh
pari-spṛ́dh f. a rival RV. ix, 53, 1
pari-√spṛś P. -spṛśati (pf. 3. pl. -paspṛśire), to touch, stroke MBh. R
• to pursue, practise HPariś
⋙ parispṛś
pari-spṛś mfn. (ifc.) touching HPariś
⋙ parispṛṣṭa
pari-spṛṣṭa mfn. smeared or soiled with (blood) MBh
pari-√sphar Caus. -sphārayati, to spread, divulge L
pari-sphīta mfn. (√sphāy) swollen, turgid, Parśvan
pari-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, or -sphoṭati, to burst open Suśr
≫ parisphuṭa
pari-sphuṭa mfn. very clear or manifest BhP
• fully developed L
• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly Kād
pari-√sphur P. -sphurati, to throb, quiver, vibrate Kāv
• to glitter, gleam BhP
• to burst forth, appear Kull
⋙ parisphuraṇa
pari-sphuraṇa n. glancing
• shooting
• budding W
⋙ parisphurita
pari-sphurita mfn. quivering, palpitating Uttarar
• dispersed, reflected on all sides Mālatīm
• opened, expanded W
• shot, glanced ib
⋙ parisphūrti
pari-sphūrti f. shining forth, appearing, becoming clear or manifest Kuval
pari-smāpana n. (√smi, Caus.) causing wonder, surprising
• (with dambhena) outwitting L
pari-syanda ○dana &c. See pariṣyanda, p. 603, col. 2
pari-sraj f. (√sṛj) a garland ĀpŚr
⋙ parisrajin
pari-srajín mfn. wearing a garland TBr. Kāṭh
pari-srásā f. (√sraṃs) rubbish, lumber TBr
pari-√sru P. -sravati, to flow round or off, stream, trickle RV. &c. &c
• (with acc.) cause to flow RV. Hariv
• to swim or float about Sāy
• to glide or pass away (as life) Bhartṛ
⋙ parisrava
pari-srava m. flowing, streaming, a stream MBh. R. &c
• gliding down (garbha-p○, the birth of a child) R
• Rottleria Tinctoria L
⋙ parisrāva
pari-srāva m. flowing, efflux, effluxion Suśr
• N. of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body ib
-kalpa m. a kind of straining or filtering vessel L
⋙ parisrāvaṇa
pari-srāvaṇa n. a straining or filtering vessel L
⋙ parisrāvin
pari-srāvin mfn. flowing
• m. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara) a form of fistula of the anus Suśr
• n. (sc. udara) an incurable form of swollen or enlarged abdomen ib. Bhpr
⋙ parisrut
pari-srút mfn. flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting RV
• f. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs AV. VS. ŚBr. (○srún-mat mfn. possessing it ŚBr.)
• dropping, flowing W
⋙ parisruta
pari-sruta mfn. flowed or streamed round, trickled, oozed R. Kathās
• (ā), f. = ○srut f. L
pari-svāra m. (√svar) a partic. mode of singing Lāṭy
pari-√svid Caus. -svedayati, to cause to sweat (by applying sudorifics) Suśr
pari-√han P. -hanti, to wind round Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr
• to extinguish (fire) ŚBr
• Pass. -hanyate, to be changed or altered MBh. (v. l. prati-h○) [Page 604, Column 3]
• to cease, perish Pañc. (v. l. -hīyate)
⋙ parihaṇana
pari-haṇana n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch
⋙ parihata
pari-hata mfn. (Śak. v, 22/23 and Gīt. v, 13) wṛ. for pari-hṛta
pari-hara ○raṇa &c. See pari-hṛ
pari-harṣaṇa ○ṣin, See parihṛṣ, p. 605
pari-havá m. (√hve) crying or calling upon, invoking (?) AV
⋙ parihūta
pari-hūta mfn. called together BhP
pari-√has P. -hasati (Pass. aor. pary-ahāsi), to laugh, jest or joke with (acc.), laugh at, ridicule, deride MBh. Kathās. Rājat
⋙ parihasita
pari-hasita mfn. laughed at, ridiculed MW
⋙ parihāsa
pari-hāsa m. jesting, joking, laughing at, ridiculing, deriding
• a jest, joke, mirth, merriment MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-h○)
-kathā f. an amusing story Ragh
-pura n. N. of a town Rājat
-pūrvam ind. jokingly, in jest Ragh
-vastu n. an object of jest (○stu-tā f.) Pañc
-vijalpita mfn. uttered in jest Śak
-vedin m. a jester, a witty person W
-śīla mfn. of a gay or joyous disposition, fond of jesting Var. Kāv
○la-tā f. Ratnâv
-hari m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat
⋙ parihāsya
pari-hāsya mfn. laughable, ridiculous MW
pari-hastá m. (g. nir-udakâdi) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child AV
pari-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (ind. p. -hāya
• inf. -hātum), to leave, abandon, quit R. BhP
• to omit, neglect, disregard Mn. MBh. Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate (with fut. -hāsyati MBh.), to be avoided or omitted, be destitute or deprived of, desist or be excluded from (abl.), be wanting or deficient, be inferior to (abl. or instr.), wane, fail, decrease, pass away Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -hāpayati, to cause to relinquish or abandon Naish
• to interrupt, leave unfinished Mn. viii, 206
⋙ parihāṇa
pari-hāṇa n. being deprived of anything, suffering a loss (only a-parih○) ŚāṅkhBr
⋙ parihāṇi
pari-hāṇi or f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)
⋙ parihāni
pari-hāni f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)
⋙ parihāpaṇīya
pari-hāpaṇīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be omitted Kād
⋙ parihāpita
pari-hāpita mfn. robbed or deprived of (instr.) BhP
⋙ parihāpya
pari-hāpya ind. excluding, excepting (acc.), except ĀpŚr
⋙ parihīṇa
pari-hīṇa (also written hīna), mfn. omitted, lost, disappeared, wanting MBh. Kāv. BhP
• abstaining from, deficient in, deprived or destitute of (abl. or -tas instr., or comp.) ib
pari-hāṭaka mfn. consisting or made of pure gold MBh
• a ring worn round the arm or leg, an armlet, anklet L
pari-hāra &c. See pari-√hṛ
pari-√hi P. -hinóti, to send or forward to (dat.) RV. vii, 104, 6
pari-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) = pari-barhaṇā Nir. Sch
pari-√hiṇḍ Ā. -hiṇḍate, to fly about Daś
pari-hita See pari-dhā, p. 596
pari-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (fut. -hariṣyati MBh
• aor. 3. pl. -ahṛṣata RV
• ind. p. -hṛtya R. Var
-hā́ram Br.), to move or carry or take round TS. Br. GṛŚrS
• to put or wrap round (Ā. round one's self) AV. &c. &c
• to put aside, save for (dat.) ŚBr
• to leave, quit, desert Śiś
• to defend or preserve from (abl.) ChUp
• to spare VP
• to shun, avoid, leave out, omit ŚBr. Gobh
• to save or spare anything (as trouble, care &c.) to (gen.), Ratnâv
• to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (acc.). MBh. VP
• (Ā.) to keep away from i.e. neglect, not heed Āpast
• to answer, refute Pat. Śaṃk
• to put twice, repeat (in the Krama-pāṭha), APrāt
• to nourish, foster, cherish Lalit.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal Gobh. R. (cf. -jihīrṣā, p. 594)
⋙ parihara
pari-hara m. v. l. for ○hāra, reserve, concealment Śak. (Pi.) i, 24/25
⋙ pariharaka
pari-haraka m. v. l. for ○hāraka L
⋙ pariharaṇa
pari-haraṇa n. moving or taking round ŚrS
• avoiding, shunning VP
• leaving W
• seizing ib
• refuting ib
⋙ pariharaṇīya
pari-haraṇīya mfn. to be shunned or avoided Śak. Prab
• to be taken away W
• to be confuted ib
-tā f. disdain, rejection Śiś
• disappearance, unattainableness ib
• refutation ib
⋙ parihartavya
pari-hartavya mfn. to be handed over or forwarded, Nyāyam. Sch. [Page 605, Column 1] Contents of this page
• to be shunned or avoided or abstained from Nir. Kāv. Pañc
• to be kept secret or concealed Mṛicch
• to be confuted Śaṃk
• to be repeated (before and after iti, next.) APrāt
⋙ parihāra
pari-hāra (pári-), m. leading round KātyŚr
• delivering or handing over Nyāyam. Sch
• shunning, avoiding, excluding, abandoning, giving up, resigning ŚBr. &c. &c
• seizing, surrounding W
• concealment, reserve MBh. Śak
• leaving out, omission Sāh
• taking away, removing, (esp.) removing by arguments, confutation Śaṃk
• caution Car
• contempt disrespect L
• objection L
• any objectionable thing or person W
• (in gram.) the repetition of a word (before and after iti, cf. pari-graha) APrāt
• (in dram.) remedying or atoning for any improper action Sāh
• an extraordinary grant, exemption from taxes, immunity Mn. R. MārkP. Rājat
• = -sthāna (below) Mn. viii, 237
• bounty, largess W. (cf. parī-h○)
• 1. -vat mfn. avoidable MBh. (a-parih○)
• 2. -vat ind. (ifc.) like the omission of Sāh
-viśuddhi f. (with Jainas) purification by such mortification and penance as are enjoined by the example of ancient saints or sages W
-sū f. (a cow) bearing a calf only after a long time (of barrenness) TS. Sch
-sthāna n. a space of common land extending round a village or town Kull. on Mn. viii, 238
⋙ parihāraka
pari-hāraka mf(ikā)n. repelling, refuting MW
• m. or n. an armlet L. (cf. ○haraka and parihāṭaka)
⋙ parihārin
pari-hārin mfn. (ifc.) avoiding, shunning Daś. Bālar
⋙ parihārya
pari-hārya mfn. to be shunned or avoided or omitted or escaped from MBh. R. &c
• to be severed or separated Kathās
• to be taken off or away W
• to be endowed with a privilege Yājñ. Sch
• to be repeated (cf. ○hartavya), APrāt
• m. a bracelet L. (cf. pārihārya)
⋙ parihṛta
pari-hṛta mfn. shunned, avoided Kāv
• abandoned, quitted W
• taken, seized ib
• n. what has been wrapped round or put on BhP
⋙ parihṛti
pari-hṛti f. shunning, avoiding AitBr. 1
⋙ parihṛtya
pari-hṛtya ind. keeping away, excluding, with the exception of (acc.) R
• at a distance of (acc.) Var. 2
⋙ parihṛtya
pari-hṛtya mfn. to be delivered or handed over AitBr
pari-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to delight greatly, cause to rejoice MBh. Hariv
⋙ pariharṣaṇa
pari-harṣaṇa mf(ī)n. greatly delighting MBh
⋙ pariharṣita
pari-harṣita mfn. greatly delighted ib
⋙ pariharṣin
pari-harṣin mfn. delightful MBh
⋙ parihṛṣita
pari-hṛṣita mfn. delighted, very glad ib
⋙ parihṛṣṭa
pari-hṛṣṭa mfn. id. (-mānasa mfn. R.)
• blunt, obtuse (teeth) Bhpr
pari-hṇuta mfn. (√hnu) denied, refused AV
pari-hrút mfn. (√hvṛ) causing to fall RV
⋙ parihvṛta
pari-hvṛta See á-pari-hvṛta
⋙ parihvṛti
pari-hvṛti (pári-), f. deceiving, injuring, harming RV. viii, 47, 6 (loc. hṛtā́!) ; ix, 79, 2
pari-hvā́lam ind. (√hval) stammering, faltering ŚBr
parī 1
parī in comp. for pari
⋙ parīkṣit
○kṣit m. (√2. kṣi) N. of a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya MBh. &c
• of a son of Kuru Pur
• of a son of An-aśvan and father of Bhīma-sena MBh
• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. pari-kṣit)
⋙ parīkṣita
○kṣita (ŚārṅgP.) and m. = prec
⋙ parīkṣiti
○kṣiti (Prab. Sch.), m. = prec
⋙ parīṇaśe
○ṇáśe Vedic inf. (√1. naś) to attain or to be attained RV. i, 54, 1
⋙ parīṇah
○ṇáh f. (√nah
• nom. ṇat Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 ; viii, 2, 34 Sch.) enclosure or anything enclosed, (esp.) a receptacle or box belonging to a carriage RV. AV.: ŚBr. Kāṭh
• N. of a place on the Saras-vatī Br. ŚrS
⋙ parīṇāma
○ṇāma m. (√nam) course or lapse of time R. (cf. pari-ṇ○)
⋙ parīṇāya
○ṇāya m. (√) = pari-ṇ○ L
⋙ parīṇāha
○ṇāha m. (√nah) circumference, width MBh. R. Suśr
• a piece of common land encircling a village Yājñ
• N. of Śiva L. (cf. pari-ṇ○)
⋙ parītat
○tat (√tan) Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Sch
⋙ parītāpa
○tāpa m. = pari-t○ MBh
⋙ parītoṣa
○toṣa m. = pari-t○ Gīt. 1
⋙ parītta
○tta mfn. See pari-dā (p. 595). 2
⋙ parītta
○tta mfn. (√do
Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) cut round, circumscribed, limited Buddh
-śubha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 13th order MWB. 212
-ttâbha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 10th order ib. 211
⋙ parīdāha
○dāha m. burning, cauterizing Suśr. Car
⋙ parīdhāna
○dhāna n. a mantle, garment MBh. (cf. paridh○)
⋙ parīdhāvin
○dhāvin m. = pari-dh○ W
⋙ parīdhyai
○√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to meditate, ponder R
⋙ parīpāka
○pāka m. ripening, maturing, full development Suśr. Car. Kāraṇḍ
• the result or consequences of anything Mcar. (cf. pari-p○)
⋙ parībhāva
○bhāva m. = pari-bh○ L
⋙ parīmāṇa
○māṇa n. measure, circumference, size, weight, number, amount MBh. Yājñ. Hcat. (cf. pari-m○). [Page 605, Column 2]
⋙ parīrambha
○rambha m. = pari-r○ Gīt. Prab. Bālar
⋙ parīvarta
○varta m. exchange, barter Hit. (v. l.)
• N. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu L. (cf. pari-v○). -vartam ind. (√vṛt) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TāṇḍBr
⋙ parīvāda
○vāda m. reproof, censure Mn. Āpast
⋙ parīvāpa
○vāpá m. fried grains or sour milk VS
• furniture L
• a piece of water L
• sowing L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √2. vap)
⋙ parīvāpya
○vāpya mfn. = pari-v○ (under pari- √2. vap) KātyŚr
⋙ parīvāra
○vāra m. train, retinue MBh. Kāv. &c
• a sheath, scabbard L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √1. vṛ)
⋙ parīvāha
○vāha m. = pari-v○ MBh
• the royal insignia L
⋙ parīvettṛ
○vettṛ m. = pari-v○ Mn. iii, 172
⋙ parīveṣa
○veṣa m. a halo round the sun or moon Hariv. (cf. pari-v○)
⋙ parīśāsa
○śāsa m. (√śas) anything cut out, an excision AV
• a kind of tongs used for lifting a kettle from the fire ŚBr
⋙ parīśeṣa
○śeṣa m. rest, remainder AitBr. (cf. pari-ś○)
⋙ parīṣahā
○ṣahā f. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣah) HYog
⋙ parīṣeka
○ṣeka m. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣic) Suśr
⋙ parīsara
○sara m. circumference, surroundings Bālar. (cf. pari-s○)
⋙ parīsarpa
○sarpa m. a species of worm causing leprosy Suśr
• a kind of leprosy Car. (cf. pari-s○ under pari-sṛp)
⋙ parīsaryā
○saryā f. = pari-s○ L
⋙ parīsāra
○sāra m. going about or round L
⋙ parīhāra
○hāra m. avoiding, shunning, caution Suśr
• disrespect L
• (in gram. and dram.) = pari-h○
⋙ parīhāsa
○hāsa m. = pari-h○ Cāṇ
-keśava m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat
-kṣama mfn. able to deride or surpass Bhartṛ
-śīla mfn. = pari-hāsa-ś○ Rājat
parī 2
parī7 (pari-√i), P. pary-eti (Impv. parī7hi MBh
• Pot. pártyām TS
• impf. paryait ŚBr
• pf. párī7yāya TS
• fut. pary-etā ChUp
• ind. p. parī7tya PārGṛ
pary-āyaṃ Br
• inf. páry-etave RV.), to go about, move in a circle
• (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c
• to run against or into, reach, attain AV. ŚBr. ChUp
• (with or sc. manasā) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Ā. párī7yate, to move round or in a circle RV
⋙ parīta
parī7ta mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh
• past, elapsed, expired R
• surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• = viparī7ta, inverted MBh
• wṛ. for parītta ib
• m. pl. N. of a people VP
○ta-tā f. the being surrounded or filled L
○tin mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Suśr
⋙ parītya
parī7tya mfn. to be circumambulated (a-par○) KātyŚr
≫ paryaya
pary-aya m. revolution, lapse, expiration, waste or loss (of time) Mn. MBh. &c
• the time of revolution (of a planet) Gaṇit
• change, alteration ib
• inversion, irregularity, confusion with (comp.) MBh. Suśr
• contrariety, opposition W
• deviation from enjoined or customary observances, neglect of duty ib
⋙ paryayaṇa
pary-ayaṇa n. going about, walking round, circumambulating (e.g. of a sown field) MānGṛ. Gobh. (Sch. 'the reaping of corn')
• fit to be wound round (an arrow or other object) Kauś
• a horse's saddle or housings (= paryāṇa) L
≫ paryāya
pary-āya m. going or turning or winding round, revolving, revolution KātyŚr
• course, lapse, expiration of time MBh. Hariv. Vet
• regular recurrence, repetition, succession, turn (ibc. or eṇa, ind. in turn, successively, alternately
caturthe paryāye, at the fourth time) KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. &c
• a regularly recurring series or formula (esp. in the Ati-rātra ceremony) Br. ŚrS. (-tva n.)
• = -sū7kta Sāy
• a convertible term, synonym (-tā f. -tva n.) Pañc. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
• way, manner, method of proceeding (anena pary-āyeṇa, in this manner) SaddhP
• probability MBh
• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech Kpr. Sāh
• (with Jainas) the regular development of a thing and the end of this development Sarvad
• opportunity, occasion L
• formation, creation L
• point of contact L
-krama m. order of succession, regular rotation or turn MW
-cyuta mfn. one who has lost his turn, superseded, supplanted ib
-pada-mañjarī f. -muktâvalī f. -ratna-mālā f. N. of wks
-vacana n. a convertible term, synonym Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 68
-vākya n. similar words Hariv
-vācaka mfn. expressing a corresponding notion
• (with śabda), m. a synonym MBh
-vṛtti f. alternate course or action MW
-śabda m. a synonym Tattvas
-śayana n. alternate sleeping and watching W
-śas ind. by phrases or sentences ĀśvŚr
• periodically Kāṭh. Suśr
• in succession, by turns MBh
-śastra (!), n. pl. N. of wk
-sū7kta n. a hymn with regularly recurring phrases or sentences AV. Anukr
-sevā f. service by rotation Kum.: ○yâtman m. the finite nature, finiteness Sarvad. [Page 605, Column 3]
○yánna n. food intended for another Yājñ
○yârṇava m. 'ocean of synonyms', N. of a lexicon
○yôkta n. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech (in which the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis) Sāh
○yôkti f. id. Vām
⋙ paryāyika
pary-ḍāyiká mfn. composed in strophes AV
⋙ paryāyin
pary-ḍāyín mfn. embracing, including AitBr
• encompassing (in a hostile manner) AV
• periodical VS
≫ paryetṛ
pary-etṛ́ m. subduer, conqueror RV
⋙ paryehi
pary-ḍehi m. N. of a man
• (ī), f. N. of a woman, g. śārṅgaravâdi
parī7kṣ (pari-√īkṣ), Ā. parī7kṣate (pr. p. parī7kṣat MBh
• imp. pary-aikṣat [Sāy. -aicchat] ŚBr.), to look round, inspect carefully, try, examine, find out, observe, perceive ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. parī7kṣayati, to cause to examine or investigate Mn
⋙ parīkṣaka
parī7kṣaka mfn. trying, examining W
• m. a prover, examiner, judge Rājat. Pañc
⋙ parīkṣaṇa
parī7kṣaṇa n. (rarely ○ṇā f.) trying, testing, experiment, investigation Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ parīkṣaṇīya
parī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be tried or investigated (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch
• to be submitted to ordeal W
⋙ parīkṣā
parī7kṣā f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds ( See 2. divya) Mn. MBh. &c
• N. of wk
-kṣama mfn. standing the test Sarvad
-tattva n. -paddhati f. N. of wks
○kṣârtha mfn. wishing to try or test Āpast
⋙ parīkṣita
parī7kṣita mfn. carefully inspected, tried, examined Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ parīkṣitavya
parī7kṣitavya mfn. to be tried or tested or examined or proved Var. Prab
⋙ parīkṣin
parī7kṣin See nāṇaka-p○
⋙ parīkṣya
parī7kṣya mfn. = ○kṣitavya MBh. Var
⋙ parīcikṣiṣu
parī7cikṣiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to try or examine L
parī7jyā f. (pari + ijyā, √yaj) a secondary rite (= pari-yajña) ŚāṅkhŚr
párīṇas m. (√pṝ ?) plenty, abundance RV
• (asā), ind. richly, abundantly ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 3)
⋙ parīṇasa
parīṇasá n. = ○ṇas m. RV
parī7ta See 2. parī7, col. 2
parīti = puṣpâñjana L
parītta 1
parī-tta. 2 See under pari-dā and 1. parī
parī74dhya (pari + idhya, √indh), to be kindled TS
parīndana n. gratification, present Vajracch
⋙ parīndita
parīnḍdita mfn. gratified, presented ib
parī7ps ○psā, ○psu, See pary-āp
párīman (√pṝ ?), bounty, plenty
• (○maṇi), ind. plentifully RV. ix, 71, 3
≫ parīra
parīra n. a fruit Uṇ. iv, 30 Sch
parīraṇa n. a tortoise L
• a stick L
• = paṭṭa-śāṭaka L
parī7ś (pari-√īś), Ā. parī7ṣṭe, to be able to (inf.) KāśīKh
parī7ṣ (pari- √3. iṣ), P. pary-eṣati (aor. pary-aiṣiṣat), to seek or search about for ChUp. MBh
• (Ā.) SaddhP.: Caus. pary-eṣayati id. SaddhP
⋙ parīṣṭi
parī7ṣṭi f. investigation, research, inquiry Jaim. Pat
• service, attendance, homage L
• freedom of will L
≫ paryeṣaṇa
pary-eṣaṇa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh
• striving after Nyāyas
• (ā), f. = parī7ṣṭi Pāṇ. 3-3, 107 Vārtt. 3 Pat
⋙ paryeṣṭavya
pary-ḍeṣṭavya mfn. to be sought MBh
• to be striven after Car
⋙ paryeṣṭi
pary-ḍeṣṭi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP
• striving after worldly objects Jātakam
parī7ṣṭa See pari-yaj, p. 599
paru m. (√pṝ
• cf. párus below) a limb, member ( See yathā-p○)
• a mountain L
• the ocean L
• the sky, paradise L
⋙ paruśas
○śás ind. limb by limb, member by member AV
≫ parucchepa
paruc-chepa m. (prob. fr. parut = ○rus + śepa) N. of a Ṛishi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. i, 127) Nir. TS. ŚāṅkhBr
≫ parutka
parut-ka mfn. (fr. parut = ○rus
prec.) having knots or joints (as grass) ĀpŚr
≫ paruśśas
paruś-śas ind. (fr. parus) = paru-śas (above) MaitrS. Kāṭh
≫ paruṣa
paruṣá mf(ā)n. (older, f. páruṣṇī) knotty (as reed) AV
• spotted, variegated, dirty-coloured RV. &c. &c
• hard, stiff, rugged, rough, uneven, shaggy MBh. Kāv. &c
• intertwined with creepers (as a tree) Kathās. [Page 606, Column 1] Contents of this page
• piercing, keen, sharp, violent, harsh, severe, unkind ib. (am, ind.)
• m. a reed AV
• an arrow ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy
• Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L
• (parúṣa), m. N. of a demon Suparṇ
• (ā), f. a kind of riddle MW
• (○ṣṇī), f. N. of one of the rivers of the Panjāb now called Rāvii RV
• n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse MBh. Kāv. &c
• the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L
• a species of Barleria with blue flowers L
⋙ paruṣaghana
○ghana m. a dirty-coloured or dark cloud Pañc. v, 4
⋙ paruṣacarman
○carman n. a rough skin Pañc
⋙ paruṣatara
○tara mfn. harsher, sterner Pañc
⋙ paruṣatva
○tva n. roughness, harshness MW
⋙ paruṣavacana
○vacana mfn. speaking harshly or unkindly Bhartṛ
• n. harsh or contumelious speech W
⋙ paruṣavāc
○vāc mfn. harsh-spoken, f. = prec. n. W
⋙ paruṣavādin
○vādin mfn. = speaking unkindly Mcar. Pañc
⋙ paruṣākṣara
paruṣâkṣara mfn. 'harsh-worded', harsh (am ind.) Kālid. Pañc
⋙ paruṣākṣepa
paruṣâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection or contradiction containing harsh words Kāvyâd. ii, 144
⋙ paruṣāhva
paruṣâhva m. a species of reed AV
⋙ paruṣetara
paruṣêtara mfn. other than rough, gentle, mild Ragh
⋙ paruṣokti
paruṣôkti f. abusive or harsh language Kāv
○ktika mfn. using it L
≫ paruṣita
paruṣita mfn. addressed or treated harshly MBh. R. Hit
≫ paruṣiman
paruṣiman m. rough or shaggy appearance AitBr
≫ paruṣī
paruṣī in comp. for ○ṣa
⋙ paruṣīkṛta
○kṛta mfn. spotted, soiled, stained Hariv
• treated roughly, Am
⋙ paruṣībhū
○√bhū to be soiled or dirty Śak. vii, 17 (v. l.)
≫ paruṣmat
paruṣ-mat mfn. having knots or joints (parut-ka) ĀpŚr. Sch
≫ paruṣya
paruṣya mfn. variegated, manifold AitBr
≫ parus
párus n. a joint or knot (esp. of a cane or reed, orig. 'fullness', i.e. the full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body RV. AV. VS. ŚBr
• a part or portion RV. TS. TBr
• Grewia Asiatica L
≫ parūṣa
parūṣa m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared) or Xylocarpus Granatum Suśr
⋙ parūṣaka
parūḍṣaka m. id
• n. the fruit of this tree ŚāṅkhŚr. Var. Suśr
parut ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 22) last year L. [Cf. parāri
• Gk. ?, ? ; Lith. pérnay ; Goth. [606, 1] faírneis ; Angl. Sax. fyrn ; HGerm. vert, verne.]
⋙ paruttna
parut-tna mfn. belonging to last year, last year's Pāṇ. 4-3, 23 Vārtt. 1
parudvāra or parula m. a horse L
paruṣa See under paru
pare 2
parê (parā-√i
• for 1. See p. 589, col. 1), P. parâiti (Impv. 2. 3. sg. párêhi, parâitu
• pr. p. parā-yát
• ind. p. parêtya), to go or run away, go along, go towards (acc.) RV. &c. &c
• to depart, die RV. AV
• to reach, attain, partake of (acc.) MBh. Kir
⋙ pareta
párêta mfn. departed, deceased, dead RV. AV. Yājñ
• m. a kind of spectre, a ghost, spirit L
-kalpa mfn. almost dead R
-bhartṛ m. 'lord of the departed', N. of Yama Śiś
-bhūmi f. 'place of the departed', a cemetery Kum
-rāj (L.), -rāja (Naish.), m. = -bhartṛ L
○tâcarita mfn. frequented or inhabited by the dṭdeparted Daś
○tâvāsa m. = -bhūmi ib
⋙ pareti
párêti f. departure RV
⋙ pareyivas
parêyivás mfn. one who has departed or died RV
parêkṣ = parā-√īkṣ (Pot. párêkṣeta
• ind. p. parêkṣya), to look at (anything at one's side) TS. ŚBr
pareṇa See under 1. pára, p. 586, col. 2
pare-dyavi pare-dyus &c. See p. 589, col. 1
páreman prob. wṛ. for parīman SV
pareṣṭu and ○ṭukā f. a cow which has often calved L
paroṃhu parokṣa &c. See under paro, p. 589, col. 1
paroṣṇī f. a cockroach (also written ○ṣṭī) L
• N. of a river Rājat. (Cf. paruṣṇī under paruṣa.)
parka See madhu-p○
parkaṭa m. a heron L
• (ī), f. Ficus Infectoria (-vṛkṣa). Hit. (also ○ṭī L.)
• a fresh betel-nut L
• n. regret, anxiety L
parjánya m. (√pṛc, or pṛj ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [Page 606, Column 2]
• rain Bhag. iii, 14
• rain personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c
• N. of one of the 12 Ādityas Hariv
• of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv
• of a Ṛishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MārkP
• of a Prajā-pati (father of Hiraṇya-roman) VP
• (○nyā or ○nī), f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. fairguni ; Icel fi"rgyn ; Lith. perkúnas.]
⋙ parjanyakrandya
○krandya (○ján○), mfn. muttering like Parjanya or a rain-cloud RV
⋙ parjanyajinvita
○jinvita (○ján○), mfn. impelled by Parjanya ib
⋙ parjanyanātha
○nātha m. having PṭParjanya as protector or patron MW
⋙ parjanyaninada
○ninada m. 'Parjanya's sound', thunder R
⋙ parjanyapatnī
○patnī (○ján○), f. having Parjanya for husband AV
⋙ parjanyaprayoga
○prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ parjanyaretas
○retas (○ján○), mfn. sprung from the seed of Parjanya, i.e. nourished by rain (as reed) RV
⋙ parjanyavṛddha
○vṛddha (○ján○), mfn. nourished by Parjanya or the rain-cloud (as Soma) ib
⋙ parjanyaśānti
○śānti f. N. of wk
⋙ parjanyasūkta
○sū7kta n. a hymn to PṭParjanya (as RV. v, 83) Cat
⋙ parjanyātman
parjányâtman mfn. having the nature of Parjanya TS
⋙ parjanyāvāta
parjányā-vā́ta m. du. the god of rain and the god of wind RV
parṇ cl. 10. P. parṇayati (Dhātup. xxxv, 84, a), to be green or verdant (prob. Nom. fr. next or invented to explain it)
≫ parṇa
parṇá n. a pinion, feather (also of an arrow), wing RV. &c. Br. MBh
• a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā, but in N. of plants ī
Pāṇ. 4-1, 64)
• the Pān or betel leaf L
• m. Butea Frondosa (a large-leaved sacred tree whose wood is used for making sacred vessels, later generally called palāśa) RV. AV. Br. Yājñ. (-tvá n. MaitrS.)
• N. of a teacher VāyuP. (cf. g. śivâdi)
• (pl.) of a people VP
• of a place, iv, 2, 145
• (ī), f. a collect. N. of 4 plants ending with parṇī Car
• Pistia Stratiotes L
• the leaf of Asa Foetida (?) L. [According to Uṇ. iv, 6 fr. √pṝ. but more probably fr. a √pṛ, orig. spṛ ; Lith. sparna ; HGerm. varn, Farn ; Angl. Sax. fearn ; Eng. fern.]
⋙ parṇakaṣāyaniṣpakva
○kaṣāyá-niṣpakva (ŚBr.) and mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves
⋙ parṇakaṣāyapakva
○kaṣāyapakva (KātyŚr.), mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves
⋙ parṇakāra
○kāra m. a vender of betel lṭleaves
⋙ parṇakuṭikā
○kuṭikā or f. a hut made of lṭleaves L
⋙ parṇakuṭī
○kuṭī f. a hut made of leaves L
⋙ parṇakṛcchra
○kṛcchra m. 'leaf-penance', living for a time upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass as a religious observance Vishṇ. Yājñ
⋙ parṇakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa m. a tree without apparent blossoms, any tree L
⋙ parṇacara
○cara m. 'leafstalker', a kind of deer L
⋙ parṇacīrapaṭa
○cīra-paṭa mfn. clad in a garment made of leaves (Śiva) MBh
⋙ parṇacoraka
○coraka m. a gall-nut L
⋙ parṇatva
○tvá n. the state of the Butea Frondosa MaitrS
⋙ parṇadatta
○datta m. N. of a man L
⋙ parṇadhi
○dhí m. 'feather-holder', the part of an arrow to which the feather are fastened AV
⋙ parṇadhvas
○dhvas mfn. (nom. t) causing the falling of leaves Sch. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 76 &c
⋙ parṇanara
○nara m. 'man of leaves', an effigy stuffed with leaves or made of leaves and burnt as a substitute for a lost corpse Cat
⋙ parṇanāla
○nāla m. a leaf-stalk, petiole Śaṃk
⋙ parṇapuṭa
○puṭa m. n. a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel MBh. R
⋙ parṇapuruṣa
○puruṣa m. (prob. = -nara) N. of wk
⋙ parṇaprātyika
○prātyika m. or n. N. of a place Rājat. (wṛ. for prāsika ?)
⋙ parṇaprāśanin
○prâśanin (Bālar.),
⋙ parṇabhakṣa
○bhakṣa (Hariv.), mfn. feeding upon leaves
⋙ parṇabhedinī
○bhedinī f. the Priyaṅgu tree L
⋙ parṇabhojana
○bhojana mfn. = -bhakṣa
• m. any animal eating leaves, a goat L
⋙ parṇamaṇi
○maṇí m. a kind of magical instrument (made of Priyaṅgu wood ?) AV
⋙ parṇamaya
○máya mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa TS. TBr. Kāṭh
○yī-tva n. Nyāyam. Comm
⋙ parṇamācāla
○mācāla (?), m. Averrhoa Carambola L
⋙ parṇamuc
○muc mfn. (nom. ) = -dhvas Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch
⋙ parṇamṛga
○mṛga m. any animal which frequents the boughs of trees (as a monkey, squirrel &c.) Suśr
⋙ parṇaruh
○ruh mfn. (nom. ) causing leaves to grow Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch
⋙ parṇalatā
○latā f. the betel plant L
⋙ parṇavat
○vat mfn. abounding in leaves, leafy Kāṭh. MBh
⋙ parṇavalka
○valká m. the bark of the Butea Frondosa (also pl.) TS. TBr. ĀpŚr
• N. of a man, g. gargâdi
⋙ parṇavallī
○vallī f. a species of creeping plant L
⋙ parṇavādya
○vādya n. 'leaf-music', sounds produced by blowing into a folded leaves Hariv
⋙ parṇavilāsinī
○vilāsinī f. a partic. fragrant substance Gal
⋙ parṇavī
○vī́ mfn. 'wing-borne', carried by wings RV
⋙ parṇavīṭikā
○vīṭikā f. the Areca nut cut in pieces and sprinkled with spices and rolled up in betel leaves Rājat
⋙ parṇaśada
○śadá m. the falling of leaves AV. VS
○dyá mfn. relating to it TS
⋙ parṇaśabara
○śabara m. pl. N. of a people MārkP
• (ī), f. (prob.) N. of a divine female Cat
⋙ parṇaśabda
○śabda m. the rustling of leaves Pañc
⋙ parṇaśayyā
○śayyā f. a couch of leaves R
⋙ parṇaśar
○śar m. a leaf-stalk (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) AitBr
⋙ parṇaśākhā
○śākhā́ f. a bough of the BṭButea Frondosa ŚBr
⋙ parṇaśāda
○śāda m. = -śada Kāṭh
⋙ parṇaśālā
○śālā f. 'leaf-hut', an arbour R. Ragh. Kād. (esp. as the dwelling of a Buddhist monk RTL. 81 ; 430) [Page 606, Column 3]
• N. of a great settlement of Brāhmans in Madhya-deśa between the Yamunā and Gaṅgā MBh
○lâgra m. N. of a mountain in Bhadrâśva MārkP
○lāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like an arbour Naish
⋙ parṇaśuṣ
○śuṣ mfn. (nom. ) drying or shrivelling leaves Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch
⋙ parṇasaṃstara
○saṃstara m. having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves MW
⋙ parṇāḍhaka
parṇâḍhaka m. N. of a man
• pl. of his descendants, g. yaskâdi
⋙ parṇāda
parṇâda m. 'feeding upon leaves', N. of an ancient sage MBh
• of a Brāhman Nal
⋙ parṇāśa
parṇâśa (or ○sa), m. Cedrela Toona or a species of Basilicum Hariv. L
• (ā), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. Hariv. Pur
⋙ parṇāśana
parṇâśana n. the feeding on leaves SaṃhUp
• m. a cloud W
⋙ parṇāśin
parṇâśin mfn. feeding on leaves Vishṇ
⋙ parṇāsi
parṇâsi m. Ocymum Sanctum W
⋙ parṇāhāra
parṇâhāra mfn. = ○ṇâśin R
⋙ parṇoṭaja
parṇôṭaja n. 'leaf-hut', an hermitage Uttarar
⋙ parṇotsa
parṇôtsa m. N. of a village Rājat
≫ parṇaka
párṇaka m. = bhilla Mahīdh
• N. of a man
• pl. of his descendants, g. upakâdi
• (ikā), f. a kind of vegetable Car
• N. of an Apsaras Hariv
≫ parṇaya 1
parṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to be green Dhātup
≫ parṇaya 2
parṇáya m. N. of an enemy ('of an Asura' Sāy.) slain by Indra RV
⋙ parṇayaghna
○ghná n. the slaying of Parṇaya ib
≫ parṇala
parṇala mfn. full of leaves, leafy, g. sidhmâdi
○lī-bhūta mfn. being leafy or green Bhaṭṭ
≫ parṇasa
parṇasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi
≫ parṇasi
parṇasi m. (only L.) a house upon or by the water
• a lotus
• a vegetable
• adorning, decoration
≫ parṇika
parṇika mf(ī)n. selling or dealing in Parṇī, g. kisarâdi
≫ parṇin
parṇín mfn. winged, plumed RV
• leafy ib
• made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa R
• m. a tree MBh
• Butea Frondosa L
• (○ṇinī), f. a species of plant Suśr
• a collect. N. for 4 partic. plants Car
• N. of an Apsaras Hariv
⋙ ṇilatā
ṇi-latā f. Piper Betle L
≫ parṇila
parṇila mfn. leafy Uṇ. iii, 6 Sch
≫ parṇīya
parṇīya mfn. g. utkarâdi
≫ parṇya
parṇyá mfn. relating to leaves, leafy TS
parṇāla m. a boat L
• a spade or hoe L
• single combat L
partṛ́ (√pṛ), only instr. pl., with aids, helpfully RV
pard cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 28) to break wind downwards Sarasv. i, 25. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pe1do, [606, 3] po1dex ; Lith. pérdś3u ; Germ. farśen, furśen ; Angl. Sax. feortan ; Eng. fart.]
≫ parda
parda m. breaking wind downwards L
• thick hair L
⋙ pardana
parḍdana n. breaking wind L
≫ pardi
pardi m. or f. N. of a person L
parp cl. 1. P. parpati, to go Dhātup. xi, 18 (a doubtful √and questionably connected with the following words)
≫ parpa
parpa n. a wheel-chair (for cripples) Siddh
• young grass
• a house Uṇ. iii, 28 Sch
≫ parpaṭa
parpaṭa m. a species of medicinal plant Suśr. (Hedyotis Burmanniana or Mollugo Pentaphylla L.)
• a kind of thin cake made of rice or pease-meal and baked in grease L
• (ī), f. a red-colouring Oldenlandia Bhpr
• a kind of fragrant earth L
• a thin crisp cake (prob. = m.) W
⋙ parpaṭadruma
○druma m. a kind of tree (= kumbhī-vṛkṣa) L. (also ○TI-dr○)
≫ parpaṭaka
parpaṭaka m. a species of medicinal plant (= ○paṭa) Suśr. Car. Bhpr
• (ī), f. the same or some other med. plant Car
≫ parpaṭi
parpaṭi m. (with rāja-putra) N. of a poet Cat
≫ parpika
parpika m. (and ○kī f.) a cripple who moves about by the aid of a chair Pāṇ. 4-4, 10 Sch
parparī f. a braid of hair L
parparīka m. the sun (√pṝ Uṇ. iv, 19 Sch.)
• fire L
• a tank or piece of water L
parparīṇa m. (only L.) the vein of a leaf
• = parṇa-cūrṇa-rasa
• = dyūta-kam-bala
• n. = parvan
parpharī́ka m. one who tears to pieces or fills RV. x, 106, 6 (Sāy.)
parb cl. 1. P. parbati, to go, move Nalac. (Dhātup. xi, 21
• cf. parp)
parmāḍi m. N. of a prince of Karṇāṭa (v. l. ○māṇḍi) Rājat
pary-ak ind. (orig. n. of an unusual pary-añc [Page 607, Column 1] Contents of this page
• cf. praty-añc &c.) round about, in every direction BhP
paryagu mfn. (?) in pāramahaṃsyap○ BhP. iv, 21, 40
pary-agni m. circumambient fire (either a torch carried round the sacrificial animal or = next) Br
⋙ paryagnikaraṇa
○karaṇa n. the ceremony of carrying fire round the sacrificial animal GṛŚrS
○ṇīya mfn. relating to this ceremony TBr. Sch
⋙ paryagnikartṛ
• m. one who carries fire round the sacrificial animal MānŚr
⋙ paryagnikṛ
○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtvā, or -kṛtya), to carry fire round (acc.) Br. Āpast
⋙ paryagnikṛta
○kṛta (pár○), mfn. encircled with fire Br
⋙ paryagnikriyamāṇa
○kriyamāṇa mfn. being encircled with fire
• (e), ind. during the encircling with fire AitBr
pary-√aṅkh (only 3. sg. Subj. Ā. pary-aṅkháyāte), to clasp or encircle round RV. x, 16, 7
pary-aṅgya mfn. (pari + aṅga) being about or at the side ŚBr
pary-√añc (only 1. sg. pr. P. páryacāmi), to turn about or round, revolve RV. x, 119, 5
≫ paryaṅka
pary-aṅka m. (also paly○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○kikā f. Kād
○kī-kṛta mfn. turned into a couch Gīt.)
• a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below)
• a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L
• N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L
⋙ paryaṅkagranthibandha
○granthi-bandha m. the bending of the legs crossways under the body in sitting Mṛicch. i, 1
⋙ paryaṅkapaṭṭikā
○paṭṭikā (Bhpr.),
⋙ paryaṅkapādikā
○pādikā (L.), f. a species of Lupinus
⋙ paryaṅkabaddha
○baddha mfn. sitting with the legs bent crossways under the body, squatting Buddh
⋙ paryaṅkabandha
○bandhá m. (Kum.),
⋙ paryaṅkabandhana
○bandhana n. (L.) the act of sitting with the legs bent and binding a cloth round the back and loins and knees
⋙ paryaṅkabhogin
○bhogin m. a kind of serpent MW
⋙ paryaṅkastha
○stha mfn. sitting on a sofa ib
pary-√aṭ P. Ā. pary-aṭati, ○te (Impv. pary-aṭasva
• fut. pary-aṭiṣyati), to roam or wander about, travel over (acc. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pañc
⋙ paryaṭa
pary-ḍaṭa m. pl. N. of a people R
⋙ paryaṭaka
pary-ḍaṭaka m. a tramp, vagabond Mṛicch. Sch
⋙ paryaṭana
pary-ḍaṭana n. wandering about, roaming through (gen. or comp.) Pañc. BhP
⋙ paryaṭita
pary-ḍaṭita mfn. one who has roamed or wandered Pañc
• n. = prec. ib
pary-adhyayana mfn. averse from study Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat
pary-√an P. pary-aniti Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Vārtt. 1 Pat
pary-anu-bandha m. (√bandh) binding round L
pary-anu-√yuj (ind. p. -yujya Naish.), to ply with questions
⋙ paryanuyukta
pary-anu-ḍyukta mfn. asked, questioned Car
⋙ paryanuyoktavya
pary-anu-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be questioned, to be urged to answer a question Śaṃk
⋙ paryanuyoga
pary-anu-ḍyoga m. asking, inquiring, questioning ĀpŚr. Sch
• an inquiry with the object of refuting a statement L
• censure, reproach Yājñ. Sch
⋙ paryanuyojya
pary-anu-ḍyojya mfn. to be blamed or censured (jyôpêkṣaṇa n. omitting to blame what ought to be blamed) Nyāyas. Sarvad
pary-antá m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border
• side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. 'bounded by', 'extending as far as' [f. ā]
• or ibc. 'adjoining, neighbouring')
• (am), ind. entirely, altogether, Śukas
• (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap
paryantāt paryantam, from one end to the other Var
• (e), ind. at the end Kathās
• mf(ā)n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit
• extending in all directions Hariv. (v. l. pary-asta)
⋙ paryantadeśa
○deśa m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv
⋙ paryantaparvata
○parvata m. an adjoining hill L
⋙ paryantabhū
○bhū f. ground contiguous to the skirts of a river or mountain W
⋙ paryantasaṃsthita
○saṃsthita (Ṛit.),
⋙ paryantastha
○stha (Kathās.),
⋙ paryantasthita
○sthita (W.), mfn. limitative, confining, neighbouring
≫ paryantikā
paryantikā f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L
≫ paryantīkṛ
paryantī-√kṛ to finish
-kṛta mfn. finished Divyâv
≫ paryantīya
paryantīya mfn. being at the end ĀpŚr
paryanya wṛ. for parjanya. [Page 607, Column 2]
pary-anv-iṣ √3. P. -icchati, to seek for, search after MBh
pary-aya pary-ayaṇa, pary-āya, See under 2. parī7
pary-arṣaṇa See under pary-ṛṣ
pary-ava-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter round or about, shed over MBh
pary-avacchid (ava + √chid), P. -cchinatti (-cchinadāni), to cut off on both sides or all round AitBr
pary-ava-dāta mfn. (√dai) perfectly clean or pure Kād
• very accomplished Divyâv
• well acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Car. (-tva n.)
• well known, very familiar ib
⋙ paryavadātaśruta
○śruta mfn. perfectly skilled in art (-tā f.) Car
pary-ava-√do P. -dyati, to cut off or slice all round TS
⋙ paryavadāna
pary-ava-ḍdāna n. complete destruction or disappearance Lalit
⋙ paryavadāpayitṛ
pary-ava-ḍdāpayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a distributor Divyâv
pary-ava-dhāraṇa n. (√dhṛ) precise determination, careful consideration, refining, subtilizing Vedântas. Sch
pary-ava-naddha mfn. (√nah) overgrown Divyâv
pary-ava-√nud P. -nudati, to push towards (acc.) TāṇḍBr
pary-ava-panna mfn. (√pad) broken down, destroyed, annihilated, frustrated Pat
⋙ paryavapāda
pary-ava-ḍpāda m. transformation ib
○dya mfn. effecting transformation ib
pary-ava-rodha m. (√rudh) obstruction, hindrance L
pary-ava-√śiṣ (only Pot. -śiṣyet), to border, circumscribe Vait
⋙ paryavaśeṣa
pary-ava-ḍśeṣa m. end, termination MW
⋙ paryavaśeṣita
pary-ava-ḍśeṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) left remaining BhP
• regarded as the end of all (i.e. God) MW
pary-ava-ṣṭambh (√stambh
• Pass. -ṣṭabhyate ind. p. -ṣṭabhya), to surround, invest Kāv
⋙ paryavaṣṭabdha
pary-ava-ḍṣṭabdha mfn. surrounded, invested Mālatīm
⋙ paryavaṣṭambhana
pary-ava-ḍṣṭambhana n. surrounding, investing Uttarar
pary-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep up to, approach in a creeping manner ŚāṅkhBr
pary-ava-√so P. -syati, to result or end in, amount to (loc. or acc. with prati) Kāv. Sāh
• to finish, complete, conclude, include MW
• to endeavour ib
• to perish, be lost, decline A
⋙ paryavasāna
pary-ava-sāna n. end, termination, conclusion, issue (āt ind. in consequence of) Gobh. Nāg. Hit
• comprehending, including, amounting to (loc.) Sarvad
⋙ paryavasānika
pary-ava-sānika mfn. coming to a close, tending towards an end MBh. (v. l. pāryavas○)
⋙ paryavasāya
pary-ava-sāya m. = ○sāna
• ifc. = next Bālar
⋙ paryavasāyin
pary-ava-sāyin mfn. ending with, amounting to Uttarar. Śaṃk. (○yi-tva n.)
⋙ paryavasita
pary-ava-sita (pary-áva-), mfn. living farther off (= not quite near) ŚBr. Sch
• (with lokântaram) departed to Uttarar
• finished, concluded, ended MBh. Kāv. &c
• amounting to (loc.) Śaṃk
• resolved, settled, definitive Sāh
-mati mfn. thoroughly acquainted or familiar with (loc.) BhP
pary-ava-skanda m. (√skand) the act of jumping down (from a carriage) MBh
pary-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to become firm or steady Bhag
• to fill, pervade (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to comfort, encourage ib
⋙ paryavasthā
pary-ava-sthā f
⋙ paryavasthāna
pary-ava-sthāna n. opposition, contradiction L
⋙ paryavasthātṛ
pary-ava-sthātṛ mfn. opposing
• an antagonist, adversary MBh. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89
⋙ paryavasthita
pary-ava-sthita mfn. standing, stationed
• (with loc.) contained in, devoted or attached to, intent upon, occupied with MBh. R. Hariv
• merry, content, comfortable, of good cheer ib
pary-avâp (ava + √āp), P. -avâpnoti, to study Divyâv
pary-avê (ava-√i), P. -avâiti (Pot. -avêyāt), to turn round, turn in the right direction AitBr
• to pass, elapse ŚBr
⋙ paryaveta
pary-ḍavêta mfn. elapsed, expired Kauś. HirGṛ
pary-avêkṣ (ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate, to regard from every side MBh. [Page 607, Column 3]
• to look down upon KaushUp
pary-aś √1. P. -aśnoti, (Pot. -aśyāt), to arrive at, reach, attain RV
pary-aś √2. P. -aśnāti, to eat before another (acc.), to pass over a person at a meal (instr.) MBh
pary-aśru mfn. bathed in tears, shedding tears, tearful MBh. Kāv. Rājat
pary-as √1. P. pary-asti, (3. du. pári-ṣṭaḥ
• 2. pl. pári-ṣṭha
• pf. páry-āsa), to be in the way of (acc.) RV
• to Pass or spend time ib
pary-as √2 P. Ā. pary-asyati, ○te, to throw or cast or place round AV. AitBr
• to spread round, diffuse Kir
• to entrap, ensnare (Ā. aor. 3. du. pary-āsiṣātām Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.)
• to turn round, wallow (ind. p. pary-asya) Amar
• to throw down, overturn, upset (aor. pary-āsthat) ŚBr. Mn. Kathās.: Pass. pary-asyate (aor. pary-āsthata Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.), to tall down, drop: Caus. pary-āsayati, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears) Ragh
⋙ paryasana
pary-ḍasana n. throwing or tossing about Car
• casting, sending W
• putting off or away ib
⋙ paryasta
pary-ḍasta mfn. thrown or cast about, spread, diffused MBh. Kum. Amar
• surrounded, encompassed, ensnared R. Bhartṛ
• strung, filed on (comp.) Daś
• overturned, upset, inverted, changed Bhartṛ
• struck, killed L
• dismissed, laid aside ib
-vat mfn. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta AitBr
-vilocana (Kum.), -"ṣastâkṣá (AV.), mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes
⋙ paryasti
pary-ḍasti f. sitting upon the heels or hams L
⋙ paryastikā
pary-ḍastikā f. id. Suśr
• a bed W
-"ṣkâkṛti mfn. one who has sprained both his shoulders L
≫ paryāsa
pary-āsá m. edging, trimming ŚBr
• rotation, resolution BhP
• end, conclusion (N. of partic. concluding strophes in certain hymns) Br. ŚrS
• inverted order or position W
⋙ paryāsana
pary-ḍāsana n. (fr. Caus.) revolution MBh
⋙ paryāsita
pary-ḍāsita See a-paryāsita
pary-astamayam ind. about sunset ŚāṅkhŚr
pary-ahna m. APrāt. Comm
pary-ākula mf(ā)n. full of, filled with (comp.) MBh. R. Hariv
• disordered, confused, excited, bewildered MBh. Kāv. &c
• turbid (as water) MW
⋙ paryākulatva
○tva n. confusion, bewilderment Kum
≫ paryākulaya
pary-ākulaya Nom. P. ○yati, to disturb, excite, bewilder Śak. (Pi.) i, 31/32
≫ paryākulīkṛ
pary-ākulī-√kṛ id. ib. (v. l.)
⋙ paryākulīkṛbhū
pary-ākulī-√kṛ--√bhū to be confused or bewildered R
pary-ā-√kṛ (only Pass. p. -kriyamāṇa and -kṛta), to turn round AV.: Desid. (p. pary-ā-cikīrṣat) to wish to turn round TS
pary-ā-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to wind round, bind with (instr.) Kum
pary-ā-khyāna n. (√khyā) Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 7 Pat
pary-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go round, elapse, last, live MBh
⋙ paryāgata
pary-ḍā́gata mfn. revolved, anything that has made its revolution, elapsed, passed (as a year) TS
• finished, done MBh
• inveterate ib
• (with punar) returned to life ib
• (ifc.) encircled, ensnared, being in a person's power ib
pary-ā-√gal P. -galati, to drop or trickle down on every side Bhaṭṭ
pary-ā-√gā (only aor. -āgāt, 3. pl. -ā́gur), to pursue, be intent upon (acc.) RV. i, 88, 4
• to perform a revolution, elapse (as time) MBh
pary-ā-√car P. -cárati, to come near, approach RV. AV
pary-ācānta mfn. (√cam) sipped prematurely (as water in ācamana, q.v.)
• (with annam), n. food left by a person after sipping Mn. iv, 212
pary-ā-cita n. (prob.) N. of a place, g. ācitâdi
paryāṇa n. (for pari-yāṇa
• √) a circuit (or mfn. forming a circuit) AitBr. iv, 17) [Page 608, Column 1] Contents of this page
• a saddle Var. Kathās
⋙ paryāṇaya
paryāḍṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to saddle Nalac
⋙ paryāṇita
paryāḍṇita mfn. saddled Kād
pary-ā-ṇah (√nah), P. -ṇahyati, to cover up, cover ŚBr
⋙ paryāṇaddha
pary-ḍā́ṇaddha mfn. covered (?) AV. xiv, 2, 12
⋙ paryāṇahana
pary-ḍāṇahana See soma-paryāṇ○
pary-ā-ṇī (√), P. -ṇayati (but Impv. pary-ânayata MBh. i, 5446), to lead round ŚBr. GṛS. MBh
• to lead or bring forward RV. MBh
pary-ā-√tan P. -tanoti, to spread round, encompass, surround ŚBr
pary-ā-√dā Ā. -datte (Pot. -dadīta ind. p. -dāya), to make one's own, take away from (abl.) RV. Br
• to take off (any liquid) Suśr. Car
• to seize, snatch MBh
• to appropriate, learn MBh
pary-ā-dāna n. (√do ?) end, exhaustion Divyâv
pary-ā-dru P. -dravati, to run to and fro BhP
pary-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti (Impv. 2. pl. -dhatta), to lay round, surround (with fire) AV
⋙ paryādhādhātṛ
pary-ā-√dhḍādhātṛ m. a younger brother who has set up the sacred fire previously to the elder Gaut
≫ paryāhita
pary-āhita m. an elder brother previously to whom the younger has set up the sacred fire Gaut. ĀpŚr
pary-āntam ind. (prob.) wṛ. for pary-antam, as far as, up to (comp.) Āpast
pary-√āp P. -āpnoti (Impv. -āpnuhi
• pf. -āpa), to reach, obtain, attain, gain RV. TS. ŚBr
• to make an end of, be content MBh.: Caus. -āpayati (ind. p. -āpya), to perform, do Rājat.: Desid. parī7psati, to wish to obtain or reach, desire Mn. MBh. &c
• to wish to preserve, guard MBh
• to wish to get at, lie in wait or ambush ib
≫ parīpsā
parī7psā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining or preserving MBh
• haste, hurry Pāṇ. 3-4, 52
⋙ parīpsu
parī7psu mfn. wishing to obtain or preserve MBh
• desirous of finding out or ascertaining Kir. iii, 4
≫ paryāpta
pary-āpta mfn. obtained, gained Uttarar
• finished, completed, full Up. Kālid
• extensive, spacious, large Hariv
• abundant, copious, many Kāv
• sufficient for (dat. or gen.)
• adequate, equal to, a match for (gen., dat
• loc. or inf., Pāṇ. 3-4, 66) MBh. Kāv. &c
• limited in number MW
• (am), ind. fully, completely, enough, one's fill Kāv
• willingly, readily L
-kala mfn. having full digits (as the moon) Ragh
-kāma mfn. one whose desires are accomplished or allayed MuṇḍUp
-candra mf(ā)n. adorned by the full moon (as a night) Kum
-tā f. copiousness, abundance Kathās
• satisfaction, gratification MW
-dakṣiṇa mfn. accompanied with liberal gifts (as a sacrifice) Ragh
-nayana mfn. having a sufficient number of eyes Hariv
-bhoga mfn. possessing or enjoying a sufficiency Mn. Yājñ
-vat mfn. able, capable Ragh. (cf. a-pary○)
⋙ paryāpti
pary-ḍāpti (páry-), f. end, conclusion ŚBr
• entireness, fulness, sufficiency MBh. Kathās. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 66)
• adequacy, competency, fitness for (comp.) Kathās. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 16
• obtaining, acquisition L
• self-defence, warding off a blow L
• (in phil.) distinction of objects according to their natural properties W
pary-ā-√pat P. -patati (pf. 3. pl. -petuḥ), to hasten forth, hurry or run away MBh. R
-patat mf(antī)n. hurrying or rushing about Śiś. v, 24
pary-ā-√plu Caus. -plāvayati, to make float round TBr
⋙ paryāplāva
pary-ā-ḍplāvá m. turning round, revolution TS. Kāṭh
⋙ paryāpluta
pary-ā-ḍpluta mfn. surrounded, encircled MBh
pary-ā-√bhū (only aor. pary-âbhūt), to turn upside down (intrans.) ŚBr
pary-ā-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry near, fetch from (abl.) RV
⋙ paryābhṛta
pary-ā́bhṛta mfn. fetched or extracted from (abl.) ib
pary-ā-√muc P. -muñcati, to make loose or take off on all sides Sāṃkhyak. Sch
pary-ā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to subdue, conquer, overpower MW
pary-āya &c. See under 2. parī7. [Page 608, Column 2]
pary-āyata mfn. (√yam) extremely long or extended R
pary-ā-√yā (only Impv. -yāhi, -yātam), to approach from (abl.), come near RV
pary-ārín mfn. (√4. ) toiling a long time without success, attaining one's object in the end (after long effort) TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh
pary-ā-√ruh P. -róhati, to rise from (abl.) RV
paryālī ind. (with √kṛ, bhū, and as), g. ūry-ādi
pary-ā-√loc Caus. -locayati (ind. p. -locya), to look after, attend to, consider, ponder Subh. Vet
⋙ paryāloca
pary-ā-ḍloca m. consideration, reflection HPariś
⋙ paryālocana
pary-ā-ḍlocana n. id. Kull
• (ā), f. id. ib. ĀpŚr. Sch
• plan, design Kathās
⋙ paryālecita
pary-ā-ḍlecita mfn. considered, pondered Kull
-vat mfn. Pañc
pary-āvadāna n. = pary-ava-dāna Kāraṇḍ
pary-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to add ŚBr
pary-āvasatha m. = maṭha, Śīl
pary-āvila mfn. very turbid, much soiled Ragh
pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vártate (ep. also ○ti Pot. -vartet Hariv
• pf. -vavarta, -vavṛte MBh
• aor. pary-ấ-vart RV
• ind. p. pari-vṛtya ĀpŚr.), to turn round (intrans
• trans. only ind. p.), turn away from (abl.), return to (dat.) RV. &c. &c
• to be changed into (instr.) Kād
• to get possessed of (acc.) Hariv.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn or roll round (trans.) TS. ŚBr
• to change or barter against (Impv. 2. sg. ○tāt) ChUp. i, 5, 2: Desid. -vívṛtsati, to wish to roll round RV
⋙ paryāvarta
pary-ā-ḍvarta m. return, exchange BhP
⋙ paryāvartana
pary-ā-ḍvartana m. N. of a hell ib
• n. coming back, returning KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paryāvartita
pary-ā-ḍvartita mfn. turned round, subverted, reversed MW
pary-ā-vṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) veiled, covered Mālatīm
pary-ā-√śvas P. -śvasili, or -śvasati, to breathe out, recover breath, take heart, be at ease MBh. R.: Caus. -śvāsayati, ○te, to comfort, console MBh
⋙ paryāśvasta
pary-ā-ḍśvasta mfn. comforted, consoled, tranquil, at ease MBh
pary-√ās Ā. -āste (3. pl. -āsate
• Pot. 3. sg. -āsīta), to sit or assemble round any one (acc.) RV. ŚBr
• to remain sitting or inactive RV
• to sue for (acc.) ib. x, 40, 7
pary-āsa ○sana, See pary- √2. as
pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over to (dat.) ŚBr
• to overturn or turn upside down ib. ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paryāhāra
pary-ā-ḍhāra m. a yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load L
• conveying W
• a load ib
• a pitcher ib
• storing grain ib
pary-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate, to pronounce the Āhāva (s.v.) before and after AitBr
≫ paryāhāva
pary-ā-hāva m. a partic. formula which precedes and follows a verse ib. Sāy
paryuka m. N. of a man Rājat
páry-ukta mfn. (√vac) bewitched by words, conjured AV
pary-√ukṣ P. Ā. -ukṣati, ○te (ind. p. -ukṣya), to sprinkle round ŚrS
⋙ paryukṣaṇa
pary-ḍukṣaṇa n. sprinkling round, sprinkling GṛŚrS
• (ī), f. a vessel for sprinkling Kauś
pary-uta See pari-ve, p. 601
pary-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -ut-tiṣṭhati, to rise from (abl.) RV
• to appear to (acc.) TāṇḍBr
⋙ paryutthāna
pary-ḍutthāna n. standing up, rising L
pary-utsuka mf(ā)n. very restless, much excited R. Mālav
• eagerly desirous, longing for (dat.) Ratnâv
⋙ paryutsukatva
○tva n. an ardent longing Ragh
⋙ paryutsukībhū
pary-utsuḍkī-√bhū to be sorrowful or regretful Śak
pary-ut-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give up, leave, abandon L. [Page 608, Column 3]
pary-ud-añcana n. (√añc) debt L
pary-udayam ind. about sunrise KātyŚr
pary-ud-as √2. P. -asyati, to reject, exclude MBh
⋙ paryudasana
pary-ud-ḍasana n. exclusion Yogas. Sch
⋙ paryudasitavya
pary-ud-ḍasitavya mfn. to be excluded or denied Pat
⋙ paryudasta
pary-ud-ḍasta mfn. rejected, excluded Kull. on Mn. iii, 280
-tva n. ĀpŚr. Sch. Sāy
≫ paryudāsa
pary-ud-āsa m. a prohibitive rule, exception Pāṇ. Sch. Kull
pary-udita See pari-vad, p. 600
pary-úd-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) brought out, extracted from (abl.) RV
pary-ud-vas √5. Caus. -vāsayati, to take away, remove AV
pary-ud-√vij (only fut. -vijiṣyati). to shrink from, be afraid of (acc.) R
pary-upa-√lip P. -limpati, to smear all round Gobh
pary-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down round or near (acc.) ŚBr. ŚrS
⋙ paryupaveśana
pary-upa-ḍveśana n. sitting about KātyŚr
pary-upa-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to be or stand round (acc.)
• to attend, serve, honour with (instr.) MBh. R
• (Ā.) to join KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paryupasthāna
pary-upa-sthāna n. waiting upon, serving R
• rising, elevation L
⋙ paryupasthāpaka
pary-upa-sthāpaka mfn. leading to or upon KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paryupasthita
pary-upa-sthita mfn. standing round, surrounding (acc.) MBh. R
• drawing nigh, imminent, impending, it
• slipped, escaped (as a word) R
• intent upon, devoted to (loc.) ib
pary-upa-√spṛś (only ind. p. -spṛśya), to touch or use (water) for the use of ablution or bathing MBh
pary-upa-√hve Ā. -hávate, to call near, invite RV
pary-upâgata mfn. (√gam) standing round, surrounding BhP
pary-upâ-vṛtta mfn. (√vṛt) returned, come back R
pary-upâs (-upa-√ās), Ā. -upâste (3. pl. -upâsate, Pot. 3. sg. -upâsīta
• impf. 3. sg. -upâsat), to sit round, surround, encompass MBh. Kāv. &c
• to be present at, share in, partake of (acc.) MBh
• to approach respectfully, attend upon, worship Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. -upâsyate, to be attended by (instr.) Ragh. x, 63
⋙ paryupasaka
pary-ḍupásaka mfn. worshipping, a worshipper MBh. BhP
⋙ paryupāsana
pary-ḍupâsana n. sitting round Śak. i, 25/26 (in Prākr.)
• encamping round MBh
• friendliness, courtesy Pratāp
• pardon, excuse Sāh
• honour, service, worship Kāraṇḍ. (also ā f. Divyâv.)
• joining in or concurrence with any act of reverence W
⋙ paryupāsita
pary-ḍupâsita mfn. shared in, witnessed MBh
• worshipped, reverenced
-pūrva-tva n. the having reverenced in a former birth Divyâv
⋙ paryupāsitṛ
pary-ḍupâsitṛ mfn. moving round or about (acc.) MBh
• showing respect or honour, a worshipper ib
⋙ paryupāsīna
pary-ḍupâsīna mfn. sitting upon Mn. ii, 75
• surrounded by (instr.) R
⋙ paryupāsya
pary-ḍupâsya mfn. to be worshipped or served Jātakam
pary-upta ○ti, See pari- √2. vap
pary-ulūkhalam ind., g. -parimukhâdi
pary-uṣaṇa ○ṣita, ○ṣṭa, See pari- √5. vas, p. 600
pary-√ūrṇu Ā. -ūrṇute, to cover or conceal one's self MaitrS
pary-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, (impf. -auhat), to heap or pile round, to surround with mounds or embankments AV. VS. TS. Br
⋙ paryūhana
pary-ḍūhana n. sweeping or heaping together KātyŚr
pary-ṛṣ √1. P. pary-árṣati, to flow round, to procure from every side by flowing RV
pary-ṛṣ √2. P. -ṛṣati, (3. pl. aor. pary-āriṣan = -ārṣan), to embrace, clasp round, support Br. KātyŚr. [Page 609, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ paryarṣaṇa
pary-árṣaṇa n. clasping round, supporting, making firm ŚBr
pary-ê (-ā-√i), P. -âiti (ind. p. étya), to roam about AitBr
• to go round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr
• to come back, return ChUp
pary-etṛ pary-ehi, See 2. parī7
pary-eṣaṇa &c. See parī7ṣ
paryoga m. or n. (for pari-y○
• cf. paryāṇa for pari-y○) a kind of vehicle Car
pary-oṣṭham ind., g. pari-mukhâdi
parv cl. 1. P. parvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 68 (cf. √pūrv, pṝ, marv)
≫ parva
parva in comp. for ○van
⋙ parvakāra
○kāra mfn. (prob.) = next MBh. v, 1227 ('making arrows' or 'putting on a foreign dress' Nīlak.)
⋙ parvakārin
○kārin mfn. one who for the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals VP
⋙ parvakāla
○kāla m. a periodic change of the moon R. MārkP
• the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var
-nirṇaya m. N. of wk
-rāśi m. time for festivals Jyot
⋙ parvagāmin
○gāmin m. one who approaches his wife on festivals VP
⋙ parvagupta
○gupta m. N. of a man Rājat
⋙ parvatantravidhi
○tantra-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ parvadakṣiṇā
○dakṣiṇā f. the teacher's fee for teaching a partic. portion of the Veda Gobh
⋙ parvadivasa
○divasa m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat
⋙ parvadhi
○dhi m. 'period-container', the moon L
⋙ parvanādī
○nādī f. 'moment of the Parvan', moment of opposition or conjunction MW
⋙ parvanirṇaya
○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
⋙ parvapuṣpikā
○puṣpikā (L.),
⋙ parvapuṣpī
○puṣpī (Car.), f. Tiaridium Indicum
⋙ parvapūrṇatā
○pūrṇatā f. preparations for or completion of a festival L
• joining, uniting W
⋙ parvaprakāśa
○prakāśa and m. N. of wks
⋙ parvaprabodha
○prabodha m. N. of wks
⋙ parvabhāga
○bhāga m. the wrist Śak
⋙ parvabheda
○bheda m. violent pain in the joints Suśr
⋙ parvamālā
○mālā f. N. of wk
⋙ parvamitra
○mitra m. N. of a man HPariś
⋙ parvamūla
○mūla n. the time of new moon and full moon L
• (ā), f. a species of plant L
⋙ parvayoni
○yoni mfn. growing from joints or knots
• m. a cane or reed W
⋙ parvaratnāvalī
○ratnâvalī f. N. of wk
⋙ parvaruh
○ruh m. (nom. ) the pomegranate tree L
⋙ parvavat
○vat mfn. containing knots or joints ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ parvavarja
○varja mfn. except the forbidden days of a month MW
⋙ parvavallī
○vallī f. a species of Dūrvā L
⋙ parvavipad
○vipad m. the moon Gal
⋙ parvaśarkaraka
○śarkaraka m. N. of a man Rājat
⋙ parvaśas
○śás ind. limb by limb, limb from limb, piece by piece (○śaḥ-√kṛ to cut to pieces) RV
⋙ parvaśāka
○śāka m. a species of pot-herb Car
⋙ parvasaṃgraha
○saṃgraha m. N. of wk
⋙ parvasaṃdhi
○saṃdhi m. the full and change of the moon, the junction of the 15th and 1st of a lunar fortnight MBh. R. Hariv
⋙ parvasambhava
○sambhava m. N. of wk
⋙ parvāṅgula
parvâṅgula n. a partic. measure of length, AmṛitUp
⋙ parvāvadhi
parvâvadhi m. a joint or knot L
• a partic. period, the end of a Parvan &c. W
⋙ parvāsphoṭa
parvâsphoṭa m. cracking the fingers (regarded as indecorous) Kām
⋙ parveśa
parvêśa m. the regent of an astronomical node Var
≫ parvaka
parvaka n. the knee-joint L
≫ parvaṇa
parvaṇa m. N. of a demon MBh
• (ī), f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv
• a species of pot-herb (= parva-śāka) Car
• a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Saṃdhi of the eye Suśr. (also [○N˘IkA])
• ifc. = parvan, a knot BhP
≫ parvata
párvata mfn. (fr. parvan, Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 10 Pat.) knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV. AV. (according to ĀpŚr. Sch. = parutka, parva-vat)
• m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock (often personified
• ifc. f. ā) RV. &c. &c
• an artificial mound or heap (of grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Brāhmans, cf. -dāna)
• the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Sūryas
• a fragment of rock, a stone (adrayaḥ parvatāḥ, the stones for pressing Soma) RV
• a (mountain-like) cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10)
• a tree L
• a species of pot-herb L
• a species of fish (Silurus Pabda) L
• N. of a Vasu Hariv
• of a Ṛishi (associated with Nārada and messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12 ; ix, 104, 105, where he has the patr. Kāṇva and Kāśyapa) MBh. Kathās
• of a son of Paurṇamāsa (son of Marīci and Sambhūti) MārkP
• of a minister of king Purū-ravas Vikr
• of a monkey R
• of one of the 10 religious orders founded by Saṃkarâcārya's pupils (whose members add the word parvata to their names) W
• (ī́), f. a rock, stone VS
⋙ parvatakandara
○kandara n. mountain-cave Hit
⋙ parvatakāka
○kāka m. a raven L
⋙ parvatakīlā
○kīlā f. the earth Gal
⋙ parvatacyut
○cyút mfn. shaking mountains (Maruts) RV. [Page 609, Column 2]
⋙ parvataja
○ja mfn. 'mountains-born'
• (ā), f. a river L
⋙ parvatajāla
○jāla n. mountains-range Hariv. R
⋙ parvatatṛṇa
○tṛṇa n. 'mountains-grass', a species of grass L
⋙ parvatadāna
○dāna n. a gift in shape of a mṭmountains (cf. above) Cat
-paddhati f. N. of wk
⋙ parvatadurga
○durga n. an inaccessible mṭmountains Bhartṛ
⋙ parvatadhātu
○dhātu m. 'mṭmountains-metal', ore, AmṛitUp
⋙ parvatanivāsa
○nivāsa m. 'mṭmountains-dweller', the fabulous animal Śarabha Gal
⋙ parvatapati
○pati m. 'mountains-prince', lord of the mountains MBh
⋙ parvatamastaka
○mastaka m. n. mṭmountains-top Mn. MBh
⋙ parvatamālā
○mālā f. mountains-range Pañcad
⋙ parvatamocā
○mocā f. a species of Kadalī L
⋙ parvatarāj
○rāj m. 'mountains-king', a very high mountains Kāraṇḍ
• N. of the Himâlaya MBh
⋙ parvatarāja
○rāja m. id
-kanyā (MW.), -putrī (Kum.), f. N. of Pārvatī or Durgā (daughter of Himâlaya)
⋙ parvatarodhas
○rodhas n. mṭmountains-slope L
⋙ parvatavarṇanastotra
○varṇana-stotra n. N. of ch. of ĀdiPur
⋙ parvatavāsin
○vāsin mfn. living in mountains
• m. a mountaineer Var
• (inī), f. nard, spikenard L
• N. of Durgā L
⋙ parvataśikhara
○śikhara m. n. mountain-top Hit
⋙ parvataśreṣṭha
○śreṣṭha m. the best of mṭmountains MBh
⋙ parvatastha
○stha mfn. situated on a mṭmountains or hill ib
⋙ parvatākāra
parvatâkāra mfn. mountains-shaped, formed like a mountains MW
⋙ parvatāgra
parvatâgra n. mountains-top R
⋙ parvatātmajā
parvatâtmajā f. mountains-daughter, N. of Durgā Hariv
⋙ parvatādhārā
parvatâdhārā f. 'mountains-holder', the earth L
⋙ parvatāri
parvatâri m. 'enemy of the mountains', N. of Indra (who clipped their wings) L
⋙ parvatāvṛdh
parvatāvṛdh mfn. delighting in mṭmountains i.e. in the pressing-stones (said of Soma) RV
⋙ parvatāśaya
parvatâśaya m. 'resting on mṭmountains', a cloud L
⋙ parvatāśraya
parvatâśraya mfn. = ○ta-vāsin
• m. (also) the fabulous animal Sarabha L
⋙ parvatāśrayin
parvatâśrayin m. a mountaineer Var
⋙ parvateśvara
parvatêśvara m. lord of the mountains MBh
• N. of a man Mudr
⋙ parvateṣṭhā
parvate-ṣṭhā́ mfn. dwelling in the heights (said of Indra) RV
⋙ parvatopatyakā
parvatôpatyakā f. a land at the foot of a mountain Hit
≫ parvataka
parvataka m. a mountain ( See eka-p○)
• N. of a man Mudr
• of a prince in the Himâlaya HPariś
≫ parvatāyana
parvatāyana wṛ. for pārv○, q.v
≫ parvati
parvatí f. a rock, stone TS
≫ parvatī 1
parvatī́ f. of parvata, q.v
≫ parvatī 2
parvatī ind. for ○ta
⋙ parvatīkṛ
○√kṛ to make into a mountain Bhartṛ
≫ parvatīya
parvatī́ya mfn. belonging to or produced in mountains AV. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 143)
≫ parvatya
parvatyá mfn. = prec. RV. TS
≫ parvan
párvan n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. parus], but also of the body), limb, member (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c
• a break, pause, division, section (esp. of a book) ŚBr. MBh. &c
• the step of a staircase Ragh
• a member of a compound Prāt. Nir
• a period or fixed time RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
• (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival, SrS
• the days of the 4 changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the moon and the 8th and 14th of each half-month) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
• a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon R
• the day of the moon's passing the node at its opposition or conjunction Var. Sūryas. MBh. &c
• the moment of the sun's entering a new sign W
• any partic. period of the year (as the equinox, solstice &c.) ib
• a division of time, e.g. a half-month (24 in a year) MBh
• a day (360) BhP
• a festival, holiday W
• opportunity, occasion ib
• a moment, instant ib
≫ parvarīṇa
parvarīṇa m. (L.) = parṇa-vṛnta-rasa
• = pattra-cūrṇa-rasa
• = parṇa-śirā
• = dyūta-kambala
• = garva
• = māruta
• = mṛtaka (n.)
• n. = parvan
≫ parvasa
parvasa m. N. of a son of Paurṇamāsa VP. (cf. parvata)
• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Parvasa ib
≫ parviṇī
parviṇī f. a holiday Rājat
parvita m. a species of fish, Silurus Pabda L
párśāna m. (√pṛś = spṛś, or pṛṣ ?) a precipice, chasm RV. (Sāy. 'a cloud')
parśu 1
párśu m. a rib AV. TS. Br. [Zd. pereśu] ; a curved knife, sickle AV. Kauś. [Lat. falx
• Gk. ?]
• N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46
• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe Pāṇ. 5-3, 117 (cf. pāraśava)
• f. the supporting or side wall of a well Nir. iv, 6
• N. of a woman RV. x, 86, 23
⋙ parśumaya
○maya mf(ī)n. shaped like a curved knife Nir. iv, 3
≫ parśukā
parśukā f. a rib Suśr
parśu 2
parśu m. (cf. paraśu and Uṇ. i, 34 Sch.) an axe, hatchet Hariv. R
⋙ parśupāṇi
○pāṇi m. 'axe in hand', N. of Gaṇêśa L
• = next A
⋙ parśurāma
○rāma m. = paraśu-r○ L
≫ parśūmat
parśū-mat or mfn. g. sidhmâdi
⋙ parśūla
parśū-la mfn. g. sidhmâdi
≫ parśvadha
parśvadha m. = paraśvadha, an axe, hatchet L. [Page 609, Column 3]
parṣ (cf. pṛṣ), cl. 1. Ā. parṣate, to grow wet Dhātup. xvi, 12 (v. l. varṣ and sparṣ)
parṣa 1
parṣá m. (√parṣ, pṛṣ ?) a bundle, sheaf RV. x, 48, 7 (Nir. iii, 10)
parṣa 2
parṣa mfn. = paruṣa, rough, violent (as wind) BhP
parṣaṇi 1
parṣáṇi mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying over or across (as a ship) RV. i, 131, 2. 2
⋙ parṣaṇi
parṣáṇi Ved. inf. of √1. pṛ ib. x, 126, 3
⋙ parṣika
parṣika ? g. purohitâdi
⋙ parṣin
parṣín See iṣu-p○
≫ parṣiṣṭha
párṣiṣṭha mfn. most mighty in delivering or rescuing RV. x, 126, 3
parṣad f. = pari-ṣad, an assembly, audience, company, society GṛS. Yājñ. &c. (4 kinds of society Divyâv. 299, 14)
⋙ parṣadbhīru
○bhīru mfn. shy in society Var
⋙ parṣadvala
○vala mfn. surrounded by an assembly Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
• m. an assistant at an assembly, a spectator L
≫ parṣatka
parṣatka (ifc.) = pari-ṣad, an assembly Jātakam
parhāṇa See a-parhāṇa
pal cl. 1. P. palati, to go Dhātup. xx, 9 (perhaps invented to account for pālayati, or palâyate)
pala m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L
• = pāla g. jvalâdi
• n. a partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulā (rarely m
• ifc. f. ā) Mn. Yājñ. Suśr. &c
• a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KātyŚr. Sch
• a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghaṭī) Gaṇit. ; flesh, meat Yājñ. Suśr. [Cf. Lat. palea ; Fr. paille, Lith. pelai.]
⋙ palakṣāra
○kṣāra m. 'flesh-fluid', blood L
⋙ palagaṇḍa
○gaṇḍa m. a mason (as using straw ?) L
⋙ palaṃkara
○ṃ-kara m. 'flesh-maker', gall, bile L
⋙ palaṃkaṣa
○ṃ-kaṣa m. 'flesh-hurter', a Rākshasa L
• a lion L
• the sea Gal
• bdellium L
• (ā), f. N. of various plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Butea Frondosa, Dolichos Sinensis &c.) Suśr. L
• bdellium L
• red lac Bhpr
• a fly L
⋙ palada
○dá m. 'straw-giver (?)', a partic. material for building, (prob.) bundles of straw or reeds used for roofing and wainscoting AV
• ifc. in names of villages (○dīya mfn. ) Pāṇ. 4-2, 142
• (ī), f. N. of a village ib. 110
⋙ palapīyūṣalatā
○pīyūṣa-latā f. N. of wk. (on the canonical use of various meats)
⋙ palapriya
○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a Rākshasa or a raven L
⋙ palabhā
○bhā f. the equinoctial shadow at midday Sūryas. Sch
-khaṇḍana and -sādhana n. N. of wks
⋙ palavibhā
○vibhā f. = -bhā L
⋙ palāgni
palâgni m. 'flesh-fire', the bilious humour L
⋙ palāṅga
palâṅga (prob.) wṛ. for capal○, q.v
⋙ palāda
palâda or m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L
⋙ palādana
palâḍdana m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L
⋙ palānna
palânna n. rice with meat Suśr. (v. r. yavânna)
⋙ palārdha
palârdha n. a partic. weight (= 2 Karshas) Car
⋙ palāli
palâli f. a heap of flesh A. 1
⋙ palāśa
palâśa m. a Rākshasa L
• mfn. cruel (lit. = next) L. 1
⋙ palāśin
palâśin m. eating flesh Bhpr
• m. = prec. L
≫ palala
palala m. a Rākshasa L
• n. ground sesamum Hariv. Var. Suśr. &c
• a kind of sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar L
• mud, mire R
• flesh L
⋙ palalajvara
○jvara m. gall, bile L. (cf. palâgni)
⋙ palalapiṇḍa
○piṇḍa n. a lump of ground sesamum ŚiraUp
⋙ palalapriya
○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a raven L
⋙ palalapalalāśaya
○palalâśaya m. 'fleshreceptacle', swelled neck, goitre L
⋙ palalaudana
palalâudana n. a pap made of ground sesamum seeds Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 45
≫ palāla
palāla m. n. a stalk, straw Mn. MBh. &c
• the stalk of the Sorghum, Indian millet Suśr
• m. N. of a demon inimical to children (anu-p○) AV
• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis of Skanda MBh
• (ī́), f. a stalk, straw AV. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)
⋙ palāladohada
○dohada m. 'longing for straw', the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw) L
⋙ palālabhāraka
○bhāraka m. a load of straw Mn. xi, 134
⋙ palālānupalāla
palālânupalālá m. du. Palāla and AnupṭAnupalāla (cf. above) AV
⋙ palāloccaya
palālôccaya m. a heap of straw Kathās
≫ palāli
palāli See pala
≫ palālina
palālina mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100 Vārtt. 1 Pat
≫ palāva
palā́va m. chaff, husks AV
• a fish-hook, Vāsav
≫ palika
palika mf(ā)n. weighing a Pala Car. Hcat
• (ifc. after a numeral) weighing so many Pala Yājñ. Suśr. &c
≫ palya
palya n. a sack for corn (prob. containing a certain measure) ŚrS
• a partic. high number Dharmaśarm
⋙ palyakathāpuṣpāñjali
○kathā-puṣpâñjali m. N. of wk
⋙ palyavarcasa
○varcasa n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 78
⋙ palyopama
palyôpama m. or n. a partic. high number W
≫ palyalika
palyalika m. or n. N. of a place Cat. [Page 610, Column 1] Contents of this page
palakyā (L.), palaṅkyā (Bhpr.), f. Beta Bengalensis
palakṣa mf(ī́)n. white VS. (cf. balakṣa)
palaṅkaṭa mfn. shy, timid L
palava m. plava (√plu), a basket of wicker-work for catching fish L
• N. of a man, Prav
palasa wṛ. for panasa R
palasti-jamadagní m. pl. the grey-haired Jamad-agnis (prob. a branch of this family of Ṛishis) RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy.)
palāka m. n. Siddh
palāṇḍu m. (rarely n.) an onion Mn. MBh. Suśr. &c. (cf. Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.)
⋙ palāṇḍubhakṣita
○bhakṣita mf(ā, or ī)n. one who has eaten onions Pāṇ. 4-1, 53 Sch
⋙ palāṇḍumaṇḍana
○maṇḍana n. N. of a comedy
palāpa m. a halter L
• an elephant's temples L
palāpahā wṛ. for mal○
palây (fr. palā = parā and √ay = i
Pāṇ. 8-2, 19 Sch.), Ā. pálâyate TS. Br. MBh. &c. (ep. also P
• pf. palâyāṃ cakre Pañc
• aor. apalâyiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
• fut. palâyiṣyate Hit
○ti Śatr
• ind. p. palâyya ŚBr. &c
• inf. palâyitum Pañc.)
• to flee, fly, run away, escape, cease, vanish TS. &c. &c
⋙ palāyaka
palâḍyaka mfn. fleeing, a fugitive SaddhP
⋙ palāyana
palâḍyana n. fleeing, flight, escape MBh. Kāv. &c. (-kriyāṃ-√kṛ, to take to flight Pañc.)
• a saddle TS. Sch. (cf. paly-ayana, paryāṇa)
-parâyaṇa mfn. occupied in flight, fugitive W
⋙ palāymanas
○manas mfn. thinking of flṭflight MW
-viṣaya mfn. having flight for an object, bent on flṭflight ib
⋙ palāyita
pálâyita mfn. flown, fled, defeated TS. Kathās. &c
• n. gallop L. (v. l. pul○)
⋙ palāyin
palâyin mfn. fleeing, flying, taking to flight MBh
palāśa 2
palāśá n. (for 1. See under pala) a leaf, petal, foliage (ifc. f. ī) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
• the blade of a sharp instrument (cf. paraśu-p○)
• the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa Pañc
• = śmaśāna L
• = paribhāṣaṇa L
• m. (ifc. f. ā) the tree Butea Frondosa (its older name is parṇa, q.v.) Br. MBh. &c
• Curcuma Zedoaria L
• N. of Magadha L
• (ifc. it denotes beauty, g. vyāghrâdi)
• (ī), f. a species of climbing plant L
• cochineal L
• red lac L
• mfn. green L. (wṛ. for pālāśa)
⋙ palāśatā
○tā f. the state of foliage, foliation Kathās
⋙ palāśanagara
○nagara n. N. of a town Siṃhâs
⋙ palāśapattra
○pattra n. a single leaf (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) Hariv. Pañc
• m. N. of a Nāga L
⋙ palāśaparṇī
○parṇī f. Physalis Flexuosa L
⋙ palāśapuṭa
○puṭa m. n. a receptacle made of a folded leaf KātyŚr
⋙ palāśaśātana
○śātana m. an instrument for lopping foliage L
⋙ palāśākhya
palāśâkhya m. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L
⋙ palāśāṅgā
palāśâṅgā or f. a kind of Curcuma L
⋙ palāśāntā
palāḍśântā f. a kind of Curcuma L
≫ palāśaka
palāśaka m. Butea Frondosa or Curcuma Zedoaria L
• pl. N. of a place MBh
• (ikā), f. a species of climbing plant L
≫ palāśana
palāśana n. (?) Nir. xii, 29
≫ palāśāmbhā
palāśāmbhā f. = ○śâṅgā L
≫ palāśin 2
palāśin mfn. (for 1 See under pala) leafy, covered with foliage MBh
• m. a tree Prasannar
• a species of tree (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa) L
• N. of a city or village (said to be the modern Plassey) Kshitîś
• (inī), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. MārkP
≫ palāśila
palāśila and mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi
⋙ palāśīya
palāḍśīya mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi
paliknī See palita below
pali-gha m. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel L
• a wall, rampart L
• the gateway of a building L
• an iron club or one studded with iron L. (= pari-gha
Pāṇ. 8-2, 22)
paliṅgu m. N. of a man HirGṛ
palitá mf(ā, or páliknī Pāṇ. 4-1, 39 Vārtt. 1. 2 Pat.) n. grey, hoary, old, aged RV. &c. &c
• = pālayitṛ Nir. iv, 26
• m. N. of a mouse MBh
• of a prince Hariv. VP. (v. l. pāl○)
• (paliknī), f. a cow for the first time with calf L
• n. grey hair (also pl.) AV. &c. &c
• a tuft of hair Daś
• mud, mire L
• heat, burning L
• benzoin L
• pepper L. [Cf
• Gk. ?, ? &c. ; Lat. palleo, [610, 1] pallidus, pallus ; Lith. pálvas ; Slav. [plav˘u] ; HGerm. falo, val, fahl ; Angl. Sax. fealo ; Eng. fallow.] [Page 610, Column 2]
⋙ palitaṃkaraṇa
○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. rendering grey, Vāsav. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 56)
⋙ palitacchadman
○cchadman mfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair Ragh. xii, 2
⋙ palitadarśana
○darśana n. the sight or appearance of grey hair Suśr
⋙ palitambhaviṣṇu
○m-bhaviṣṇu or mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57
⋙ palitambhāvuka
○m-bhāvuka mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57
⋙ palitamlāna
○mlāna mfn. grey and withered Kathās
⋙ palitavat
○vat mfn. grey-haired HPariś
≫ palitin
palitin mfn. grey-haired MBh
pali-yoga m. = pari-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Pat
palī74jaka m. (fr. pali = pari and √īj = ej) 'stirrer, disturber', N. of a demon AV
palīśa m. = palāśa Bhpr
paleśinī prob. wṛ. for palāśinī Inscr
pálpūlana n. lye, water impregnated with alkaline salt TS. AV. Kauś
≫ palpūlaya
palpūlaya Nom. P. ○láyati, to wash with alkaline water, to tan TS. TBr
⋙ palpūlita
palpūḍlita mfn. washed, tanned ŚrS. Baudh
palya &c. See under pala
paly-aṅka m. = pary-aṅka (Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, bedstead Siṃhâs. Pañcad
• a cloth wound round the loins while sitting on the heels and hams L
• so sitting, squatting (cf. pary-aṅka) L
paly-aṅg (pali = pari and √aṅg), Ā. paly-aṅgayate (ind. p. -aṅgya), to cause to go round, stir round ŚBr.: Pass. -aṅgyate, to turn round, revolve ib
paly-√ay (paly = pari and √ay = √i), Ā. paly-ayate ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 19)
≫ palyayana
paly-ayana n. a saddle (= paryāṇa) L
• a rein, bridle Vcar
palyāṇa n. a saddle L. (also ○na Gal.)
⋙ palyāṇaya
palyāḍṇaya Nom. ○yati, to saddle, Bhojacar
palyula or ○yūla Nom. P. ○layati, v. l. for palpūla Dhātup. xxxv, 29
pall cl. 1. pallati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 34 Vop. (invented after √pal, prob. to explain the following words)
≫ palla
palla m. a large granary, barn Suśr
• (ī), f. See below
⋙ pallāraṇyamāhātmya
pallâraṇya-māhātmya n. N. of wk
≫ pallaka
pallaka See dattâiraṇḍa-p○ under datta
≫ palli
palli f. a small village, (esp.) a settlement of wild tribes L
• a hut, house ib
⋙ pallipañjaka
○pañjaka m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ pallivāha
○vāha m. a species of wild grass L
≫ pallikā
pallikā f. a small village &c. (= palli) L
• a small house-lizard L
≫ pallī
pallī f. a small village &c. (= palli) Kathās
• a hut, house L
• a city (esp. ifc., in N. of towns, e.g. triśira-p○, = Trichinopoly)
• a partic. measure of grain KātyŚr. Sch
• a small house-lizard L
⋙ pallīdeśa
○deśa m. N. of a district Cat
⋙ pallīpatana
○patana n. (prob.) prognostication by observing the falling of houselizards
-kārikā f. -phala n. -vicāra m. -śānti f. N. of wks
⋙ pallīpati
○pati m. the chief of a village or station Kathās
⋙ pallīvicāra
○vicāra m
⋙ pallīvidhāna
○vidhāna n. N. of wks
⋙ pallīśa
○"ṣśa (pallī7sa), m. = -pati L
⋙ pallīśaraṭa
○śaraṭa (?), in ○ṭayoḥ phalâphala-vicāra m. ○ṭayoḥ śānti f. -kāka-bhāsâdi-śakuna and -vidhāna n. N. of wks
pallava 1
pallava m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kād. Bālar. Rājat
• spreading, expansion L. (cf. below)
• strength L. (= bala
• v. l. = vana, a wood)
• red lac (alakta) L
• a bracelet L
• sexual love L
• unsteadiness L
• m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat
• a libertine, catamine L
• a species of fish L
• pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v. l. for pahlava)
• of a race of princes Inscr
⋙ pallavagrāhin
○grāhin mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge) Hit
• (with doṣa), m. the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness Gīt. Sch
○hi-tā f. superficial knowledge, sciolism MW
⋙ pallavadru
○dru m. the Aśoka tree L
⋙ pallavadhārin
○dhārin mfn. bearing blossoms (as a flower) Ragh
⋙ pallavapūra
○pūra m. N. of a man L
⋙ pallavamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of young shoots or twigs (cf. sulalita-latā-p○)
⋙ pallavarāgatāmra
○rāgatāmra mfn. red-coloured like a young shoots or twigs Ragh
⋙ pallavāṅkura
pallavâṅkura m. a leaf-bud L. [Page 610, Column 3]
⋙ pallavāṅguli
pallavâṅguli f. a young shoot like a finger Mālav
⋙ pallavāda
pallavâda m. 'twig-eater', a deer L
⋙ pallavādhāra
pallavâdhāra m. 'twig-holder', a branch L
⋙ pallavāpīdita
pallavâpīdita mfn. bud-laden MBh
⋙ pallavāstra
pallavâstra m. 'having blossoms for missiles', N. of the god of love L
≫ pallava 2
pallava Nom. P. ○vati, to put forth young shoots Śatr
≫ pallavaka
pallavaka m. a libertine, gallant Hcar
• a species of fish (Cyprinus Denticulatus) L
• (akā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch
• (ikā), f. a kind of scarf L
• N. of a female attendant Kathās
≫ pallavana
pallavana n. prolixity, useless speech Naish
≫ pallavaya
pallavaya Nom. P. ○yati = 2. pallava Kāv
• to spread, divulge (as news) Vcar
• to make diffuse or prolix (= vi-stāraya) Gīt. Sch
≫ pallavika
pallavika m. = (or v. l. for) pallavaka m. L
≫ pallavita
pallavita mfn. sprouted, having young shoots (○taṃ vṛkṣaiḥ, 'young shoots have been put forth by the trees') Kāv
• spread, extended Inscr. (alaṃ "ṣtena, 'enough of further amplification', A.)
• (ifc.) filled, full of Kād
• dyed red with lac L
• m. the red dye of the lac insect W
≫ pallavin
pallavin mfn. sprouting, having young shoots Kum
• m. a tree L
≫ pallavīkṛ
pallavī-√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make or change into a very young shoot Kāvyâd
palli pallī, See under √pall
palvala n. (m. Siddh.) a pool, small tank, pond. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. palus ; Lith. púrvas (?).] [610, 3]
⋙ palvalakarṣaka
○karṣaka mfn. ploughing a pool Hariv
⋙ palvalatīra
○tīra n. the bank or margin of a ploughing Pañc
⋙ palvalapaṅka
○paṅka m. the mud of a pṭploughing Kālid
≫ palvalāvāsa
palvalâvāsa m. 'pṭpalvalâvāsa-dweller', a tortoise L
≫ palvalībhū
palvalī-√bhū to become a pool Jātakam
≫ palvalya
palvalyá mf(ā́)n. marshy, boggy TS
pav cl. 1. Ā. pavate, to go Dhātup. xiv, 40 (v. l. for plav)
pava m. (√) purification, winnowing corn Pāṇ. 3-3, 28 Sch
• air, wind L
• a marsh L
• N. of a son of Nahusha VP
• (ā́), f. purification RV
• n. cow-dung L
⋙ pavanāla
○nāla (prob.) wṛ. for yava-nāla
≫ pavana
pávana m. 'purifier', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
• vital air, breath Suśr. Sarvad
• the regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and the north-west region Var
• N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib
• a householder's sacred fire Hār
• a species of grass L
• N. of a son of Manu Uttama BhP
• of a mountain ib
• of a country in Bharata-kshetra W
• (ī), f. a broom L
• the wild citron-tree L. (v. l. pacanī)
• N. of a river VP
• n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L
• a potter's kiln, Śṛiṅgār
• n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. ĀśvGṛ
• blowing Kaṇ
• water L
• mfn. clean, pure L
⋙ pavanakṣipta
○kṣipta mfn. tempest-tossed MW
⋙ pavanacakra
○cakra n. whirlwind BhP. (cf. cakra-vāta)
⋙ pavanaja
○ja m. 'son of the wind', N. of Hanu-mat Dhūrtan
⋙ pavanajava
○java m. 'swift as wind', N. of a horse Kathās
⋙ pavanatanaya
○tanaya m. = -ja Ragh
• N. of Bhīmasena Megh
⋙ pavanadūta
○dūta m. or n
⋙ pavanapañcāśikā
○pañcāśikā f. N. of 2 poems
⋙ pavanapadavī
○padavī f. path of the wind, the air Megh
⋙ pavanapāvana
○pāvana m. or n. N. of wk
⋙ pavanaprabhava
○prabhava m. (disease) coming from the wind of the body Suśr
⋙ pavanabhū
○bhū m. = -ja MW
⋙ pavanayogasaṃgraha
○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
⋙ pavanaraṃhas
○raṃhas mfn. swift as wind, Pracaṇḍ
⋙ pavanavāhana
○vāhana m. 'having wind as vehicle', fire L
⋙ pavanavijaya
○vijaya m. 'victory over the wṭwind or breath', N. of sev. Tantric wks
⋙ pavanavyādhi
○vyādhi m. disease or morbid state of the wind of the body, rheumatism W
• N. of Uddhava (the friend and counsellor of Kṛishṇa) L
⋙ pavanāghāta
pavanâghāta m. gust of wind Rājat
⋙ pavanātmaja
pavanâtmaja m. = ○na-ja L
• N. of Bhīma-sena Rājat
• fire MatsyaP
⋙ pavanāśa
pavanâśa m. 'feeding on air', a serpent, snake L
⋙ pavanāśana
pavanâśana m. id. L
○śanâsa m. 'snake-eater', a peacock L
• N. of Garuḍa L
⋙ pavanāśin
pavanâśin m. = ○nâśa MārkP
⋙ pavanāhata
pavanâhata mfn. struck or shaken by the wind, rheumatic W
⋙ pavaneṣṭa
pavanêṣṭa (prob.) wṛ. for yav○
⋙ pavanotkampin
pavanôtkampin mfn. trembling in the wind Śak
⋙ pavanodbhrānta
pavanôdbhrānta in -kārin mfn. 'agitating the air', N. of a partic. mode of fighting MW
-viici f. a wave raised by the winds ib
⋙ pavanombuja
pavano'mbuja (!), m. Grewia Asiatica L
≫ pavamāna
pávamāna mfn. being purified or strained, flowing clear (as Soma) RV
• m. wind or the god of wind VS. TS. Kāv. Rājat
• N. of a partic. Agni (associated with Pāvaka and Śuci and also regarded as a son of Agni by Svāhā or of Antar-dhāna and by Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. Br. Pur. [Page 611, Column 1] Contents of this page
• N. of partic. Stotras sung by the Sāma-ga at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice (they are called successively at the 3 Savanas bahiṣpavamâna, mādhyaṃdina and tṛtīya or ārbhava) TS. Br. ŚrS. (cf. RTL. 368)
• N. of wk
• N. of a prince and the Varsha in Śāka-dviipa ruled by him BhP
⋙ pavamānaṭippana
○ṭippana m. or n
⋙ pavamānapañcasūkta
○pañca-sū7kta n. pl.,
⋙ pavamānapaddhati
○paddhati f
⋙ pavamānasūkta
○sū7kta n. N. of wks
⋙ pavamānavat
○vat mfn. accompanied by the Pavamāna-stotra AitBr
⋙ pavamānasākha
○sâkha m. 'friend of the wind', fire Śiś
⋙ pavamānasomayajña
○somayajña m. N. of wk
⋙ pavamānahavis
○havis n. offerings to Agni invoked under the title of Pavamāna or Pāvaka or Śuci TBr. Sch
⋙ pavamānahoma
○homa m. = -havis
• N. of wk
-paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pavamānādhyāya
pavamānâdhyāya m. N. of wk
⋙ pavamānoṣṭi
pavamānôṣṭi f. = ○na-havis TBr. Sch
• N. of wk
⋙ pavamānoktha
pavamānôktha n. the series of verses in the mid-day Pavamāna, AiBr
≫ pavayitṛ
pavayitṛ́ m. a purifier TS
≫ pavākā
pavākā f. a storm, whirlwind L
≫ pavita
pavita mfn. purified, cleansed W
• n. black pepper L
≫ pavitṛ
pavitṛ́ m. a purifier AV. ŚBr. (cf. paiviitṛ)
≫ pavitra
pavítra n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c
• Kuśa grass (esp. two Kuśa leaves for holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c. (ifc. also ko, See sa-pavitraka), a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W
• a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yājñ. MBh
• a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8 ; 31, 6 &c
• melted butter L
• honey L
• water L
• rain or rubbing (varṣaṇa or gharṣaṇa) L
• copper L
• the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. -ka MārkP.)
• the Brāhmanical cord (cf. ○trâropaṇs)
• N. of Vishṇu (also pṭpresented pavintrāṇām) MBh. (cf RTL. 106)
• of Śiva ib
• (with ādityānām and devānām) N. of Sāmans ArshBr
• a kind of metre Col
• m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Rājasūya TāṇḍBr. Sch. ŚrS
• Sesamum Indicum L
• Nageia Putranjiva L
• N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
• of an Āṅgirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67 ; 73 ; 83 ; 107) RAnukr
• (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur
• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L
• of sev. rivers MBh. Pur
• the 12th day of the light half of Śravaṇa (a festival in honour of Vishṇu) W
• mf(ā)n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pavitrakīrti
○kīrti mfn. of spotless renown Dhūrtas
⋙ pavitragiri
○giri mṆ. of a place Cat
⋙ pavitratarīkṛ
○tarī-√kṛ to purify or sanctify in a high degree Kād
⋙ pavitratā
○tā f. purity, cleanness MārkP. Rājat
⋙ pavitratva
○tva n. id. Uttarar. Hcat
• the being a means of purification Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr
⋙ pavitradarbha
○darbha m. purifying or holy Darbha grass R
⋙ pavitradhara
○dhara m. N. of a man Kathās
⋙ pavitradhānya
○dhānya n. 'pure grain, barley L
⋙ pavitrapaṭhana
○paṭhana n. recitation of a purifying prayer or Mantra MārkP
⋙ pavitrapati
○pati m. lord of purification or purity VS
⋙ pavitrapāṇi
○pāṇi mfn. holding Darbha grass in the hand Yājñ
• m. N. of an ancient sage MBh
⋙ pavitrapūta
○pūta (○vítra-), mfn. clarified with a strainer ŚBr
⋙ pavitrayoni
○yoni mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc
⋙ pavitraratha
○ratha (vítra-), mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV
⋙ pavitrarogaparihāraprayoga
○roga-parihāra-prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ pavitravat
○vat (○vitra-), mfn. having a purifying instrument (as a strainer or Darbha grass), cleansing, purifying RV. Br. GṛŚrS
• N. of Agni AitBr
• (ī), f. N. of a river BhP
⋙ pavitrāropaṇa
pavitrâropaṇa n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investiture with the Brāhmanical cord, (esp.) investing the image of Krishna or another deity with the sacred thread, N. of a festival on the 12th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashāḍha Pañc
-putra-daī7kādaśī f. and -vidhāna n. N. of wk
⋙ pavitrārohaṇa
pavitrârohaṇa n. investing with the sacred thread (cf. ○ropaṇa), N. of a festival in honour of Durgā on the 8th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashaḍha L
⋙ pavitreṣṭi
pavitrêṣṭi f. N. of a partic. sacrifice (cf. above) Vas
• N. of wk
-paddhati f. -prayoga m. -sūtra n. -hautra n. N. of wks
≫ pavitraka
pavitraka m. a small sieve or strainer KātyŚr. ( See also under pavitra)
• m. Poa Cynosuroides L
• Artemisia Indica L
• Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L
≫ pavitraya
pavitraya Nom. P ○yati, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathās. Śatr. Pañcad
⋙ pavitrita
paviḍtrita mfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy Mcar. [Page 611, Column 2] Caṇḍ. BrahmaP
≫ pavitrin
pavitrin mfn. purifying, pure, clean MBh
≫ pavitrī
pavitrī ind. in comp. for ○tra
⋙ pavitrīkaraṇa
○karaṇa n. purification, means of purifying W
⋙ pavitrīkṛ
○√kṛ to purify, cleanse MBh. BhP
⋙ pavitrīkṛta
○kṛta mfn. purified, cleansed, sanctified Pañc. Śāntiś
⋙ pavitrībhū
○√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become pure or clean L
≫ pavītṛ
pavītṛ́ m.= pavitṛ RV
≫ pavyā
pávyā f. purification RV
• = paví, the tire of a wheel (?) ib
pávaru m. a species of pot-herb L. (v. l. pararu)
pavaṣṭurika m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi (not in Kāś.)
pavásta n. (apa and √vas?) a cover or garment (?) AV. iv, 7, 6
• du. heaven and earth RV. x, 27, 7
pavāru ○ruka, v. l. for parāru, ○ruka
paví m. (perh. orig. 'brightness, sheen'
• cf. pāvaka and Uṇ. iv, 138 Sch.) the tire of a wheel (esp. a golden tire on the chariot of the Aśvins and Maruts) RV. AitĀr
• the metallic point of a spear or arrow ib
• the iron band on a Soma-stone ib
• an arrow Nir. xii, 30
• a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20
• speech ib. i, 11 fire L
⋙ pavimat
○mat mfn. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pavīnasa
pavī-nasá m. 'having a nose like a spear-head', N. of a demon AV
≫ pavīra
pavīra n. (fr. pāvii), a weapon with a metallic point, a lance, spear Nir. xii, 30
⋙ pavīravat
pávīra-vat (RV. VS.) or (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad
⋙ pavīravat
pavīrá-vat (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad
• = next mfn
≫ pavīrava
pávīrava mfn. having a metallic share (as a plough) TS
• m. a thunderbolt RV
≫ pavīru
pávīru m. N. of a man RV
pavinda m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi (f. ā, kāś.)
paś 1
paś only Pres. P. Ā. páśyati, ○te (cf. √dṛś and Pāṇ. 7-3, 78), to see (with na 'to be blind'), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice RV. &c. &c
• to be a spectator, look on (esp. p., e.g. tasya paśyataḥ, while he looks on, before his eyes Mn
paśyantī tiṣṭhati, she stands ind looks on Śak.)
• to see a person (either 'visit' or 'receive as a visitor') MBh. R. &c
• to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur Mn. MBh. &c
• to learn, find out ib
• to regard or consider as, take for (acc. with acc. or adv. in vat) ib
• to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites &c.) RV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
• (also with sādhu) to have insight or discernment Mn. MBh. &c
• to consider, think over, examine ib
• to foresee ib
• (paśyāmi, 'I See or l am convinced', and paśya, ○śyata, 'see, behold, look here!' often employed parenthetically or interjectionally MBh. Kāv. &c.) [Orig. identical with √spaś, q.v.]
≫ paś 2
páś f. (only instr. pl. paḍbhís), sight or eye RV. iv, 2, 12
≫ paśu 1
paśu ind. see, behold! L
≫ paśya
paśya mf(ā)n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 137)
≫ paśyat
paśyat mf(antī)n. seeing, beholding &c
• (antī), f. a harlot L
• N. of a partic. sound L
⋙ paśyatohara
paśyatohara mfn. stealing before a person's eyes Pāṇ. 6-3, 21 Vārtt. 1 Pat
≫ paśyata
paśyata mfn. visible, conspicuous AV
≫ paśyanā
paśyanā f. See a-paśyanā
paś 3
paś cl. 10. P. pāśayati, to fasten, bind Dhātup. xxxiii, 45. [Cf. paṣ and pas ; Zd. pas ; Lat. pac-iscor, pax ; Goth. fahan ; Angl. Sax. fân.]
≫ paśavya
paśavyá mfn. (fr. paśú) belonging or relating to cattle, fit or suitable for cattle TS. Br. Up. Yājñ. MBh
• (with kāma), m. sexual love or intercourse BhP
• n. a herd or drove of cattle RV
⋙ paśavyātama
○tama (○vyá-), mfn. most fit or suitable for cattle TS
⋙ paśavyāvāhana
○vā́hana mfn. = purīṣa-v○ ŚBr
≫ paśu 2
paśu or m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva
⋙ paśu
páśu m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva
• dat. páśve or paśáve
• gen. paśvás or ○śos
• du. paśvā́
• acc. pl. paśvás or ○śū́n) cattle, kine (orig. any tethered animal'
• singly or collect. 'a herd'), a domestic or sacrificial animal (as opp. to mṛga, 'wild animal ; 5 kinds are enumerated, 'men, kine, horses, goats and sheep' [AV. xi, 2, 9 &c.], to which are sometimes added mules arid asses [MBh. vi, 155 &c.] or camels and dogs [AV. iii, 10, 6 Comm.]) RV. &c. &c. [Page 611, Column 3]
• any animal or brute or beast (also applied contemptuously to a man
• cf. nara-p○ and nṛ-p○)
• a mere animal in sacred things i.e. an uninitiated person Cat
• an animal sacrifice AitĀr. BhP
• flesh RV. i, 166 6 an, ass L
• a goat L
• a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers L
• (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) the individual soul as distinct from the divine Soul of the universe RTL. 89
• Ficus Glomerata L
• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. patti)
• n. cattle (only as acc.) before manyate [VS. xxiii, 30] and manyamāna [RV. iii, 53, 23] ; and pl. paśūni R. Kathās.) [Cf. Zd. pasu ; Lit. pecu ; Old Pruss. pecku ; Goth. faíhu ; Germ. fihu, vihe, Vieh ; Angl. Sax. feoh ; Eng. fee.] -karman n. the act of offering the victim, sacrifice ŚrS
• copulation (as a merely animal act) ŚBr. Sch
⋙ paśukalpa
○kalpa m. the ritual of animal sacrifice ĀśvGṛ
-paddhati f. N. of wk
⋙ paśukāma
○kāma (○śú-), mfn. desirous of possessing cattle TS. Br
⋙ paśukḷpti
○kḷpti f. = -kalpa TBr. Sch
⋙ paśukriyā
○kriyā f. = -karman, Hariv' L
⋙ paśugaṇa
○gaṇa m. a group of sacrificial animal, ŚrS,
⋙ paśugāyatrī
○gāyatrī f. a parody of the sacred Gāyatri whispered into the ear of a sacrificial animal L. (paśu-pāśāya vidmahe śiraś-chedāya dhīmahi tan naḥ paśuḥ pracodayāt
RV. iii, 62, 10)
⋙ paśughāta
○ghāta m. slaughter of cattle Mṛicch
⋙ paśughna
○ghna mfn. slaughtering cattle Mn. v, 38 (cf. -han)
-tva n. RāmatUp
⋙ paśucaryā
○caryā f. acting like animals, copulation BhP
⋙ paśucit
○cít mfn. piled with animals (as a sacrificial fire) TS
⋙ paśujanana
○jánana mfn. producing cattle MaitrS
⋙ paśujāta
○jāta n. a species of animal MānGṛ
○tīya mfn. pertaining to, the animal kingdom MW
⋙ paśutantra
○tantra n. = -kalpa ŚrS
⋙ paśutas
○tas ind. = abl. of paśu, cattle ṢaḍvBr
⋙ paśutā
○tā f. the state of an animal (esp. of a sacrificial animal)
• bestiality, brutality Mn. MBh. Kāv
⋙ paśutṛp
○tṛ́p mfn. gratifying one's self with cattle i.e. stealing cattle RV
⋙ paśutva
○tva n. = -tā R. Prab. Rājat
• (with Māheśvaras and Pāsupatas) the being the individual soul
⋙ paśuda
○da mfn. granting cattle L
• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh
⋙ paśudā
○dā or mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś
⋙ paśudāvan
○dāvan mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś
⋙ paśudevata
○devata mf(ā)n. invoking cṭcattle as a deity (said of a formula or ceremony), ĀśVGṛ
⋙ paśudevatā
○devatā f. the deity to whom the victim is offered ŚrS
⋙ paśudharma
○dharma m. the law of animals, manner of beasts (said of the re-marriage of widows) Mn. ix, 66
• copulation L
• the treatment of animals, manner in which animals are treated Pañc. 185/186 (○meṇa vyāpādayāmi)
⋙ paśudharman
○dharman m. the manner in which the animals sacrifice is performed ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paśudhānyadhanarddhimat
○dhānya-dhanarddhi-mat (r for ), mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money R
⋙ paśunātha
○nātha m. 'lord of cattle', N. of Śiva L. (cf. -patī)
⋙ paśupa
○pa mfn. guarding or keeping cṭcattle
• m. a herdsman MBh. Var
⋙ paśupakṣīya
○pakṣīya n. N. of wk
⋙ paśupati
○páti m. 'lord of animals' (or 'lṭlord of a servant named Paśu' or 'lord of the soul' RTL. 89), N. of the later Rudra-Śiva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c
• of Agni' TS. ŚBr
• of Śiva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere paśu or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura)
• of a lexicographer
• of a Scholiast &c
-dhara m. N. of a poet Cat
-nagara n. 'Śiva's town', N. of Kāśī or Benares ib
-nātha m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W
-purāṇa n. (prob.) = ŚivaP
-śarman m. N. of a man Cat
-śāsṭra n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva Col
○tī7śvara-nāhātmya and ○ty-askṭaka n. N. of wks
⋙ paśupalvala
○palvala n. Cyperus Rotundus L
⋙ paśupā
○pā́ m. a keeper of herds, herdsman RV
• N. of Pūshan ib
• du. N. of Pūshan and Revati TBr
⋙ paśupāla
○pāla m. = -pa Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat', ind. like a herdsman)
• (pl.) N. of a people to the north-east of Madhya-deśa R. Var
• of a king (or perhaps king of the Paśu-pālas) Pur
• n. the country or kingdom of the Paśu-pālas Pur
⋙ paśupālaka
○pālaka m. a herdsman
• (ikā), f. a herdsman wife Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Pat
⋙ paśupālana
○pālana n. the tending or rearing of cattle (the duty of a Vaitya) Vishṇ
⋙ paśupālya
○pālya n. id' MW
⋙ paśupāśa
○pāśa m. the cord with which the victim is bound L
• the chains which fetter the individual soul, the world of sense Prab
⋙ paśupāśaka
○pāśaka m. a kind of coitus L
⋙ paśupuroḍāśa
○puroḍāśá m. the cake offered at an animal sacrifice ŚBr. ŚrS
-mimaṃsā f. N. of wk
⋙ paśupratiprasthātṛprayoga
○pratiprasthātṛ-prayoga m
⋙ paśuprayoga
○prayoga m
⋙ paśupraśna
○praśna m
⋙ paśuprāyaścitta
○prāyaścitta n. N. of wks
⋙ paśupreraṇa
○prêraṇa n. the driving of cattle L
⋙ paśubaneha
○banéhá m. an animal sacrifice AV. &c. &c. [Page 612, Column 1] Contents of this page
• N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr N. of wk
-kārikā f. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -prayoga-paddhati f. N. of wks
-yājin mfn. offering an animal sacrifice ŚBr
paśu--yūpá m. the post to which the victim is bound ib
⋙ paśubandhaka
○bandhaka m. a rope for tethering cattle L
⋙ paśubali
○bali m. N. of wk
⋙ paśubhartṛ
○bhartṛ m. -naltha MBh
⋙ paśubheda
○bheda m. a class or species of animal MW
⋙ paśumat
○mát mfn. connected with or relating to cattle or animals, rich in cattle or animal RV. &c. &c
• connected with animal sacrifices TāṇḍBr
• containing the word paśu AitBr
• m. an owner of herds or cattle MBh
• n. possession of cattle RV
⋙ paśumata
○mata n. erroneous or false doctrine Hariv
⋙ paśumāra
○māra m. the manner of slaughtering cṭcattle MBh., (am and eṇa), ind. according to the manner of slaughtering ib
⋙ paśumāraka
○māraka mfn. attended with the sacrifice of animals BhP
⋙ paśumedha
○medha m
⋙ paśumaitrāvaruṇaprayoga
○maitrāvaruṇa-prayoga m. N. of wks
⋙ paśumohanikā
○mohanikā f. 'animals stupefier', a species of plant L
⋙ paśuyajña
○yajña (VP.),
⋙ paśuyāga
○yāga (W.), m. an animals sacrifice
⋙ paśuyājin
○yājín mfn. offering ati anṭanimals sacrifice MaitrS
⋙ paśuyūka
○yūka m. a louse which infests cattle Gal
⋙ paśurakṣaṇa
○rakṣaṇa n. the tending of cṭcattle W
⋙ paśurakṣi
○rákṣi (RV.),
⋙ paśurakṣin
○rakṣin (Mn.), m. a herdsman
⋙ paśurajju
○rajju f. = -bandhaka L
⋙ paśurāja
○rāja m. 'king of beasts', a lion L
⋙ paśurūpa
○rūpá n. anything representing the sacrificial animal ŚBr
⋙ paśuvat
○vat ind. like an animals Kap
• as in an animals Gaut
• as in an animals sacrifice KātySr
⋙ paśuvardhana
○várdhana mfn. increasing cattle RV. ix, 94, 1 (wṛ. for paśur v○?)
⋙ paśuvid
○víd mfn. providing cattle AV
⋙ paśuvīrya
○vīrya n. the strength or power belonging to c, TāndBr
⋙ paśuvedi
○vedi f. the Vedi at the animal sacrifice KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paśuvrata
○vrata (paśú-), mfn. acting or behaving like cattle MaitrS
• the duty to serve as sacrificial victim, Jātakam
⋙ paśuśiras
○śiras (L.),
⋙ paśuśīrṣa
○śīrṣá (TS. &c.), n. the head, of an animal
⋙ paśuśrapaṇa
○śrapaṇá n. cooking a sacrṭsacrificial an' ŚBr
• (-śrápaṇa, cattle. agni)' m. the fire on which the flesh of a sacrṭsacrificial animals is cooked ib
⋙ paśuśrautasūtra
○śrauta-sūtra n. N. of wk
⋙ paśuṣā
○ṣ˘ā́ mfn. (dat. ṣé) bestowing cattle RV
⋙ paśuṣad
○ṣad (Hir.),
⋙ paśuṣṭha
○ṣṭha (TāṇḍBr.), mfn. being or dwelling (lit. sitting and standing) in cattle
⋙ paśusakha
○sakha m. 'friend of cattle', N. of a Śūdra MBh
⋙ paśusani
○sáni mfn. = -ṣa VS
⋙ paśusamāmnāya
○samāmnāya m. 'enumeration of sacrificial animals', N. of VS. xxix, 48
○yika mfn. mentioned in this ch. Nir
⋙ paśusambhava
○sambhava mfn. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter &c.) Mn. viii, 329
⋙ paśusādhana
○sā́dhana mf(ī)n. leading or guiding cattle RV
⋙ paśusūtra
○sūtra n. N. of wk
⋙ paśusoma
○soma m. pl. the animal and Soma sacrifices Mn. xi, 27
⋙ paśustoma
○stoma m. N. of the Pañcadaśa-stoma TāṇḍBr
⋙ paśuhan
○han mf(ghnī)n. killing cattle ( See a-p○) AV
⋙ paśuharītakī
○harītakī f. the fruit of Spondias Mangifera L
⋙ paśuhavya
○havya n. an animal sacrifice Mn. iv, 28
⋙ paśuhautra
○hautra n. the office of the Hotṛi at an animals sacrifice, N. of wk
-prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ paśūkhā
paśū7khā f. the pot in which the sacred anṭanimals is cooked or roasted KātyŚr
⋙ paśūdbhavā
paśū7dbhavā f. = paśu-yulka Gal
≫ paśuka
paśuka = paśu in eka-
• (ā), f. any small animal R
≫ paśūkṛ
paśū-√kṛ to transform into an animal (esp. into a sacrificial victim) Mṛicch. Kathās
≫ paśv
paśv in comp. for paśu before vowels
⋙ paśvaṅga
○aṅga n. a limb or part of a sacrificial animal, anything belonging to it MānGṛ
-tā f. Nyāyam
⋙ paśvayana
○ayaná n. a festival attended with anṭanimal sacrifices ŚBr
⋙ paśvayantra
○áyantra (?) RV. iv, 1, 14
⋙ paśvavadāna
○avadāna n. sacrifice or offering of animals W
⋙ paśvācāra
○ācāra m. N. of a partic. form of the worship of Devii L
⋙ paśvijyā
○ijyā f. animal sacrifice KātyŚr
⋙ paśviḍā
○iḍā f. the Iḍā (s.v.) part at the anṭanimal sacrifice L
⋙ paśviṣ
○íṣ mfn. wishing for cattle RV. (cf. gav-iṣ and paśva-iṣṭi)
⋙ paśviṣṭakā
○iṣṭakā́ f. a brick in the shape of an animal ŚBr
⋙ paśviṣṭi
○iṣṭi f. an Ishṭi (q.v.) performed at an animal sacrifice ĀpŚr
⋙ paśvekādaśinī
○ékādaśinī f. an aggregate of 11 sacrificial animals ŚBr
≫ paśvaiṣṭi
páśva-iṣṭi mfn. (fr. acc. paśvas + i○ wishing for herds RV
paśca mfn. hinder, later, western, only ibc. or ind. = paścā, ○cāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33. [Cf. uc-ca, nī-ca ; Lat. pos-t, pos-terus ; Lith. paskui, paskutínis.]
⋙ paścānutāpa
paścânutāpa m. repentance, regret Hariv
⋙ paśānupūrvī
paśânupūrvī f. a repeated or recurring series L
⋙ paścāpin
paścâpin m. a servant TāṇḍBr. Sch. (W. r. for ○câyin?)
⋙ paścārdha
paścârdhá m. the hinder side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh
• (e. ind. with gen. 'behind') Śak
• the west side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS
○dhyá mfn. being on the west side ŚBr
≫ paścā
paścā ind. (instr. of paśca) behind, after, later, westward, in the west (opp. to purā) RV. AV. Br. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 33)
⋙ paścāja
○já mfn. born later MaitrS. Kāṭh
⋙ paścādoṣa
○doṣá m. the later part of the evening VS. [Page 612, Column 2]
⋙ paścāsomapa
○somapa mfn. drinking the Soma later or afterwards Kāṭh
○pītha m. the act of drinking &c. ib
≫ paścāc
paścāc in comp. for ○cāt
⋙ paścāccara
○cará mfn. coming or approaching behind MaitrS. Kāṭh
⋙ paścācchramaṇa
○chramaṇa (for śr○), m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity L
≫ paścāt
paścā́t ind. (abl. of paśca) from behind, behind, in the rear, backwards RV. &c. &c
• from or in the west, westwards AV. &c. &c
• afterwards, hereafter, later, at last (pleonast. after tatas or an ind. p
• with √tap, to feel pain after, regret, repent) Mn. MBh. &c
• (as a prep. with abl. or gen.) after, behind ib
• to the west Up. GṛŚrS
⋙ paścātkarṇam
○karṇám ind. behind the ear ŚBr
⋙ paścātkāla
○kāla m. subsequent time
• (e), ind. subsequently, afterwards L
⋙ paścātkṛta
○kṛta mfn. left behind, surpassed Ragh. Kum
⋙ paścāttara
○tara mfn. following after (abl.) ĀśvŚr
⋙ paścāttāpa
○tāpa m. 'after-pain', sorrow, regret, repentance (○paṃ-√kri, to feel regret, repent) MBh. Kāv
• (in dram.) repentance at something rejected or omitted from want of judgment Sāh
-samanvita (R.), .-hata (Hit.), mfn. smitten by repentance, regretful
○pin mfn. feeling repentance, regretting (with a priv.) Yājñ
⋙ paścāttiryakpramāṇa
○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the hinder breadth KātySr. Sch
⋙ paścātpariveṣya
○pariveṣya n. second dish, dessert Bhpr
⋙ paścātpādadviguṇa
○pāda-dviguṇa mfn. (a skin) doubled or folded double by bending) the hind-foot (inwards) KātyŚr
⋙ paścātpuroḍāśa
○puroḍāśa (○cat-), mfn. followed or accompanied by the sacrificial cake MaitrS
⋙ paścātpuromāruta
○puro-māruta m. du. east and west wind Ragh
⋙ paścātsad
○sád mfn. sitting behind or towards the west VS
≫ paścātāt
paścā́-tāt ind. from behind RV
≫ paścād
paścād in comp. for ○cāt
⋙ paścādakṣam
○akṣám ind. behind the axle tree Br. KātyŚr
⋙ paścādanvavasāyin
○anvavasāyín mfn. following after i.e. adhering to, dependent upon (dat.) TS
⋙ paścādapavarga
○apavarga mfn. closed or completed behind KātyŚr
⋙ paścādahas
○ahas ind. in the afternoon MBh
⋙ paścādukti
○ukti f. repeated mention, repetition Vop
⋙ paścādghāṭa
○ghāṭa m. the neck Car
⋙ paścāddaghvan
○daghván mfn. staying behind, falling short of. MaitrS
⋙ paścāddvārika
○dvārika mfn. favourable to a warlike expedition in the west L
⋙ paścādbaddhapuruṣa
○baddha-puruṣa m. (Śak. vi, 0/1) or (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind
⋙ paścādbāhubaddha
○bāhu-baddha (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind
⋙ paścādbhāga
○bhāga m. hind-part L
• west side Var
• mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the afternoon ib
⋙ paścādvartin
○vartin mfn. remaining behind, following after MW
⋙ paścādvāta
○vātá m. a wind from behind, a west wind TS
≫ paścān
paścān in comp. for ○cāt
⋙ paścānnata
○nata mfn. sunk or depressed behind MW
⋙ paścānmāruta
○māruta m. a wind blowing from behind (opp. to puro-m○) Ragh
⋙ paścānmukhāśrita
○mukhâśrita mfn. turned westwards R
≫ paścāl
paścāl in comp. for ○cāt
⋙ paścālloka
○loka mf(ā)n. having the world or men behind TS
≫ paścāl
paścāl mf(ā)n. being behind, hinder, later, last, final (f. ā, with kriyā, the last rite i.e. burying the dead
• with sâṃdhyā, the latter i.e. the evening twilight
• with velā, evening time, close of day
• with avasthā, last state i.e. verging on death) i GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
• west, western, westerly (ā f. with or sc. diś, the west) Mn. Kāv. &c
• (e), ind. ii, the west Var
• (ena), ind. id. ib
• west of (with acc.) Lāṭy
⋙ paścāljana
○jana m. Pāṇ. the people in the west Var
⋙ paścāltantra
○tantra n. N. of a Tantra
⋙ paścāltas
○tas ind. from behind MBh
⋙ paścāltāna
○tāna (sc. āsana), n. a partic. manner of sitting Cat
⋙ paścāldakṣiṇa
○dakṣiṇa mfn. south-westerly Hcat
⋙ paścāldarśana
○darśana n. a last look (○naṃ-√dṛś, to take one's last look) R. Daś. -
⋙ paścāldikpati
○dik-pati m. regent of the western region', N. of Varuṇa Gal
⋙ paścāldeśa
○deśa m. N. of a district Romakas
⋙ paścāldvāra
○dvāra or mfn. = paścāddvārika L
⋙ paścāldvārika
○dvārika mfn. = paścāddvārika L
⋙ paścālbhāga
○bhāga m. the west side Var
⋙ paścālraṅga
○raṅga (cf. pūrva-r○) in -nātha-stotra n. -māhātmya n. -rāja-stava m. N. of wks
⋙ paścimācala
paścimâcala m. the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set
• opp. to pūrvâc○), Vāsav
⋙ paścimānupāka
paścimânupāka m. N. of a prince MBh
⋙ paścimābhimukha
paścimâbhimukha mfn. directed towards the west MW
⋙ paścimāmbudhi
paścimâmbudhi m. the western sea Daś
⋙ paścimārdha
paścimârdha m. or n. hind-part or latter half. Var
⋙ paścimāśāpati
paścimâśā-pati m. = ○ma-dik-p○ Hcat
⋙ paścimetara
paścimêtara mfn. 'opposite of west', eastern Kād.'
⋙ paścimottara
paścimôttara mf(ā)n. northwestern (○re, ○ratas and ○rasyām [sc. diśi], in the north-west) Var. Hcat
dik-pati m. 'regent of the north-wṭwest', N. of the god of wind L
-pūrva mfn. (pl.) western, northern, or eastern Mn. v, 92. [Page 612, Column 3]
paśya ○śyat &c. See 1. paś
paṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. paṣati, ○te (v. l. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)
• cl, 10. P. paṣayati, to bind, to hinder, to touch, to go (xxxv, 10)
pāṣayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)
paṣṭha-váh m. (fr. paṣṭha = pṛṣṭha [?] + √vah
• nom. ○vā́ṭ Vṣ. or vā́t ṭṣ) a bull four years old
• N. of an Aṅgirasa, TaṇḍBr
• (pasṭhauhī́), f: a heifer four years old, any young cow VS. Br. ŚrS
pas cl. 1. P. Ā. pasati, ○te (vḷ. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)
• cl. 10. P. pāsayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)
pásas n. the membrum virile, A.V. ŚBr. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ? for ? ; Lat. pe1nis for pesnis ; Lit. pisá, písti.]
pastyá n. (fr. pas and tya [?]
• cf. paś-ca), a stall, stable (as the back-building? but cf. also Lat. postis) RV
• (ā́), f. See below
⋙ pastyasad
○sád m. a member of a family RV
≫ pastyā
pastyā́ f. homestead, dwelling, household (also pl.) RV
• du. the 2 halves of the Soma-press ib. x, 96, 10
• sg. the goddess of domestic affairs ib. iv, 55, 3 ; viii, 27, 5
⋙ pastyāvat
○vat (○tya), mfn. having (i.e. being kept in) a stall RV. ix, 97, 18
• having a fixed habitation (m. a wealthy man), i, 151, 2
• forming or offering a fixed habitation, ii, 11, 16 ; iv, 54, 5
• belonging to the Soma-press, viii, 7, 29
paspaśa m. (√spaś) an introduction, preface, any introductory matter explanatory of the plan of a book Śiś. ii, 112 Sch
• (ā), f. N. of the introduction of the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañ-jali
• mfn. = niḥ-sāra Kpr. Sch
pahāḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi (cf. pāhâḍikā)
pahlava m. pl. N. of a people (the Parthians or Persians) Mn. x, 44 MBh. &c. (also spelt pahnava ; in the VP. they are said to be a degraded Kshatriya race conquered by Sagara and sentenced to wear beards)
pahlikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L
pā 1
cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xxii, 27) píbati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. ○te ; rarely pipati, ○te Kāṭh. Br.), cl. 2. pāti, pāthás, pānti RV. AV. ; p. Ā. papāná RV., pípāna AV. (pf. P. papaú, 2. sg. papātha RV. ;papitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 64 Sch. ;papīyāt RV. ; p. papivás AV. ; Ā. pape, papire RV. ; p. papāná ib. ; aor. or impf. apāt RV. [Pāṇ. 2-4, 77] ; 3. pl. apuḥ [?] RV. i, 164, 7 ;-pāsta AV. xii, 3, 43 ; Prec. 3. sg. peyās RV. ; fut. pāsyati, ○te Br. &c. ;pātā Gr. ; ind. p. pītvā́ RV. &c. &c., ○tvii RV. ;-pāya AV. &c. &c. ;pītyā́ MBh. ;pāyam Kāvyâd. ; inf. píbadhyai RV. ;pātum MBh. &c. ;pā́tave AV. Br. ;pā́tavaī́ RV.), to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c
• (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes, ears &c.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• to drink up, exhaust, absorb BhP. Pañc
• to drink intoxicating liquors Buddh.: Pass. pīyáte AV. &c. &c.: Caus. pāyayati, ○te (pf. pāyayām āsā MBh
• aor. apīpyat Pāṇ. 7-4, 4
• ind. p. pāyayitvā MBh
• inf. pā́yayitavaí ŚBr.), to cause to drink, give to drink, water (horses or cattle) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. pipāsati (RV. also pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst ib.: Desid, of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink Kāṭh.: Intens. pepīyate (p. ○yamāna also with pass meaning), to drink greedily or repeatedly Up. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ?-?-?
• Aeol. ?-? = ? ; Lat. pā-tus, po1tum, bibo for pi-bo ; Slav. pi-ja, pi-ti]
≫ pā 2
mfn. drinking, quaffing &c. (cf. agre-, ṛtu-, madhu-, soma- &c. )
≫ pātavya 1
pātavya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Mn. MBh. &c
≫ pātṛ 1
pātṛ́ (with gen
pā́tṛ with acc
• unaccented with gen. or ifc.), one who drinks, a drinker RV. &c. &c
≫ pātra
pā́tra n. (ifc. f. ā) a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, dish, pot, plate, utensil &c., any vessel or receptacle RV. &c. &c
• a meal (as placed on a dish) TS. AitBr
• the channel of a river R. Kād. [Page 613, Column 1] Contents of this page
• (met.) a capable or competent person, an adept in, master of (gen.), any one worthy of or fit for or abounding in (gen., loc., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• an actor or an actor's part or character in a play Kālid. Sāh
• a leaf L. (cf. pattra)
• propriety, fitness W
• an order, command ib
• m. or n. a measure of capacity (= 1 Āḍhaka) AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
• a king's counsellor or minister Rājat. Pañcar
• (ī), f. See 1. pātrī
⋙ pātrakaṭaka
○kaṭaka m. or n. the ring on which an alms-bowl is suspended L
⋙ pātraṭira
○ṭira (?), m. (only L.) an ex-minister (W. 'an able or competent minister')
• a metal vessel
• mucus running from the nose
• rust of iron
• fire
• a heron
• a crow
⋙ pātratara
○tara mfn. worthier than (abl.) Hariv
⋙ pātratā
○tā f. the being a vessel or receptacle for (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. (with śītôṣṇayoh, endurance of heat and cold Subh.)
• -next Yājñ. Hit
⋙ pātratva
○tva n. capacity, worthiness, dignity, honour Hit
⋙ pātradhāraṇa
○dhāraṇa n. keeping a superfluous almsbowl longer than is permitted, Buddh'
⋙ pātranirnega
○nirnegá m. a washer or cleaner of vessel TBr
⋙ pātraparīṣṭi
○parī7ṣṭi f. untimely effort to obtain a new alms-bowl Buddh
⋙ pātrapāka
○pāka wṛ. for pattra-p○
⋙ pātrapāṇi
○pāṇi m. cuphanded', N. of a demon inimical to children PārGṛ
⋙ pātrapāla
○pāla m. 'vessel-guiding', a large paddle used as a rudder L
⋙ pātrabhūta
○bhūta mfn. 'become a recipient', worthy of receiving from (gen.) MBh
• one who receives respectful treatment from (gen.) Hariv
⋙ pātrabhṛt
○bhṛt m. 'taking care of utensils', a servant W
⋙ pātrabheda
○bheda m. breaking a drinking-vessel or cup MW
⋙ pātramelana
○melana n. the bringing together of the characters of a play ib
⋙ pātrayojana
○yojana n. arrangement of vessels KātyŚr
⋙ pātravandana
○vandana n. 'adoration of vṭvessels', N. of wk
⋙ pātravarga
○varga m. a company of actors MW
⋙ pātraśuddhi
○śuddhi f. cleaning of vessels', N. of wk
⋙ pātraśeṣa
○śeṣa m. scraps of food, Divvâv
⋙ pātrasaṃskāra
○saṃskāra m. the cleaning of a vessel or dish L
• the current of a river L
⋙ pātrasaṃcāra
○saṃcāra m. the handing round of vessels or dishes at a meal MBh
⋙ pātrastha
○stha mfn. being in a receptacle or dish MW
⋙ pātrahasta
○hasta (pā́○), mf(ā)n. holding any vessel in the hand AV. Śak
⋙ pātrārtha
pātrârtha m. any object serving as a vṭvessel
pāṇibhyām "ṣrthaṃ-√kri, to use the hands as a vṭvessel SāmavBr
⋙ pātrāvaleham
pātrâvaleham ind. licking a vessel or dish Buddh
⋙ pātropakaraṇa
pātrôpakaraṇa n. ornaments of a secondary kind (as bells, chowries &c.) KālP
≫ pātraka
pātraka n. a vessel, bowl, dish ( See ku- and carvita-)
• (ikā), f. a cup, an alms-bowl or almsdish BhP
≫ pātraya
pātraya Nom.P. ○yati, to use as a drinking vessel Bhartṛ
≫ pātrasātkṛ
pātrasāt-√kṛ to make a worthy person possessed of anything Ragh
≫ pātrika
pātrika mf(ī)n. measured or sown or filled by means of any vessel or with the measure Pātra, containing or possessing it &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 46 &c. Sch
• fit, adequate, appropriate W
• n. a vessel, cup, dish (in ku- MBh. xii, 8327
• B. -pātraka)
≫ pātrin
pātrin mfn. possessing a drinking-vessel or a dish Mn. vi, 52
• having fit or worthy persons W
≫ pātriya
pā́triya mfn. worthy to partake of a meal TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 68)
≫ pātrī 1
pātrī f. (of pātra) a vessel, plate, dish, pot Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
• a small or portable furnace W
• N. of Durgā MBh
⋙ pātrītas
○tas ind. -abl. of patrī ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pātrīnirṇejana
○nirṇéjana n. water for rinsing a vessel ŚBr
≫ pātrī 2
pātrī ind. in comp. for tra-√kṛ, to make anything a recipient or object of (gin.) Megh.' Bālar
• to dignify, promote to honour (pp. -krita), Kalid
⋙ pātrībhū
○√bhū to become a fitting recipient or worthy object (pp. -bhūta) MBh
≫ pātrīṇa
pātrīṇa mf(ā)n. measured or sown or filled &c. by means of a Pātra Pāṇ. 5-1, 53
• cf. pātrika
≫ pātrīya
pātrīya n. and a kind of sacrificial vessel L
⋙ pātrīva
pātrīva mṇ. a kind of sacrificial vessel L
≫ pātre
pātre loc. of pātra, in comp
⋙ pātrebahula
○bahula mfn. (pl.) frequently present at meals, parasitical, g. pātre-samistâdi and yuktârohâdi
⋙ pātresamita
○samita mfn. (pl.) id. ib
• sg. a treacherous or hypocritical person L
≫ pātrya
pātrya mfn. = pātriya L
≫ pāna 1
pā́na n. drinking (esp. drinking spirituous liquors), draught RV. (only ifc.) AV. &c. &c
• drinking the saliva i.e. kissing, Kāv' (cf. adhara-)
• a drink, beverage ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
• a drinking-vessel, cup L
• a canal L
• m. a distiller or vender of spirituous liquors' an inn-keeper L
⋙ pānakumbha
○kumbha m. a drinking-vessel Hariv
⋙ pānagoṣṭhikā
○goṣṭhikā or f. a drinking-party
⋙ pānagoṣṭhī
○goṣṭhī f. a drinking-party
• a tavern L
⋙ pānaña
○ña mfn. caused by drinking Suśr. [Page 613, Column 2]
⋙ pānadoṣa
○doṣa m. the vice of drinking, drunkenness Daś
⋙ pānapa
○pa mfn. drinking spirituous liquors MBh
⋙ pānapara
○para mfn. addicted to drinking W
⋙ pānapātra
○pātra n. a drinking-vessel, cup, goblet Kām. Kāv. Pur
⋙ pānaprasakta
○prasakta mfn. = -para
-hṛdaya mfn. VarBṛS
⋙ pānabhājana
○bhājana (L.),
⋙ pānabhāṇḍa
○bhāṇḍa (MBh.), n. id
⋙ pānabhū
○bhū (Kathās.),
⋙ pānabhūmī
○bhūm˘ī (Hariv. Kāv.), f. a dṭdrinking-place, refrehment-room
⋙ pānabhojana
○bhojana n. eating and dṭdrinking Mālav
⋙ pānamaṅgala
○maṅgala n. a drinking-party, dṭdrinking-bout Kathās
⋙ pānamatta
○matta mfn. intoxicated ib
⋙ pānamada
○mada m. intoxication ib
⋙ pānarata
○rata mfn. = -para W
⋙ pānavaṇij
○vaṇij m. a vender of spirits, a distiller L
⋙ pānavat
○vat mfn. abounding in drink, rich in beverages ChUp
⋙ pānavibhrama
○vibhrama m. 'drink-giddiness', intoxication Cat
⋙ pānaśauṇḍa
○śauṇḍa mfn. = -para Pāṇ. 6-2, 2 Sch
⋙ pānasindhu
○sindhu -saindhava ib., vii, 3, 119 Sch
⋙ pānāgāra
pānâgāra m. or n. a drinking-house, tavern MBh
⋙ pānāghāta
pānâghāta m. 'drink-stroke', morbid state after drinking Gal
⋙ pānājīśṇaka
pānâjīśṇaka n. 'indigestion from dṭdrinking', id. ib
⋙ pānātyaya
pānâtyaya m. 'end of drinking', id. Suśr
≫ pānaka
pānaka m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a draught, drink, beverage, potion MBh. Kathās. Suśr
⋙ pānakarasarāgāsavayojana
○rasa-rāgâsava-yojana n. sg. (BhP. Sch.), or pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts
⋙ pānakarasāsavarāgayojana
○rasâsavarāga-yojana n. pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts
≫ pānika
pānika m. a vender of spirituous liquors R
≫ pānila
pānila n. a drinking-vessel L
≫ pānīya
pānīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Suśr
• n. a beverage, drink ib. Pañc
• water Mn. MBh. &c. (cfṆir.i, 16)
⋙ pānīyakākikā
○kākikā f. 'sea-crow', the cormorant Uṇ. i, 7 Sch
⋙ pānīyakumārarasa
○kumāra-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar
⋙ pānīyagocara
○gocara See dūre-pānīya-gocara
⋙ pānīyacūrṇikā
○cūrṇikā f. water-dust', sand L
⋙ pānīyataṇḍulīya
○taṇḍulīya n: a partic. herb Bhpr
⋙ pānīyadūṣaka
○dūṣaka mf(ikā)n. soiling or troubling water R
⋙ pānīyanakula
○nakula m. 'water-ichneumon', an otter L
⋙ pānīyapala
○pala n. a partic. measure of time (= pala) Gaṇit. Sch
⋙ pānīyapṛṣṭhaja
○pṛṣṭha-ja m. 'wṭwater-surface-born', Pistia Stratiotes L
⋙ pānīyaphala
○phala n. 'water-fruit', the seed of Euryala Ferox Bhpr
⋙ pānīyamūlaka
○mūlaka n. 'water-√', Vernonia Anthelmintica
⋙ pānīyavarṇikā
○varṇikā f. sand L. (prob. wṛ. for -cūrṇikā)
⋙ pānīyavarṣa
○varṣa m. rain Hit
⋙ pānīyavārika
○vārika m. the attendant of a convent who has the care of drinking-water Buddh
⋙ pānīyaśālā
○śālā or f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L
⋙ pānīyasālikā
○sālikā f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L
⋙ pānīyaśīta
○śīta mfn. too cold to drink L
⋙ pānīyādhyakṣa
pānīyâdhyakṣa m. a water superintendent R. Sch
⋙ pānīyāmalaka
pānīyâmalaka n. Flacourtia Cataphracta L
⋙ pānīyārtham
pānīyârtham ind. for the sake of water Nal
⋙ pānīyālu
pānīyâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L
⋙ pānīyāśrā
pānīyâśrā f. Eleusine Indica L
≫ pānta
pā́nta m. a drink, beverage (?) RV. (= pānīya Nir. vii, 25)
≫ pāvan 1
pāvan mfn. drinking (only ifc
• cf. asṛk-, gharma-, ghṛta- &c.)
pā 3
cl. 2. P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 48) pā́ti (Impv. pāhí
• pr. p. P. pā́t Ā. pāná RV
• pf. papau Gr
• aor. apāsīt Rājat., Subj. pāsati RV
• fut. pāsyati, pātā Gr
• Prec. pāyāt Pāṇ. 6-4, 68 Sch
• inf. pātum MBh.), to watch, keep, preserve
• to protect from, defend against (abl.) RV. &c. &c
• to protect (a country) i.e. rule, govern Rājat
• to observe, notice, attend to, follow RV. AitBr.: Caus. pālayati, See √pāl: Desid. pīpāsati Gr.: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti ib., [Cf. Zd. , paiti
• Gk. ?, ?, ?, &c. ; Lat. [613, 2] pa-sco, pa-bulum ; Lith. pe10-mu"ṣ4]
≫ pā 4
mfn. keeping, protecting, guarding &c. (ef. apâna-, ritā-, go-, tanū- &c.)
≫ pāta 1
pāta mfn. (for 2. See p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L
≫ pātavya 2
pātavya mfn. to be guarded or protected Hariv
≫ pātṛ 2
pātṛ́ mfn. defending, a defender or protector (with gen., acc. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c
≫ pātra 2
pā́tra n. (?) RV. i, 121, 1
≫ pāna 2
pāna mfn. observing, keeping ( See tanū-)
• n. protection, defence ( See ib. and vāta-)
≫ pānīya 2
pānīya mfn. to be cherished or protected or preserved W
≫ pāvan 2
pāvan mfn. protecting (only ifc
• cf. abhiśasti-, tanū-)
pāṃśu ○śnka &c. = pāṃsu &c
pāṃsaka mfn. (√pas, paṃs) vitiating, spoiling
• contemptible, vile W
≫ pāṃsana
pāṃsana mf(ī)n. defiling, vitiating, disgracing, spoiling (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (f. ā, only in voc. ○sane [perhaps wṛ. for ○sani] at the end of a Śloka)
• contemptible, wicked, bad W
• n. and (ā), f. contempt L
≫ pāṃsava
pāṃsava mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) formed or consisting of dust BhP. [Page 613, Column 3]
• (○vá), m. patron. of A-sat ŚBr
• a. a kind of salt L
≫ pāṃsavya
pāṃsavyá mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) VS. xvi, 45
≫ pāṃsin
pāṃsin mfn. = ○sana (only f. voc. ○sini in kula-p○ R. ii, 73, 5, where B. ○sani
under. pāṃsana)
≫ pāṃsu
pāṃsú m. crumbling soil, dust, sand (mostly pl.) AV. &c. &c
• dung, manure L
• the pollen of a flower MW
• (prob.) the menses Car. (cf. rajas)
• a species of plant Bhpr
• a kind of camphor L
• landed property L
⋙ pāṃsukasīsa
○kasīsa n. sulphate of iron L
⋙ pāṃsukulī
○kulī f. 'quantity of dust', a high road L
⋙ pāṃsukūla
○kūla n. a dust-heap, (esp.) a collections of rags out of a dust-hṭheap used by Buddhist monks for their clothing Divyâv
• a legal document not made out in any partic. person's name L
-sīvana n. 'the sewing together of rags f-om a dṭdust-hṭheap', N. of the place where Gautama Buddha assumed his ascetic's dress Lalit. (C. pāṇḍu-s○)
○lika mfn. one who wears clothes made of rags from a dṭdust-hṭheap Buddh
⋙ pāṃsukṛta
○kṛta mfn. covered with dust, dusty Lalit
⋙ pāṃsukrīḍana
○krīḍana n. (Vāsav.),
⋙ pāṃsukrīḍā
○krīḍā f. (HPariś.) playing in the sand
⋙ pāṃsukṣāra
○kṣāra n. = -ja L
⋙ pāṃsukhāla
○khâla m. a sand-heap KātyŚr., Sch
⋙ pāṃsuguṇṭhita
○guṇṭhita mfn. covered with dust MBh. -catvara n. hail L
⋙ pāṃsucandana
○candana m. N. of Śiva L
⋙ pāṃsucāmara
○cāmara m. (only L.) a heap of dust
• a tent or perfumed powder (= paṭa-vāsa)
• a bank covered with Dūrvā grass
• praise
• a small cucumber
⋙ pāṃsuja
○ja n. 'earth-born', rock or fossil salt Car
⋙ pāṃsujālika
○jālika m. N. of Vishṇu L
⋙ pāṃsudhāna
○dhāna m. a heap of sand or dust Car
⋙ pāṃsudhūmra
○dhūmra mfn. dark red or dark with dust MW
⋙ pāṃsudhvastaśiroruha
○dhvasta-śiroruha mfn. having the hair soiled with dust MBh
⋙ pāṃsunipāta
○nipāta m. a shower of dust VarBṛS
⋙ pāṃsupaṭala
○paṭala n. a coating or mass of dust MW
⋙ pāṃsupattra
○pattra n. Chenopodium Album L
⋙ pāṃsuparṇī
○parṇī f. a species of Cocculus L
⋙ pāṃsupiśāca
○piśāca m. a class of imps or demons Lalit
⋙ pāṃsubhava
○bhava n. = -ja L
⋙ pāṃsumardana
○mardana m. dustdestroyer', an excavation for water round the √of a tree (= ālavāla) L
⋙ pāṃsurāgiṇī
○rāgiṇī f. a species of plant L
⋙ pāṃsurāṣṭra
○rāṣṭra n. N. of a country
• m. pl. its inhabitants (B. pāṇḍu-r○) MBh
⋙ pāṃsulavaṇa
○lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Bhpr
⋙ pāṃsulekhana
○lekhana n. = -krīḍana Viddh
⋙ pāṃsuvarṣa
○varṣa m. or n. = -nipāta Mn. iv, 115
⋙ pāṃsuvikarṣaṇa
○vikarṣaṇa m. = -krīḍana MBh
⋙ pāṃsusaṃcaya
○saṃcaya m. a heap of sand R
⋙ pāṃsusamuhana
○samuhana (Mn.),
⋙ pāṃsuhara
○hara (Gaut.), mfn. raising dust (said of wind)'
⋙ pāṃsūtkara
pāṃsū7tkara m. = -varṣa VarBṛS
• caustic potash L
• n. a kind of salt Bhpr
≫ pāṃsuka
pāṃsuka n. pl, dust, sand MBh
• (ā), f. a menstruous woman L
• Pandanus Odoratissimus L
≫ pāṃsura
pāṃsurá mfn. dusty, m. or n. a dusty place RV. i, 22, 7 (cf. Nir. xii, 19)
• m. a gad-fly L
• a cripple carried or moving about in a chair L. (cf. pāṃsuva)
≫ pāṃsula
pāṃsulá mfn. dusty, sandy ŚBr. R. &c. (cf. g. sidhmâdi and Nir. xii, 19
• m. or n. a dusty place VāyuP.)
• ifc. sullied, defiled, disgraced by (Śak. v, 28)
• disgracing, defiling (cf. kula-p○)
• m. (only L.) a wicked or profligate man, a libertine
• N. of Śiva and of one of his symbols (a sort of staff crossed at the upper end with transverse pieces representing the breast-bone and adjoining ribs and surmounted by a skull)
• Guilandina Bontucella
• (ā), f. the earth
• a licentious woman Vcar
pāṃsukā L
⋙ pāṃsulāvṛttiprakāśa
pāṃsulā-vṛtti-prakāśa m. N. of wk
≫ pāṃsuva
pāṃsuva m. a cripple. L. (cf. pāṃsura)
pāka 1
pā́ka mfn. (either fr. √1. [pA+ka], 'drinking, sucking, or fr. √2. pac, 'ripening, growing') very young GṛS
• simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. ĀśvŚr
• m. the young of an animal ( See uluka-, kapata-)
• a child, infant L
• N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. -trā́ ind. in simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV
⋙ pākadurvā
○durvā́ f. a species of plant ib
⋙ pākadviṣ
○dviṣ or m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L
⋙ pākaniṣṃdana
○niṣṃdana m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L
⋙ pākayajña
○yajña &c., See under 2. pāka
⋙ pākavat
○vát ind. simply, honestly RV
⋙ pākasaṃsa
○saṃsá mfn. speaking sincerely ib
⋙ pākaśāsana
○śāsana m. 'punisher of the Daitya Pāka' or 'instructor of the ignorant', N. of Indra MBh. Kāv. Pur. (cf. RV. i, 31, 14)
○ni m. (patr. of prec.) N. of Jayanta L
• of Arjuna MBh
⋙ pākasutvan
○sútvan mfn. offering Soma with a simple or sincere mind RV
⋙ pākasthāman
○sthāman (pā́ka), m. N. of a man RV
⋙ pākahatṛ
○hatṛ m. = -niṣūdana R
≫ pākiman
pākiman m. g. pṛthv-ādi
≫ pākyā
pākyā́ ind. in simplicity, in ignorance RV
pāka 2
pāka m. (√2. pac
• ifc. f. ī) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans' and intrans.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 614, Column 1] Contents of this page
• burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib
• any cooked or dressed food BhP
• digestion, assimilation of food Suśr
• ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KātyŚr. Mn. Var. Suśr
• inflammation, suppuration Suśr
• an abscess, ulcer ib
• ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L
• maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kāv. &c
• development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MārkP
• any act having consequences. BhP
• the domestic fire L
• a cooking utensil L
• general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. pāka is not always separable from 1. pāka)
⋙ pākakarmanibandha
○karmanibandha m. N. of wk
⋙ pākakuṭī
○kuṭī f. a potter's kiln, pottery Gal
⋙ pākakṛṣṇa
○kṛṣṇa m. 'black when ripe', Carissa Carandas
-phala m. id. L
⋙ pākakriyā
○kriyā f. the act of cooking Cāṇ
⋙ pākaja
○ja mfn. produced by cooking or roasting Tarkas
• n. 'obtaiued by boiling', black salt L
• flatulence L
-tva n. production by warmth, capability of being affected by contact with fire Bhāshāp
-prakriyā f. -vicara m. N. of wks
⋙ pākapaṇḍita
○paṇḍita m. a master in the an of cooking Bhpr
⋙ pākapātra
○pātra n. a cooking utensil, a boiler &c. ib
⋙ pākapuṭī
○puṭī f. = -kuṭī L
⋙ pākaphala
○phala m. Carissa Carandas L. (cf. kṛṣṇa-ph○)
⋙ pākabāli
○bâli (pā́), m. (prob.) = -yajña AV
⋙ pākabhāṇḍa
○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Kathās
⋙ pākabhedaka
○bhedaka m. N. of a partic. class of criminals Hcat
⋙ pākamatsya
○matsya m. a species of fish, Sauśr
• a species of venomous insect ib
• a kind of fish sauce L
⋙ pākayajña
○yajñá m. (according to some) a cooked (according to others 'a simple or domestic') sacrifice (of 3 āaśvṅṛ., 4 ṃn. or 7 āapast. Baudh. ṅaut. forms or kinds) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. &c. (cf. IW. 188, n. 1)
• N. of a man Gobh
-nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -prakāśa m. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
○ñika mfn. 'relating to the Pāka-yajña', performing it &c. Baudh
○ñíya mf(ā)n. id. ŚBr. Kauś
⋙ pākarañjana
○rañjana n. the leaf of the Laurus Cassia L
⋙ pākavatī
○vatī f. a pause 3/4 of an instant between 2 short syllables, MāṇḍS
⋙ pākaśālā
○śālā f. 'cooking-room', a kitchen Dhūrtas
⋙ pākaśāstra
○śāstra n. the science of cṭcooking' Bhpr
⋙ pākaśuklā
○śuklā f. chalk L
⋙ pākasaṃsthā
○saṃsthā f. a form of the Pāka-yajña, SāṅkhGṛ
⋙ pākasthāna
○sthāna n. 'cooking-place', a kitchen or a potter's kiln L
⋙ pākahaṃsa
○haṃsa m. a kind of aquatic bird Car
⋙ pākāgāra
pākâgāra m. or n. = ○ka-śālā, Kull'
⋙ pākātīa
pākâtī7a mfn. over-ripe Bhpr
⋙ pākātīsāra
pākâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery L
⋙ pākātyaya
pākâtyaya m. obscuration of the cornea after inflammation Suśr
⋙ pākādisaṃgraha
pākâdi-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
⋙ pākādhyāya
pākâdhyāya m. N. of ch. of wk
⋙ pākāri
pākâri m. 'digestion's foe (?)' = śveta-kāñcana L
⋙ pākāru
pākârú m. N. of a partic. disease VS
⋙ pākāvalī
pākâvalī f. N. of wk
≫ pākala
pākalá mfn. quite black TS
• bringing to ripeness (also a boil &c.), causing suppuration L
• m. a species of fever Bhpr
• fever in an elephant L
• fire L
• wind L
• = bodhana-dravya (wṛ. for rādhana-d○?) L
• (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens L. (ī), f. Cucumis Utilissimus L
• n. Costus Speciosus or Arablcus Car
⋙ pākali
pāḍkali f. a species of plant L
≫ pākin
pākin mfn. becoming mature, ripening, being digested (ifc
• cf a-, katu-, garbha- &c.)
• promoting digestion Car
⋙ pākima
pāḍkima mfn. cooked, burned (as earthenware), matured, ripened L
• obtained by cooking or evaporation (as salt) Suśr
• red-hot L
≫ pāku
pāku See dūre- and phale-pāku
⋙ kuka
kuka m. a cook L ....
≫ pākya
pākya mfn. fit to cook, eatable KātyŚr. ChUp. (cf. bahu-.)
• obtained by cooking or evaporation, Śuśr
• ripening ( See kṛṣṭa.)
• n. (sc. lavaṇa) a kind of salt Suśr
• m. saltpetre L
≫ pācaka
pācaka mf(ikā)n. cooking, roasting, baking MBh. Kāv. &c
• causing digestion, digestive Suśr
• bringing to maturity Tattvas
• m. a cook Gṛihyās., (ikā f. a female cook
• See below)
• fire L
-tva n. Vop
-strī f. a female cook Vop
○cikābhārya f. having a cook for a wife Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch
≫ pācata
pācata mfn. (fr. pacaṭ) Pat
≫ pācana
pācana mf(ī)n. causing to cook or boil, softening, digestive Suśr
• sour L
• suppurative W
• m. fire L
• red ricinus L
• acidity, sourness W
• (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L
• n. the act of cooking or baking &c
• causing a wound to close, a stypic for closing wounds Suśr
• extracting extraneous substances from a wound &c. by means of cataplasms, a cataplasm ib
• a dissolvent, digestive ib. Car
• any medicinal preparation or decoction W
• a sort of drink ib
• penance, expiation L. [Page 614, Column 2]
⋙ pācanaka
pāḍcanaka m. borax L
• n. a dissolvent, digestive Car
• a sort of drink W
• causing a wound to close (by means of styptics &c.) ib.,
⋙ pācanīya
pāḍcanīya mfn. to be cooked or digested
• dissolving, digestive Suśr. Car
≫ pācayitṛ
pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, digestive Suśr
≫ pācala
pācala (only L.), m. a cook
• fire
• wind
-rādhana-dravya n. dissolving or a dissolvent
≫ pācā
⋙ pāci
pāḍci or, maturing L
⋙ pācikā
pāḍcikā, maturing L
⋙ pācī
pāḍcī f. a species of plant
⋙ pācākaṭu
○kaṭu m. Plumbago Ceylanica L
⋙ pācya
pācya mfn. capable of being cooked or matured ŚvetUp
pākṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) belonging to a half month
• relating to a side or party W
≫ pākṣapātika
pākṣapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa-pāta) partial, factious Kām
≫ pākṣāyaṇa
pākṣāyaṇa mf(ī)n. belonging to or occurring in a Paksha or fortnight &c. W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 80)
≫ pākṣika 1
pākṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) favouring a party or faction Pur. Gaṇit
• subject to an alternative, that which may or may not take place, possible but not necessary, optional Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. Kull
• alternative W
⋙ pākṣikasūtravṛtti
○sūtra-vṛtti f. N. of wk
≫ pākṣika 2
pākṣika m. (fr. pakṣin) a fowler, birdcatcher L
pākhaṇḍa m. = (and prob. only wṛ. for) pāṣaṇḍa, q.v
pāgala mfn. (a word used in Bengāli) mad, deranged, demented BrahmaP
pā́ṅkta mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti) consisting of five parts, fivefold Br. Up
• relating to or composed in the Paṅkti metre VS. TS. AitBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Sch.)
• m. N. of a kind of Soma Suśr
• n. (sc. sāman) N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
⋙ pāṅktatā
○tā f. (Śaṃk.),
⋙ pāṅktatva
○tvá n. (TS.) fivefoldness
≫ pāṅktakākubha
pāṅktakākubha mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti-kakubh) beginning with the Paṅkti and ending with the Kakubh metre RPrāt
≫ pāṅktīhari
pāṅktīhari m. (prob. patr. fr. paṅktī-hara) N. of a man Rājat
≫ pāṅkteya
pāṅkteya (MBh.),
⋙ pāṅktya
pāṅktya (Mn.), mfn. fit to be associated with, admissible into the row of castefellows at meals
pāṅktrá m. a kind of mouse VS. (Mahīdh.)
pāṅgulya n. (fr. paṅgula) limping, hobbling Dhātup
⋙ pāṅgulyahāriṇī
○hāriṇī f. N. of a kind of shrub L
pācaka ○cana &c. See col. 1
pāja m. (√paj?) N. of a man Rājat
≫ pājaka
pājaka m. N. of a man (= prec.) ib
• (with paṇḍita) N. of a poet Cat
• a partic. kitchen utensil ĀpŚr
≫ pājas
pā́jas n. firmness, vigour, strength RV
• brightness, glitter, sheen (pl. shining colours) ib
• du. heaven and earth (as the two firm or shining surfaces ; 'firmament'.)
• food L
⋙ pājasvat
○vat (paáṭjas), mfn. firm, strong, brilliant RV
≫ pājasya
pājasyá n. the region of the belly (of an animal)
• the flanks, side VS. AV. ŚBr
≫ pājrya
pājrya m. patr. fr. pajra ĀrshBr
pājika m. = prâjika, a falcon VarBṛS. Sch
pāñca Vṛiddhi form of pañca (fr. pañcan), in comp
⋙ pāñcakapāla
○kapāla mf(ī)n. relating to or forming part of an oblation offered in 5 cups Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat
○lika n. vii, 3, 17 Kāś
⋙ pāñcakarmika
○karmika mfn. relating or applicable to the 5 kinds of treatment Car
⋙ pāñcakalāpika
○kalāpika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat
⋙ pāñcagatika
○gatika mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 forms of existence L
⋙ pāñcajanī
○janī f. (fr. pañca-jana) patr. of Asiknī BhP
⋙ pāñcajanīna
○janīna mfn. g. prātijanâdi
⋙ pāñcajanya
○janya (pā́○), mf(ā)n. relating to the 5 races of men, containing or extending over them &c. RV. &c. Br. MBh
• m. N. of Kṛishṇa's conch taken from the demon Pañca-jana MBh. Hariv. &c
• fire L
• fish or a species of fire L
• N. of one of the 8 Upa-dviipas in Jambu-dviipa BhP
• (ā), f. patr. of Asiknī ib
-dhama, -dhara and -nādin m. N. of Kṛishṇs L. (cf. above)
-vana n. N. of a wood Hār
○nyāyani g. karṇâdi
⋙ pāñcadaśa
○daśa mf(ī)n. (fr. pañ-daśī) relating to the 15th day of a month, g. saṃdhi-velâdi,
⋙ pāñcadaśya
○daśya mfn. id. BhP
• n. the aggregate of 15 ŚāṅkhSr
⋙ pāñcanakha
○nakha mf(ī)n. made of the skin of an animal with 5 claws MBh
• n. (sc. māṃsa) the flesh of an animal with 5 claws Yājñ. Sch
⋙ pāñcanada
○nada mf(ī)n. relating to or prevailing in the Pañjāb MBh. [Page 614, Column 3]
• m. a prince of the Pañjāb Var
• pl. the inhabitants of the Pañjāb MBh. Var
⋙ pāñcanāpiti
○nāpiti (fr, pañca-nāpita) Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ pāñcaprasṛtikī
○prasṛtikī f. (fr. pañca-prasṛta, or ○ti) a mixture of 4 kinds of grease (a handful of each) with grains of rice Car
⋙ pāñcabhautika
○bhautika mf(ī)n. (-bhūta) composed of or containing the 5 elements MBh. Suśr. &c
• n. (with ādāna) the assumption of the 5 elements Yājñ
⋙ pāñcamūlika
○mūlika mf(ī) n. coming from the 5 roots Car
⋙ pāñcayajñika
○yajñika mf(ī)n. relating to or included in the 5 great religious acts ( See pañca-yajña) Mn. iii, 83 &c
⋙ pāñcarātra
○rātra N. of a Vaishṇava sect following the doctrine of their sacred book called Pañcarātra Sarvad. Col. Cat
• n. the doctrine of the Pāñcarātras ib. (also ○trya and ○traka)
• N. of sev. wks
-prâyaścitta-vidhāna n. -mantra m. or n. -mahôpanī7ṣad f. -rakṣā f. rahasya n. -vacana n. -śrī-cūrṇa-paripālana n. -samgraha m. -sthāpana, n
○trâgama m. ○trârādhana n. N. of wks
⋙ pāñcarātrika
○rātrika mf(ī)n. lasting 5 nights, (days) SāmavBr
• m. 'connected with the P1ñcarātra, N. of Vishṇu MBh
⋙ pāñcalohitika
○lohitika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat
⋙ pāñcalauhitika
○lauhitika n. ib. Kāś
⋙ pāñcavarṇa
○varṇa wṛ. for pañca-v○
⋙ pāñcavārṣika
○v˘ārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old Jyot
⋙ pāñcavalkika
○valkika mf(ī)n. coming from the 5 kinds of bark Car
⋙ pāñcavāja
○vāja n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pāñcavārṣika
○vārṣika See above
⋙ pāñcavidhya
○vidhya n. (fr. pañca-vidhī), N. of a Sūtra treating of the 5 Vidhis of a Sāman L
⋙ pāñcaśabdika
○śabdika n. the fivefold music L
⋙ pāñcaśara
○śara mf(ī)n. belonging to the (5-arrowed) god of love Kathās
⋙ pāñcārthika
pāñcārthika m. a follower or votary of Paśu-pati or Siva L
⋙ pāñcaudanika
pāñcaudanika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcaū7dana) Pāṇ. 4-3, 68 ; v, 1, 95 Sch
≫ pāñcamāhnika
pāñcamāhnika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama + ahan) belonging to the fifth day ŚāṅkhŚr
≫ pāñcamika
pāñcamika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama) treated of in the fifth book Kull. Cat
pāñcāla mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or ruling over the Pañcālas MBh. R. &c
• m. a prince of the Pañcālas ib
• (with bābhravya) N. of an author Cat
• the country of the Pañcālas L
• pl. the people of the Pañcālas MBh. Var. &c
• an association of 5 guilds (carpenter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker) L
• (ī), f. See below
• n. the language of the Pañcālas Cat
⋙ pāñcālajātiviveka
○jāti-viveka m. N. of wk
⋙ pāñcāladeśa
○deśa m. the country of the Pañcālas R
⋙ pāñcālanātha
○nātha (Var.),
⋙ pāñcālapati
○pati (BhP.), m. the king of the Pañcālas
⋙ pāñcālaputrikā
○putrikā f. N. of Draupadī Kāvyâd
⋙ pāñcālarāja
○rāja m. the king of the PṭPañcālas MBh
⋙ pāñcālānuyāna
pāñcālânuyāna n. N. of a partic. play with puppets Cat. (cf. next, f.)
≫ pāñcālaka
pāñcālaka mf(ikā)n. relating or belonging to the people of the Pañcālas MBh
• m. a king of the Pañcālas ib
• (ikā), f. a princess of the Pañcālas ib
• a doll, puppet (also written ○calikā) L
≫ pāñcālāyana
pāñcālāyana and m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch
⋙ pāñcāli
pāñḍcāli m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch
≫ pāñcālika
pāñcālika mf(ī)n.= ○laka
• m. N. of a man Daś
• (ikā), f. (with catuḥ-ṣaṣṭi) the 64 arts collectively Cat
≫ pāñcālī
pāñcālī f. a princess of the Pañcālas, (esp.) N. of Draupadī MBh. Hariv. &c
• (with or sc. rīti) N. of a partic. poetical style Daśar. Vām. &c
• a doll, puppet L
⋙ pāñcālīvivāhakathana
○vivāha-kathana n
⋙ pāñcālīsvayaṃvaravarṇana
○svayaṃvara-varṇana n. N. of 2 wks
≫ pāñcāleya
pāñcāleya m. metron. fr. pāñcālī MBh. (Nīlak.)
≫ pāñcālya
pāñcālya mfn. = ○cāla mfn
• m. = id. m. MBh
≫ pāñci
pā́ñci m. (fr. pañcan) a patronymic ŚBr. (g. pahv-ādi)
⋙ pāñcigrāma
○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat
≫ pāñcika
pāñcika m. N. of the leader of the Yakshas Buddh
• of a man Hariv
pāñjara (fr. pañjara), mfn. relating or belonging to a cage Nalac
≫ pāñjarya
pāñjarya g. saṃkāśâdi
pāṭ ind. an interjection used in calling L. (g. câdi)
pāṭa m. (√paṭ) breadth, expanse, extension L
• (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such an intersection Col
• = vādya-tūrâtkara Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch
• (ā́), f. a species of plant AV. Kauś. (cf. pāṭhā)
• regular order, series, succession W
• (ī), f. See pāṭī
⋙ pāṭāvalī
pāṭâvalī f. N. of wk
≫ pāṭaka
pāṭaka m. a splitter, divider Hariv
• (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village
• a shore, bank
• a flight of steps leading to the water
• a kind of musical instrument
• a long span (= mahā-kiṣku) [Page 615, Column 1] Contents of this page
• expense or loss of capital or stock
• throwing dice
• (ikā), f. See dina-pāṭikā
≫ pāṭana
pāṭana n. splitting, dividing, tearing up, cutting to pieces, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c
• (ā), f. a cut, incision Naish
⋙ pāṭanakriyā
○kriyā f. lancing an abscess or ulcer Suśr
≫ pāṭanīya
pāṭanīya mfn. to be split or torn asunder Kād
≫ pāṭita
pāṭita mfn. split, torn, broken, divided MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of a partic. fracture of the leg Suśr
≫ pāṭin
pāṭin mfn. splitting, cleaving (ifc.) Hcat
• m. a species of fish L
≫ pāṭī
pāṭī f. arithmetic, Bījag
• a species of plant L
⋙ pāṭīkaumudī
○kaumudī f
⋙ pāṭīganita
○ganita n
⋙ pāṭīlilāvatī
○lilāvatī f
⋙ pāṭīsāra
○sāra m. N. of wks
≫ pāṭūpaṭa
pāṭūpaṭa mfn. (√paṭ). Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 8 Pat. (pāṭup○ Vop.)
≫ pātya
pātya mfn. to be lanced (as an ulcer) Car
• n. a species of pot-herb L
pāṭaccara m. (fr. paṭaccara) a thief. robber Kāv
pāṭala mf(ā)n. pale red, pink, pallid Kauś. Var. Kāv
• (f. ī) made of the Pāṭalī or forming a part of it, g. bilvâdi
• m. a pale red hue, rose colour Rājat
• Bignonia Suaveolens (the tree bearing the trumpet-flower) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a species of rice ripening in the rains Suśr
• Rottleria Tinctoria L
• N. of a man Rājat
• (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens Kāv
• red Lodhra L
• a kind of fresh water fish Suśr
• a form of Durgā Tantras
• of Dālkshāyaṇī MatsyaP
• n. the trumpet-flower (also ā f.) MBh. Kāv. &c
• saffron L
⋙ pāṭalakīta
○kīta m. a kind of insect, Vāsav
⋙ pāṭalakusama
○kusama n. the trumpetflower Var
⋙ pāṭalagaṇḍalekha
○gaṇḍa-lekha mfn. having the complexion of the cheek of a red hue Ragh
⋙ pāṭalacakṣus
○cakṣus mfn. having cataract in the eye, Sāṃkhyas. Sch. (wṛ. for paṭaía-c○?)
⋙ pāṭaladruma
○druma m. Rottleria Tinctoria L
⋙ pāṭalapuṣpa
○puṣpa n. the trumpet-flower MBh
⋙ pāṭālacalamāhātmya
pāṭâlácala-māhātmya or n. N. of wk
⋙ pāṭalādrimāhātmya
pāṭalâdrimāhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pāṭalāpuṣpasaṃnibha
pāṭalā-puṣpa-saṃnibha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L
⋙ pāṭalāvatī
pāṭalā-vatī f. N. of a river MBh. VP
• N. of Durgā Tantras
⋙ pāṭalopala
pāṭalôpala m. a ruby Śiś. xvii, 3
≫ pāṭalaka
pāṭalaka mfn. pale red (N. of the 12th unknown quantity) Col
≫ pāṭalaya
pāṭalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye pale red Kād. Śiś
≫ pāṭali
pāṭali m.f. Biguonia Suaveolens Suśr
• a species of rice L
⋙ pāṭaliputra
○putra n. N. of the capital of Magadha near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patnā) Pat. Kap. Kathās. (esp. iii, 78) &c
• m. pl. the inhabitants of this city Pāṇ. 2-3, 42 Kāś
-nāmadheya n. (sc. nagara) a city called Pāṭaliputra MW
⋙ pāṭaliputraka
○putraka mf(ikā)n. relating to or coming from Pāṭaliputra Pāṇ. 4-2, 123 Sch
• n. the city Pāṭaliputra Kathās
≫ pāṭalika
pāṭalika mfn. knowing the secrets of others L
• one who knows time and place L
• m. a pupil L
• n. N. of a town (= pāṭali-putra) L
≫ pāṭalita
pāṭalita mfn. made red, reddened W
≫ pāṭalin
pāṭalin mfn. possessing trumpet-flowers Bālar
≫ pāṭaliman
pāṭaliman m. a pale red or rose colour Prab
≫ pāṭalī
pāṭalī f. Bignonia Suaveolens Suśr
• = kaṭabhī and muṣkaka L
• N. of a city Daś
• of a daughter of king Mahêndra-varman Kathās
⋙ pāṭalīputra
○putra n. = ○li-p○ (above) HPariś
≫ pāṭalīkṛ
pāṭalī-√kṛ to dye pale red Kād
≫ pāṭalya
pāṭalya n. redness Kāv
≫ pāṭalyā
pāṭalyā f. a multitude of trumpet-flowers L
pāṭava m. (fr. paṭu) a son or deseendant or pupil of Paṭu ŚBr. Pravar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 119 Sch.)
• mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W
• n. sharpness, intensity Suśr. Tattvas
• skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kāv. Rājat. Hit
• quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathās
• health L
≫ paṭavika
paṭavika mf(ī) ī. clever, cunning, fraudulent, Siś. xix, 56
pāṭahikā f. Abrus Precatorius (a small shrub) L
pāṭikāvāḍi N. of a village (prob. Putcabarry) Kshitîś
pāṭīra m. (only L
• cf. paṭīra), the sandal tree
• a radish
• a sieve
• a cloud
• a field
• the pith or manna of the bamboo
• tin
• catarrh
pāṭūrá m. a partic. part of an animal near the ribs TS
pāṭṭāraka mfn. (fr. paṭṭra), g. dhūmâdi. [Page 615, Column 2]
pāṭha m. (√paṭh) recitation, recital Kāv
• reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts) Śiksh. &c
• a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Saṃhitā, Pada, Krama, Jaṭā and Ghana RTL. 409)
• the text of a book, SrS. MBh
• the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch
• = dhātu-pâṭha Vop
• (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
⋙ pāṭhaccheda
○ccheda m. a break in recitation or in a text
• a pause, caesura L
⋙ pāṭhadoṣa
○doṣa m. an error in a text, false reading L
⋙ pāṭhaniścaya
○niścaya m
⋙ pāṭhaniściti
○niściti f. repeated study of a tṭtext, repetition L
⋙ pāṭhapraṇālī
○praṇālī f. 'recitation-place', a place where the Vedas are recited or read L
⋙ pāṭhamañijarī
○mañijarī f. 'repetition-cluster', a small talking bird, Graculus Religiosa L
⋙ pāṭhavat
○vat mfn. well-read, learned Var
⋙ pāṭhaviccheda
○viccheda m. = -ccheda L
⋙ pāṭhāntara
pāṭhântara n. 'another reading', a variation of the text in a book or manuscript
○raya P. ○yati, to have a v. l. for (acc.) L
≫ pāṭhaka
pāṭhaka m. a reciter, reader (ikā f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 4 Sch.)
• a student, pupil Cat
• a scholar, lecturer, preceptor, teacher (cf. dharma-, nakṣatra-, smṛti-) Mn. MBh. Pañc
• a public reciter of the Purāṇas or other sacred works W
• a Paṇḍit who declares what is the law or custom according to the scriptures ib
≫ pāṭhana
pāṭhana m. (○nī f.), g. gaurâdi
• n. recitation, teaching, lecturing Pañcad
⋙ pāṭhanārambhapīṭhikā
pāṭhanârambha-pīṭhikā f. N. of wk
≫ pāṭhika
pāṭhika mfn. conformable to the text Dāyabh
• (○kāyana m. a patr. also pl. Saṃskārak.)
• (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
≫ pāṭhita
pāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused or taught to read, instructed, taught, lectured Cāṇ. Pañc
≫ pāṭhin
pāṭhin mfn. one who has read or studied any subject
• knowing, conversant with (ifc.) MBh. Pur
• m. a student
• a Brāhman (esp. one who has finished his sacred studies) W
• Plumbago Zeylanica (also pāṭhī-kuṭa) L
≫ pāṭhīna
pāṭhīna m. = pāṭhaka L
• Silurus Pelorius or Boalis (a kind of sheat-fish) Mn. Yājñ. Kathās. &c
• a species of Moringa with red blossoms L
≫ pāṭheya
pāṭheya mfn. g. nady-ādi
≫ pāṭhya
pāṭhya mfn. to be recited R. Sāh
• to be taught, needing instruction BhP
⋙ pāṭhyaratnakośa
○ratna-kośa m. N. of wk
pāḍalī-pura n. = pāṭali-putra, Camp
pāḍinī f. an earthen pot, a boiler L
pāṇa 1
pāṇa m. (√paṇ) a stake at play MBh. (cf. paṇa)
• trade, traffic W
• praise W
≫ pāṇi 1
pāṇi m. a place of sale, shop, market W
pāṇa 2
pāṇa m. = pāṇi, the hand L
pāṇavika mf(ī)n. (fr. paṇava) relating to a drum Kād
• m. a drummer Pāṇ. 2-4, 2 Sch
• a species of bird (belonging to the Pra-tuda class) Car
pāṇi 2
pāṇí m. (said to be fr. √paṇ) the hand RV. &c. &c. (often ifc. = holding in the hand, e.g. asi-p○, holding a sword in the, sword in hand
pāṇiṃ-√grah or ○ṇau-√kṛ, to take the hand of a bride, marry
○niṃ√dā, to give the hand in marriage)
• a hoof. RV. ii, 31, 2
• N. of Sch. on the Daśa-rupaka Cat. [Orig palni ; Gk. ? ; Lat. palma ; Angl. Sax. [615, 2] folm ; Germ. fū0hlen ; Eng. feel.]
⋙ pāṇikacchapikā
○kacchapikā f. 'hand-tortoise', a partic. position of the fingers KālP
⋙ pāṇikarṇa
○karṇa m. 'hand-eared', N. of Śiva MBh
⋙ pāṇikūrcan
○kūrcan or m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
⋙ pāṇikūrcas
○kūrḍcas m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
⋙ pāṇikhāta
○khāta n. dug with the hand', N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh
⋙ pāṇigata
○gata mfn. being in the hand or at hṭhand, ready, present Naish
⋙ pāṇigṛhīta
○gṛhīta mfn. taken by the hand, married
• (ā HPariś. or ī L.), f. a bride or wife
⋙ pāṇigraha
○graha m. taking (the bride) by the hṭhand, marriage. Var. Kathās. MW
○hâdikṛtya-viveka m. N. of wk
⋙ pāṇigrahaṇa
○grahaṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) = -graha GṛS. MBh. Kāv. &c
-mantra m. a nuptial verse or hymn MBh. Hariv
-saṃskāra m. the ceremony of hand-taking Mn. iii, 43
⋙ pāṇigrṣanika
○grṣanika mfn. relating to marriage, nuptial Mn. MBh
• n. a welding present MBh
⋙ pāṇigrahaṇīya
○grahaṇīya mfn. id. Gobh
• (ā), f. N. of RV. x, 85 36 &c. ib
⋙ pāṇigrahītṛ
○grahītṛ m. hand-taker', a bridegroom, husband MBh
⋙ pāṇigrāha
○grāha m. id. ib. Mn. Gobh
• hand taking, marriage W
• (am), ind. taking by the hand -vat m. a bridegroom Sāy
⋙ pāṇigrāhaka
○grāhaka m. = -grahītri Daś
⋙ pāṇigha
○gha m. striking with the hand', a drummer or one who plays upon any hand-instrument [Page 615, Column 3]
• a workman or handicraftsman L. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 55)
⋙ pāṇighāta
○ghāta m. a blow with the hand Siddh
• a boxer W
• (am), ind. striking with the hand upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Sch
⋙ pāṇighna
○ghná m. one who clasps the hand VS
⋙ pāṇicandra
○candra m. N. of a king Buddh
⋙ pāṇicāpala
○cāpala (Gaut.),
⋙ pāṇicāpalya
○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. fidgeting with the hand, snapping the fingers &c
⋙ pāṇija
○ja m. hand-grown', a finger-nail Gīt
• Unguis Odoratus L
⋙ pāṇitala
○tala n. the palm of the hand, AśvSr. Mn. MBh. &c
• a partic. weight (= 2 Tolakas) L
⋙ pāṇitala
○tala m. (in music) a partic. measure MBh
⋙ pāṇidharma
○dharma m. form of marriage MBh
⋙ pāṇiṃdhama
○ṃ-dhama mfn. crowded (as a path, where a person blows into his hands to make a noise and attract notice) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 37
⋙ pāṇiṃdhaya
○ṃ-dhaya mfn. drinking out of the hṭhand's Vop
⋙ pāṇipallava
○pallava m. n. hand-twig, the fingers MW
⋙ pāṇipātra
○pātra mfn. the hand as a drinking-vessel AruṇUp
• mfn. drinking out of the hand Bhartṛ
⋙ pāṇipāda
○pāda n. sg. (Āpast.), m. pl. (Suśr.) the hand and feet
capala mfn. fidgeting with the hand's and feet Mn. iv, 177
⋙ pāṇipīḍana
○pīḍana n. pressing the hand (of a bride), marriage Kāv. Hcat
⋙ pāṇipuṭa
⋙ pāṇipuṭaka
○puḍṭaka m. or n. the hollow of the hand Kāv
⋙ pāṇipūra
○pūra mfn. filling the hand
○rânna n. a handful of food Yājñ
⋙ pāṇipraṇayin
○praṇayin mfn. loved by (i.e. being or resting in) the hand (○yi-tāṃ sam-upâ-√gam, to be taken in the hand) Rājat
• (inī), f. a wife ib
⋙ pāṇipradāna
○pradāna n. giving the hand (in confirmation of a promise) R
⋙ pāṇibandha
○bandha m. junction of the hand (in marriage) MBh
⋙ pāṇibhuj
○bhuj m. Ficus Glomerata L
⋙ pāṇimat
○mat mfn. possessed of hand MBh
⋙ pāṇimarda
○marda m. 'rubbing the blows (?)', Carissa Carandas (= kara-m○) L
• (am), ind. by rubbing with the hand Car
⋙ pāṇimānikā
○mānikā f. a partic. weight (= -tala), ŚārṅgS
⋙ pāṇimita
○mita mfn. measured or measurable with the hand, very thin or slender (as a waist) Mālav
⋙ pāṇimukta
○mukta n. (sc. astra) a weapon thrown with the hand, a dart, spear L
⋙ pāṇimukha
○mukha mfn. whose mouth is the hṭhand ĀśvGṛ
⋙ pāṇimūla
○mūla n. 'hand-√', the wrist L
⋙ pāṇiruh
○ruh or ni.= -ja L
⋙ pāṇiruha
○ruha ni.= -ja L
⋙ pāṇirekhā
○rekhā f. a line on the hand MBh
⋙ pāṇivāda
○vāda m. = -ghná L. (also ○daka R.)
• n. clapping the hand together R
⋙ pāṇisaṃgraha
○saṃgraha m
⋙ pāṇisaṃgrahaṇa
○saṃgraḍhaṇa n. clasping the hṭhand (in confirmation of a promise) R
⋙ pāṇisaṃghaṭṭana
○saṃghaṭṭana n. = -pīḍana Prasannar
⋙ pāṇisargya
○sargya mfn. twisted with the hṭhand (as a rope) Pāṇ. 3-1, 124 Vārtt. i Pat
⋙ pāṇistha
○stha mfn. being or held in the hṭhand Mn. iv, 74
⋙ pāṇisvanika
○svanika m. one who clasps the hṭhand together MBh
⋙ pāṇihatā
○hatā f. (sc. puṣ-kariṇī) N. of a lake (which the gods created for Gautama Buddha with a stroke of the hand) Lalit
≫ pāṇika
pāṇika ifc. (f. ā) = 2. pāṇi, the hand Hcat
• m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. (v. l. kālika)
• (ā), f. a kind of song or singing Yājñ
• a kind of spoon L
≫ pāṇin
pāṇin ifc. = 2. pâṇi, the hand MBh. R. &c
• N. of a family reckoned among the Kauśikas Hariv. VP
≫ pāṇī
pāṇī in comp. for 2. pāṇi
⋙ pāṇītala
○tala n. a partic. measure (= pāṇi-t○) L
≫ pāṇnu
pāṇnu loc. of 2. pāṇi in comp
⋙ pāṇnukarana
○karana n. the taking (of a bride) by the hand, marrying Naish
≫ pāṇy
pāṇy in comp. for 2. pāṇi before vowels
⋙ pāṇyāsya
○āsya mfn. = pâṇi-mukha, ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn
⋙ pāṇyupakarṣam
○upakarṣam ind. drawing near with the hand Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś
⋙ pāṇyupaghātam
○upaghātam ind. = pāṇi-ghâtam Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Vārtt. 2 Pat
≫ pāṇya
pāṇyá mf(á)n. (for 2. See p. 616) belonging to the hand ŚBr
• m. patr. = kauṇḍinya Cat
pāṇina m. patr. fr. paṇin, Pā. ; vi, 4, 165 (prob.= next
iv,. i, 166 Kāś. on ii, 4, 21 and vi, 2, 14)
≫ pāṇini
pāṇini m. (according to Pāṇ. 4-1, 95 patr. fr. pāṇina) N. of the most eminent of all native Sanskṛit grammarians (he was the author of the aṣtâdhyāyī and supposed author of sev. other works, viz. the Dhātu-pāṭha, Gaṇa-pātha, Liṅgânuśāsana and Śikshā
• he was a Gāndhāra and a native of Salātura, situated in the North-West near Attok and Peshawar [see iv, 3, 94 and Śālāturīya]
• he lived after Gautama Buddha but B.C. and is regarded as an inspired Muni
• his grandfather's name was Devala and his mother's Dākshi see s.v. and ḍaksheya)
• of a poet (by some identified with the grammarian)
⋙ pāṇinikṛti
○kṛti f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 151 Sch
⋙ pāṇinidarśana
○darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad
⋙ pāṇinisūtravṛtti
⋙ pāṇinivyākaraṇadīpikā
○vyākaraṇa-dīpikā f

pāṇinisūtravṛttyarthasamgraha3pāṇini--sūtra-vṛtty-arthasamgraha m. N. of wks
≫ pāṇinīya
pāṇinīya mfn. relating to Pāṇini, written or composed by Pāṇini &c. [Page 616, Column 1] Contents of this page
• m. a disciple or follower of Pāṇini (or Pāṇ. 4-3, 99 Sch.) and his grammar, iv, 2, 64 Sch
• n. (with or sc. vyākaraṇa) the system or grammar of PṭPāṇini, iv, 2, 66 ; 3, 115 Sch. Śiś. Kathās. Hcat
⋙ pāṇinīyamatadarpaṇa
○mata-darpaṇa m
⋙ pāṇinīyaliṅgānuśāsana
○liṅgânuśāsana n
⋙ pāṇinīyaśīkṣā
○śīkṣā f
⋙ pāṇinīyasūtra
○sūtra n. and,
⋙ sūtrasārakośa
sūtra-sāra-kośa m. N. of wks
pāṇītaka m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
• pl. of a people VP. (v. l. karīti)
pāṇṭa (prob.) wṛ. for phāṇṭa Vait
pāṇḍa m. (ī f.), g. gaurâdi
• wṛ. for pāṇḍya and pāṇḍu
⋙ pāṇḍarājayaśobhūṣaṇa
○rāja-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa n. N. of wk. Cat. (wṛ. for pāṇḍya-r○?)
pāṇḍaka m. N. of a teacher VāyuP
pāṇḍara pāṇḍava, See under pāṇḍu
pā́ṇḍitya n. (fr. paṇḍita) n. scholarship, erudition, learning, cleverness, skill, ŚPr. MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ pāṇḍityadarpaṇa
○darpaṇa m. N. of wk
pāṇḍú mfn. (√paṇḍ?) yellowish white, white, pale ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
• jaundiced Car
• m. jaundice Car
• pale or yellowish white colour W
• a white elephant L
• Trichosanthes Dioeca L
• a species of shrub L
• N. of a son of Vyāsa by the wife of Vicitra-viirya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra and Vidura (he was father of the five Pāṇḍavas) AV.Pariś. MBh. Hariv. &c
• of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh. i, 3745
• of a son of Dhātri by Āyatī VP. (vḷ. prâṇa)
• of an attendant of Śiva L
• of a Nāgarāja L
• pl. of a people in Madhya-deśa VarBṛS. (v. l. pāṇḍya and ○ḍva)
• f. Glycine Debilis L
⋙ pāṇḍukaṇṭaka
○kaṇṭaka m. Achyranthes Aspera L
⋙ pāṇḍukambala
○kambala m. a white woollen covering or blanket, a warm upper garment R
• the housings of a royal elephant W
• a kind of stone L
-śilā f. N. of a part of the heavenly Paradise Divyāv
-saṃvrita (R.)
○lin (Pāṇ. 4-2, 11), mfn. covered or lined with a white woollen blanket
⋙ pāṇḍukaraṇa
○karaṇa or n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr
⋙ pāṇḍukarman
○karman n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr
⋙ pāṇḍugātra
○gātra mfn. 'pale-bodied', pale white -tā f. paleness Suśr
⋙ pāṇḍucchattra
○cchattra Nom. P. ○trati, to resemble a yellow umbrella Prasannar
⋙ pāṇḍucchāya
○cchāya mfn. white-coloured Megh
⋙ pāṇḍutaru
○taru m. Anogeissus Latifolia L
⋙ pāṇḍutā
○tā f
⋙ pāṇḍutva
○tva n. whitish-yellow colour, paleness MBh. Suśr. &c
⋙ pāṇḍutīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP
⋙ pāṇḍudāsa
○dāsa m. N. of the patron of Srī-dhara Cat
⋙ pāṇḍudukūla
○dukūla n. a white winding-sheet Lalit
-sīvana n. 'sewing of the white- wṭwinding-shṭsheet', N. of a place (where Gautama Buddha made a white-wṭwinding-shṭsheet ) ib
⋙ pāṇḍunāga
○nāga m. a w elephant W
• Rottlera Tinctoria L
⋙ pāṇḍupattra
○pattra n. a pale leaf (○trôdara n. a calyx of pale leaves) Śak
• mfn. having pale leaves (-tā f.) Var
⋙ pāṇḍupattrī
○pattrī or f. a kind of fragrant substance L
⋙ pāṇḍupatnī
○patnī f. a kind of fragrant substance L
⋙ pāṇḍuputra
○putra m. a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the Pāṇḍava princes MBh
• (i), f. = -pattrī BhP. -pṛṣṭha mfn. 'white-backed', having no distinguished mark on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected L
⋙ pāṇḍuphala
○phala m. 'having yellow fruit', Trichosanthes Dioeca L
• (ā), f. a species of gourd L
• (ī), f. a species of shrub L
⋙ pāṇḍubhāva
○bhāva m. becoming yellowish-white Suśr
⋙ pāṇḍubhūma
○bhūma m. a whitish or chalky soil Yājñ. Sch
• mfn. = -mṛttika mfn. Vop
⋙ pāṇḍumukha
○mukha mf(ī)n. pale-faced Kathās
⋙ pāṇḍumṛttika
○mṛttika mfn. having a whitish or chalky soil R
• (ā), f. = -bhūma m. L. (also ○ka ibc.)
⋙ pāṇḍumṛd
○mṛd f. chalky a chalky soil L
⋙ pāṇḍuraṅga
○raṅga m. a kind of vegetable L
• N. of sev. authors Cat
• (ā), f. N. of a goddness(?) ib
-māhātmya n. -vgṭṭhala stotra n. ○gâṣṭaka n. N. of wks
⋙ pāṇḍurāga
○rāga m. whiteness, pallor W
• Artemesia Indica L
⋙ pāṇḍurāṣṭra
○rāṣṭra N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. pāṃsu-r○)
⋙ pāṇḍuroga
○roga m. 'yellow disease', jaundice Var. Suśr
-ghna and -nāśana mfn. destroying jaundice. Suśr
○gin mfn. jaundiced ib
⋙ pāṇḍulekha
○lekha or n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L
⋙ pāṇḍulekhya
○leḍkhya n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L
⋙ pāṇḍulomaparṇī
○loma-parṇī (Bhpr.),
⋙ pāṇḍulomaśā
○lomaśā and f. Glycine Debilis'
⋙ pāṇḍulomā
○lomā (L.), f. Glycine Debilis'
⋙ pāṇḍuloba
○loba n. 'white metal', silver Daś
⋙ pāṇḍuvarṇa
○varṇa mfn. white Nal
• ni. whiteness W
⋙ pāṇḍuvarmadeva
○varma-deva m. N. of a prince Inscr
⋙ pāṇḍuśarkarā
○śarkarā f. light-coloured gravel (the disease) GāruḍaP
⋙ pāṇḍuśarmilā
○śarmilā f. N. of Draupadī (the wife of the sons of Pāṇḍu) L
⋙ pāṇḍusikata
○sikata mfn. strewn with whise sand Śak. ii, 5
⋙ pāṇḍusūdanarasa
○sūdana-rasa m. a partic. preparation made of quicksilver Rasêndrac. [Page 616, Column 2]
⋙ pāṇḍusopāka
○sopāka or m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)
⋙ pāṇḍusaupāka
○saupāka m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)
≫ pāṇḍara
pāṇḍara mf(ā)n. whitish-yellow, pale, white ŚBr. (cf. -vāsas) &c. &c
• m. a species of plant L
• N. of a mountain MārkP
• of a Naga (also ○raka) MBh
• of a sect (also ○raka) L
• (ā), f. N. of a Buddhist Śakti or female energy MWB. 216 (cf. pâṇḍurā)
• n. a jasmine blossom L
• red chalk L
⋙ pāṇḍaradanta
○danta mfn. having white teeth or tusks (elephant) R
⋙ pāṇḍaradvaragopura
○dvara-gopura mfn. having white doors and city gates MBh
⋙ pāṇḍarapuṣpikā
○puṣpikā f. a species of plant (= śītalā) L
⋙ pāṇḍarabhikṣu
○bhikṣu m. 'a white-robed mendicant', N. of a partic. sect L
⋙ pāṇḍaravāyasa
○vāyasa m. a white crow (= something very rare) Kautukas
⋙ pāṇḍaravāsas
○vāsas (pā́○), mfn. white-robed ŚBr
⋙ pāṇḍaravāsin
○vāsin mfn. id. (v. 1. pāṇḍura-v○)
• (inī), f. N. of a Buddh. Tantra deity L
⋙ pāṇḍaretara
pāṇḍarêtara mfn. 'other than white', black, dark
-vāsas mfn. dark-robed Suśr
≫ pāṇḍala
pāṇḍala prob. = ○ḍara in comp
⋙ pāṇḍalameghā
○meghā f. N. of a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ
≫ pāṇḍava
pāṇḍava m. a son or descendant of Pāṇḍu or a partisan of the Pāṇḍavas
• (pl.) the 5 reputed sons of Pāṇḍu (Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, Arjuna, Nakula and Saha-deva
Kuntī. and Mādrī) or their adherents MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of a mountain Lalit
• of a country Cat
• mf(ī)n. belonging to or connected with the Pāṇḍavas MBh
⋙ pāṇḍavakulaprasūta
○kulá-prasūta mfn. born from the race of the Pāṇḍavas Lalit
⋙ pāṇḍavagītā
○gītā f
⋙ pāṇḍavacarita
○carita n. N. of 2 poems
⋙ pāṇḍavanakula
○nakula m. N. of a Poet Cat
⋙ pāṇḍavapurāṇa
○purāṇa n. N. of a Pur
⋙ pāṇḍavapratāpa
○pratāpa m. N. of a poem (in Prākṛit) by Sridhara
⋙ pāṇḍavavahni
○vahni 'the Pāṇḍava fires', N. of the 3 elder sons of Paṇḍu ('kindled on the Araṇi i.e. Pṛithi or Kuntī'
• cf. pāṇḍavâraṇi and pṛthâraṇi) MW
⋙ pāṇḍavasreṣṭka
○sreṣṭka m. 'best of the sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shthita MBh
⋙ pāṇḍavānanda
pāṇḍavânanda m. N. of a drama
⋙ pāṇḍavānīka
pāṇḍavânīka n. the army of the Pāṇḍavas Bhag
⋙ pāṇḍavābhila
pāṇḍavâbhila m. N. of Kṛishṇa L
⋙ pāṇḍavāraṇi
pāṇḍavâraṇi f. the Araṇi or mother of the Pāṇḍavas VP. (cf. ○va-vahni)
≫ pāṇḍavāyana
pāṇḍavāyana m. (pl.) the children of Pāṇḍu L
• (sg.) 'friend of the Pāṇḍavas', N. of Kṛishṇa L
≫ pāṇḍavika
pāṇḍavika m. a kind of sparrow L
≫ pāṇḍavīya
pāṇḍavīya mfn. = pāṇḍava mfn. MBh
≫ pāṇḍaveya
pāṇḍaveya mfn. id. ib
• m. a son of Pāṇḍu or an adherent of the Pāṇḍavas ib
≫ pāṇḍuka
pāṇḍuka mfn. = pāṇḍu L
• m. a pale or yellowish-white colour W
• jaundice L
• a species of rice Suśr. (cf. ○ḍūka)
• (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 treasures
• N. of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L
• n. N. of a forest Śatr
⋙ pāṇḍukin
pāṇḍuḍkin mfn. jaundiced Suśr
≫ pāṇḍura
pāṇḍura mf(ā)n. whitish, white, pale, yellow R. Var. Suśr. &c
• m. a form of jaundice L
• Anogeissus Latifolia L
• an Andropogon with white flowers L
• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
• (ā), f. Glycine Debilis L
• of a Buddhist deity Dharmas. iv (cf. pāṇḍarā)
• n. the white leprosy, vitiligo L
⋙ pāṇḍuratā
○tā f. white colour, whiteness Pañc
⋙ pāṇḍuradruma
○druma m. Wrightia Antidysenterica Bhpr
⋙ pāṇḍurapṛṣṭha
○pṛṣṭha mfn. = pāṇḍu-p○ L
⋙ pāṇḍuraphalī
○phalī f. a species of shrub L
⋙ pāṇḍuravāsin
○vāsin mfn. white-robed MBh
⋙ pāṇḍurekṣu
pāṇḍurêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane L
≫ pāṇḍuraka
pāṇḍuraka mf(ikā)n. whitish Divyâv
≫ pāṇḍuraya
pāṇḍuraya Nom. P. yati, to colour white, Vāsav
⋙ pāṇḍurita
pāṇḍuḍrita mfn. white-coloured Kād
• Balar
≫ pāṇḍuriman
pāṇḍuriman m. white colour Naish
≫ pāṇḍurīkaraṇa
pāṇḍurī-karaṇa n. colouring white Vcar
⋙ pāṇḍurīkaraṇakṛ
○√kṛ to colour white Kād
≫ pāṇḍūka
pāṇḍūka m. a species of rice Var. (cf. pāṇḍuka)
≫ pāṇḍya
pāṇḍya m. pl. N. of a people and country in the Dekhan (also vḷ. for pāṇḍu, a people in Madhyaḍeśa) MBh. Kāv. &c
• (sg.) a prince of the Paṇḍyas ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)
• N. of a son of Ākrīḍa Hariv
• of the mountain range in the country of the Paṇḍyas MBh. R
⋙ pāṇḍyadeśa
○deśa m. the country of the PṭPaṇḍyas, Nīlak
⋙ pāṇḍyanareśvara
⋙ pāṇḍyanātha
⋙ pāṇḍyarāja
⋙ pāṇḍyarāṣṭrādhipa
○rāṣṭrâdhipa m. a king or sovereign of the Paṇḍyas MBh. Hariv. &c
⋙ pāṇḍyavāṭa
○vāṭa m. or n. N. of a district in which pearls are found Var
○taka mfn. situated in this district ib
≫ pāṇḍv
pāṇḍv in comp. for pāṇḍu before vowels
⋙ pāṇḍvarirasa
○ari-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L
⋙ pāṇḍvavabhāsa
○avabhāsa mfn. appearing or looking pale Suśr
⋙ pāṇḍvāmaya
○āmaya m. 'yellowdisease', jaundice Suśr
○yin mfn. jaundiced ib. Car
⋙ pāṇḍvārti
○ārti f. = -āmaya Car
≫ pāṇḍva
pāṇḍvá n. an uncoloured woollen garment ŚBr. [Page 616, Column 3]
• N. of a people in Madhya-deśa (vṛ. for pāṇḍu and ○ḍya) Var
pāṇya 2
pāṇya mfn. (√paṇ) praiseworthy, excellent L. (For i. See p. 615, col. 3.)
pāt m. (√pat) falling
• sin, wickedness W
≫ pāta 2
pāta m. (for 1. See under √3. ) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh
• throwing one's self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c., e.g., gṛha-, fall of a house
parvata-, fall from a mountain
bhū-, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
• alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat
• a stroke (of a sword &c.) Kathās
• application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kāvyâd
• casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh
• decay of the body (deha-pāta), death Kathās. Bādar
• (with garbhasya) fall of the fetus, miscarriage Suśr
• an attack, incursion Var
• a cass, possibility, ŚaṅkhBr
• happening, occurrence, appearance Prab. Kathās. Daśar
• a fault, error, mistake Sūryas
• the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179)
• a malignant aspect ib
• N. of Rāhu L
• pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib
⋙ pātabheda
○bheda m. = tāla-kāla-kriyāviśeṣa L
⋙ pātasāriṇī
○sāriṇī f. N. of wk
⋙ pātāṇḍinīya
pātâṇḍinīya (fr. pāta +?) N. of a school of the Yajur-veda Aryav
⋙ pātādhikārodāharana
pātâdhikārôdāharana n. N. of wk
≫ pātaka
pātaka mfn. causing to fall ( See garbha-)
• n. (rarely m
• ifc. f. ā), 'that which causes to fall or sink', sin, crime, loss of caste GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pātakayoga
○yoga m. incurring guilt, acting sinfully W
≫ pātakin
pātakin mfn. guilty of a crime, wicked, sinful, a sinner (○ki-tva n.) Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c
≫ pātana
pātana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, felling, laying low, striking off or down (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP
• n. the act of causing to fall &c
• lowering, humbling W
• the act of casting (as dice or a glance of the eyes) Kathās. (cf. akṣa-)
• (with daṇḍasya) causing the rod to fall, chastising, punishing Mn
• (with garbhasya) causing the fall of the fetus or abortion Yājñ
• (with jalaukasām) application of leeches Suśr
• removing, bringing away ib
• causing to fall asunder, dividing Śaṃk
• N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Sarvad
≫ pātanikā
pātanikā f. fitness, correspondence, Bhāmatī
≫ pātanīya
pātanīya mfn. to be caused to fall upon, to be thrown or shot at (loc.) Śak. i, 10 (v. l.)
≫ pātayitṛ
pātayitṛ mfn. one who causes to fall, thrower of (dice &c.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch
≫ pātāla
pātāla n. (rarely m
• ifc. f. ā
• perhaps fr. 2. pāta as antarāla fr. antar
Uṇ. i, 116) one of the 7 regions under the earth and the abode of the Nāgas or serpents and demons (cf. RTL. 102, n. 1 &c
• sometimes used as a general N. for the lower regions or hells
• in MBh. also N. of a town in the serpent-world), AruṇUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
• an excavation, hole in the earth MBh
• she submarine fire L
• (in astrol.) the fourth house Var
• N. of a Tirtha Cat
• m. = yantra blow L
• (in astron.) N. of Jupiter's year of 361 days
• (in music) a kind of measure
• N. of the attendant of the 14th Arhat of present Ava-sarpiṇī
⋙ pātālaketu
○ketu m. N. of a Daitya prince Prab
⋙ pātālakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of ch. of SkandaP
⋙ pātālagaṅgā
○gaṅgā f. the Ganges which flows throngh Patālā MW
⋙ pātālagarudāhvaya
○garudâhvaya m
⋙ pātālagaruḍī
○garuḍī f. a species of creeper Bhpr. L
⋙ pātālatala
○tala n. the bottom of PṭPatālā (○lam ind. down to Patālā) Hcar
⋙ pātālanagarī
○nagarī f. atown in Patālā Kathās
⋙ pātālanilaya
○nilaya m. an inhabitant of PṭPatālā, an Asura L
• a serpent L
⋙ pātālaprastha
○prastha n. N. of a village of the Bāhīkas (○thika, mfn. ) Pat
⋙ pātālabhogivarga
○bhogi-varga m. N. of ch. of Amara-siṃha
⋙ pātālayantra
○yantra n. a sort of apparatus for distillation or for calcining and subliming metals L
⋙ pātālavarṇana
○varṇana n. 'description of PṭPatālā' N. of ch. of the Pātāla-khaṇḍa
⋙ pātālavāsin
○vāsin m. -nelaya MW
⋙ pātālavijaya
○vijaya m. 'victory over PṭPatālā' N. of a poem
⋙ pātālāakas
pātāl^ākas m. an inhabitant of Pātāla, an Asura L
≫ pātika
pātika m. Delphinus Gangeticus L
≫ pātita
pātita mfn. (fr. Caus) made to fall, felled, struck down, lowered, depressed, overthrown R. Kālid. &c
≫ pātitya
pātitya n. (fr. patita) loss of position or caste, degradation Pur. Kull
≫ pātin
pātin mfn. flying MBh. Kāv. &c
• falling, sinking Megh. Kathās
• rising, appearing Kathās
• being in (cf. antaḥ- and eka-)
• causing to fall, throwing down, emitting (comp.) MBh. Var. Rājat. [Page 617, Column 1] Contents of this page
≫ pātuka
pātuka mfn. falling or apt to fall (= patanaśīla Pāṇ. 3-2, 154)
• falling down Śiś. iii, 3
• Iosing caste or going to the lower regions MBh. xii, 3444
• m. a precipice L
• an aquatic animal (= jalahastin) L
• N. of a poet Cat
≫ pātya 1
pātya mfn. to be felled or caused to fall
• to be inflicted or imposed (as a penalty) R
pātaṃga mf(ī)n. (fr. pataṃ-ga) belonging to or peculiar to a grasshopper or moth Rājat
• brown MBh. vi, 422
≫ pātaṃgi
pātaṃgi m. 'the son of the Sun', N. of the Planet Saturn Var. Sch
pātañjala mf(ī)n. composed by Patañjali
• m. a follower of the Yoga system of Patañjali Cat
• n. the Yoga system of ra ib., (also ○līya n.)
• the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañjali ib
⋙ pātañjalatantra
○tantra n
⋙ pātañjaladarśana
○darśana n
⋙ pātañjalabhāṣya
○bhāṣya n. (-varttika n.),
⋙ pātañjalarahasya
○rahasya n
⋙ pātañjalasūtrabhāṣyavyakhyā
○sūtra-bhāṣya-vyakhyā f

pātañjalasūtravṛttibhāṣyacchāyā3pātañjala--sūtra-vṛtti-bhāṣya-cchāyā f. N. of wks
pātatriṇa m. vḷ. for pat○
pātatriṇa mfn. containing the word patatrin g. vimuktâdi
pātalyá n. du. a partic. part of a carriage (= kilaka Sāy.) RV. iii, 53, 7
pātasāka m.= ?, a king Cat
pāti m.= pati, a master, lord, husband Uṇ. v, 5 Sch
≫ pātivratya
pātivratya n. (fr. pati-vratā) devotedness to a husband, conjugal fidelity BhP
≫ pātnil
pātnil Vṛddhi form of patnī (f. of pati) in comp
⋙ pātnilvata
○vatá mfn. belonging to Agni patnī-vat (s.v.) VS. TS. Br. ŚrS
• containing the word patnil-vat ŚāṅkhBr
⋙ pātnilśala
○śala mfn. being in the patnī-śālā (a.v.), Lāṭy
≫ pātya 2
pātya n. (for f. See above) dominion MBh
pātilī f. (only L
• fr. √pat?), a trap or snare for catching deer
• a small earthen pot (used by mendicants)
• a woman of a partic. class
pātṛ 3
pātṛ m. (for 1. 2. See under √1. and √3. ) a species of Ocimum L
pāttigaṇaka n. fr. patti-gaṇaka g. udgātr-ādi
pāttrikya n. (fr. pattrika), g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)
pātra 1
pātra 2 See √1. and √3.
pātraṭa mfn. spare, thin L
• m. a ragged garment (karpaṭa) or a cup, pot (karpara) L
pātha m. = patha g. jvalâdi
• fire L
• the sun L
• n. water L
• N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
≫ pāthas
pā́thas n. a spot, place RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
• food Nir. viii, 17 air ib. vi, 7
• water Kāv. Rājat
⋙ pāthaspati
○pati m. 'lord of the water, N. of Varuṇa Kathās
≫ pāthika
pāthika m
⋙ pāthikya
pāthiḍkya n. (fr. pathika), g. śivâdi and purohitâdi
≫ pāthikārya
pāthikārya m. patr. fr. patki-kara g. kurv-ādi
≫ pāthis
pā́this n. = pāthas KapS. (○thas MaitrS.)
• = kīlāla L
• n. the sea or the eye Uṇ. ii, 115 Sch
≫ pātheya
pātheya n. (fr. pathin) provender or provisions &c. for a journey, viaticum MBh. Kāv. &c
• = pāthona Jyot
⋙ pātheyavat
○vat mfn. furnished with provisions for a journey, provisioned Megh
⋙ pātheyaśrāddha
○śrāddha n. a kind of meal at a Śrāddha Cat
≫ pātheyaka
pātheyaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi
≫ pātho
pātho in comp. fo ○thas
⋙ pāthoja
○ja n. 'water-born', a lotus Kāv. Rājat
-"ṣjinī f. the lotus-plant Prasannar
⋙ pāthoda
○da and m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar
⋙ pāthodhara
○dhara m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar
⋙ pāthodhi
○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the sea ib
⋙ pāthonātha
○nātha m. = pāthas-pati Mcar
⋙ pāthonidhi
○nidhi m. = -dhi L
⋙ pāthobhāj
○bhāj mfn. possessing room or space, SāṅkhBr
⋙ pāthoruha
○ruha n. 'water-grown', a lotus L
≫ pāthya
pāthyá mfn. (prob.) being in the air, heavenly RV. vi, 16, 15 (N. of a Ṛishi Sāy.)
pāthona m. (fr. Gk. ?) the sign of the zodiac [617, 1] Virgo Var. (cf. pārthona)
pāthnya m. a patr. of Dadh1ica Kāṭh
pād (√2. pad), strong base of 3. pād, q.v
• also ifc. ( See tri-p○, dvi-p○, su.p○)
≫ pāda
pāda m. (ifc. f. ā, rarely ī) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl. sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect, e.g. deva-pādāḥ, 'the king's majesty' Pañc. [Page 617, Column 2]
nārāyaṇap○, 'the venerable Nārāyaṇa' Sāh
pādaiḥ ind. on foot said of several persons. R
○dayoḥ and ○de-√pat, to fall at a person's gen. feet Kāv. Hit)
• the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
• a wheel Śiś. xii, 21
• a foot as a measure (= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. ŚrS. MārkP
• the foot or √of a tree Var
• the foot or a hill at the foot of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c
• the bottom (dṛteh pādāt, 'from the bottom of a bag', v. l. pātrāt) MBh. v, 1047
• a ray or beam of light (considered as the foot of a heavenly body) ib
• a quarter, a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for gen. Suśr.)
• the quadrant (of a circle) Āryabh. Sch
• a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. ŚrS. Prāt. &c
• the caesura of a verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a book consisting of 4 parts, as the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini's grammar)
⋙ pādakaṭaka
○kaṭaka m. n
⋙ pādakilikā
○kilikā f. a foot-ring or ornament, anklet
⋙ pādakuṭhārikā
○kuṭhārikā f. a partic. position of the feet ŚāṅkhGṛ
⋙ pādakṛcchra
○kṛcchra m. 'quarter-penance', a sort of position (eating and fasting on alternate nights) Yājñ
⋙ pādakṣepa
○kṣepa m. a kick with the foot Hariv
⋙ pādagaṇḍira
○gaṇḍira m. swelling of the legs and feet L
⋙ pādagṛhya
○gṛhya ind. seizing by the foot RV
⋙ pādagranthi
○granthi m. foot-knot', the ankle L
⋙ pādagrahaṇa
○grahaṇa n. laying hold of or clasping the feet (of a Brāhman or superior, as a mark of respectful salutation) Mn. Kum
⋙ pādaghṛta
○ghṛta n. melted butter for anointing the foot MBh
⋙ pādacatura
○catura or m. (L.) a slanderer
⋙ pādacatvara
○catvara m. (L.) a slanderer
• a goat
• a sand-bank
• hail
• Ficus Religiosa
⋙ pādacāpala
○cāpala (Gaut),
⋙ pādacāpalya
○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. carelessness in placing the feet
⋙ pādacāra
○cāra mfn. going on foot, walking Ragh
• m. a foot-soldier Uttarar
• walking on foot (eṇa ind. on foot) MBh. Kālid
• the daily position of the planets W
• N. of wk
⋙ pādacārin
○cārin mfn. going or fighting on foot, having feet, walking, moving BhP. Jātakam
• m. a pedestrian, foot-soldier Kathās
⋙ pādacihna
○cihna n. foot-mark, fṭfoot-print MW
⋙ pādacchedana
○cchedana n. cutting: off a fṭfoot Mn. viii, 280
⋙ pādaja
○ja m. 'born from the foot (of Brahmā)', a Sūdra Hariv. 1
⋙ pādajala
○jala n. water for (washing) the feet L. 2
⋙ pādajala
○jala mfn. containing (i.e. mixed with) one fourth of water Bhpr
⋙ pādajāha
○jāha n. = -mūla L. (g. -karnâdi)
⋙ pādatala
○tala n. sole of the foot MBh. Suśr
• (e), ind. (to fall) at a person's foot Amar
○lâhati f. a kick Kuval
⋙ pādatas
○tas ind. from or at or near the feet (-taḥ-√kṛ, to place at the feet), ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn. Kathās
• by the Pāda (i.e. quarter of a verse), RPrāt
• step by step, by degrees Kām
⋙ pādatra
○tra m. or n. 'foot-covering', a shoe Rājat. (cf. apa-pādatra)
-dhāraṇa n. wearing shoes Car
⋙ pādatrāṇa
○trāṇa n. = -tra Suśr
⋙ pādadārikā
○dārikā or f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr
⋙ pādadārī
○dāḍrī f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr
⋙ pādadāha
○dāha m. a burning sensation in the fṭfoot ib
⋙ pādadhāvana
○dhāvana n. Washing the foot MBh. R
○nikā f. sand used for rubbing the foot L
⋙ pādanakha
○nakha m. a toe-nail Cat
⋙ pādanamra
○namra mfn. bowing down to the feet of any one ML
⋙ pādanālikā
○nālikā f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet L
⋙ pādaniketa
○niketa m. a foot-stool BhP
⋙ pādanicrit
○nicrit mfn. (a metre) wanting one syllable in each Pāda (wṛ. -ni-vrit) RPrāt
⋙ pādaniṣka
○niṣka m. a quarter of a Nishka (s.v.) Pāṇ. 6-3, 56 Pat
⋙ pādanyāsa
○nyāsa m. putting down or placing the feet R
• casting rays (said of the moon) Śak
• a dance or measured step MW. - 1. 2
⋙ pādapa
○pa See p. 618
⋙ pādapatana
○patana n. falling or bowing to another's feet, Ratnâv. Kathās
⋙ pādapatita
○patita mfn. fallen at anṭanother's foot Kathās
⋙ pādapaddhati
○paddhati f. a line of footsteps, a track, trail Pañc
⋙ pādapadma
○padma m. 'foot-lotus', a foot beautiful as a lotus Kāv
• N. of a teacher (= padmapāda) Cat
⋙ pādaparicāraka
○paricāraka m. a humble servant Mcar
⋙ pādapādadhāvana
○pāda-dhāvana n. washing one foot with the other Gaut
⋙ pādapālikā
○pālikā f. an ornament for the feet, anklet L
⋙ pādapāśa
○pāśa m. a foot-rope or an anklet L
• (ī), f. id. ib
• = khaḍuka ib
⋙ pādapīṭha
○pīṭha m. a foot-stool MBh. R. &c
• (○ṭhī-√kṛ), to make into a foot-stṭstool Kād
⋙ pādapīṭhikā
○pīṭhikā f. any common or vulgar trade (as that of a barber &c.) L
• white stone W
⋙ pādapūraṇa
○pūraṇa mfn. filling out (a verse &c.), expletive RPrāt
• n. the filling out a line or the measure of a verse Pāṇ. 6-1, 134
⋙ pādaprakaraṇasaṃgati
○prakaraṇa-saṃgati f. N. of wk
⋙ pādaprakṣālana
○prakṣālana n. washing the feet Āpast. Gaut
⋙ pādapraṇāma
○praṇāma m. bowing to the feet, prostration W
⋙ pādapratiṣṭhāna
○pratiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool MBh
⋙ pādapradhāraṇa
○pradhāraṇa n. 'foot-covering', a shoe L
⋙ pādaprasāraṇa
○prasāraṇa n. stretching out the feet Gaut
⋙ pādaprasveda
○prasveda m. perspiration of the fṭfeet Hcat
○din mfn. suffering from it ib
⋙ pādaprahāra
○prahāra m. 'feet-blow', a kick Kāv. [Page 617, Column 3]
⋙ pādabaddha
○baddha mfn. bound or held together by feet, consisting of verses (as a metre) Madhus
⋙ pādabandha
○bandha m. a tie or fetter for the feet MBh
⋙ pādabandhana
○bandhana n. id. L
• a stock of cattle L
⋙ pādabhaṭa
○bhaṭa m. a foot-soldier Kathās
⋙ pādabhāga
○bhāga m. a fourth part, quarter MBh
• mfn. amounting to a quarter L
⋙ pādabhāj
○bhāj mfn. possessing a quarter i.e. being only the fourth part of (gen.) with regard to (loc.) MBh
• dividing into Pādas or verses L
⋙ pādamaññarī
○maññarī f. N. of a treatise on RV
⋙ pādamadhyayamaka
○madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in Bhaṭṭ. x, 5)
⋙ pādamātra
○mātra n. the measure or distance of a foot, ŚrS
• (○trá), mt(ī́)n. a foot long ŚBr
⋙ pādamiśra
○miśra = pan-miśra (Pāṇ. 6-3, 56)
⋙ pādamudrā
○mudrā f. the impression of a fṭfoot-step, any mark or sign Rājat
paṅkti f. a line of foot-steps, a track, trail Kathās
⋙ pādamūla
○mūla n. 'foot-√', the sole or heel (also as a polite designation of a person) Kāv. Pur. (○le ni-√pat, to fall at a person's feet R.)
• the foot of a mountain Kathās
⋙ pādayamaka
○yamaka n. paronomasia within the Pādas or single verses Vām
⋙ pādayuddha
○yuddha n. 'foot.-fight', fighting on foot MW
⋙ pādarakṣa
○rakṣa m. 'foot-guard'
• pl. armed men who run by the side of an elephant in battle to protect its feet MBh. Hariv
⋙ pādarakṣaṇa
○rakṣaṇa n
⋙ pādarakṣikā
○raḍkṣikā f. foot-covering', a shoe L
⋙ pādarajas
○rajas n. the dust of the feet MBh. Mālav
⋙ pādarajju
○rajju f. a rope or tether for the foot (of an elephant) L
⋙ pādarathī
○rathī f. 'foot-vehicle', a shoe L
⋙ pādarohaṇa
○rohaṇa m. 'growing from roots', the Indian fig-tree L
⋙ pādalagna
○lagna mfn. sticking or hanging on the feet, lying at a person's feet Cāṇ. Kathās
⋙ pādalipta
○lipta (and -sūri), m. N. of a scholar L
⋙ pādalepa
○lepa m. an unguent for the fee MārkP
-siddhi f. its effect Caṇḍ
⋙ pādavat
○vat (pā́da-), mfn. having foot AV. &c
⋙ pādavandana
○vandana n. saluting the foot', respectful saluation Yājñ
○nika mfn. accompanied by a respectful saluation L
⋙ pādavalimīka
○valimīka m. elephantiasis L. (cf. valm○)
⋙ pādavigraha
○vigraha m. pl. (prob.) a mode of reading (cf. pāda-v○) Hariv. 12030 (v. l. kāma [for [krama?] v○])
• mfn. one-footed (opp. to catuṣpāda) ib. 11305 0c
⋙ pādavidhāna
○vidhāna n. 'arrangement of verses', N. of a wk. ascribed to Śaunaka
⋙ pādavirajas
○virajas f. a shoe (lit. 'keeping the feet dustless '?) L
⋙ pādavṛtta
○vṛtta m. N. a Svarita separated from the preceding Udātta by a hiatus Prāt
• du. the 2 component elements of a verse, i.e. the long and short syllable ib
⋙ pādaveṣṭanika
○veṣṭanika m. or n. (and ā f.) 'foot-covering', a stocking L
⋙ pādaśabda
○śabda m. the sound of foot-steps, Daś'
⋙ pādaśas
○śas ind. foot by foot, quarter by quṭquarter Mn. MBh
• verse by verse MānGṛ
⋙ pādaśākhā
○śākhā f. 'foot-branch', a toe L
⋙ pādaśuśruṣā
○śuśruṣā f. obedience to (the feet of) any one (gen.) Hariv
⋙ pādaśeṣa
○śeṣa n. a quarter, fourth part (?) Hariv. 16218
⋙ pādaśaila
○śaila m. a hill at the foot of a mountain L
⋙ pādaśotha
○śotha m. 'feet-swelling', gout W
⋙ pādaśauca
○śauca n. cleaning the foot Yājñ
⋙ pādasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza VPrāt
⋙ pādasevana
○sevana n
⋙ pādasevā
○seḍvā f. 'foot-salutation', service, duty Kāv
⋙ pādastambha
○stambha m. a supporting beam, pillar, post Yājñ. Sch
⋙ pādasphoṭa
○sphoṭa m. a sore or ulcer on the foot L
⋙ pādasvedana
○svedana n. causing perspiration in the feet
○nika mfn. produced by it, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi
⋙ pādaharṣa
○harṣa m. numbness of the foot Suśr
⋙ pādahāraka
○hāraka mfn. taken away with the fṭfoot Pāṇ. Sch
• m. a stealer with the foot (?) W
⋙ pādahīnāt
○hīnāt ind. without division or transition Suśr
⋙ pādāṃśika
pādâṃśika mfn. greater or smaller by a part Car
⋙ pādākulaka
pādâkulaka n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
⋙ pādāgra
pādâgra n. the point or extremity of the foot
-sthita mfn. standing on tip-toe, Ratnâv,
⋙ padāghāta
pádâghāta m. 'foot-blow', a kick Kathās
⋙ pādāṅgada
pādāṅgada n
⋙ pādāṅgadī
pādāṅgaḍdī f. 'foot-ring', an anklet L
⋙ pādāhgulīyaka
pādâhgulīyaka n. a toe-ring L
⋙ pādāṅguṣṭha
pā́dâṅguṣṭha m. foot-thumb', the great toe MBh
-śritâvani mfn. touching the ground with the toes, on tip-toe MW
○ṭhikā f. a ring worn on the great toe W
⋙ pādādi
pādâdi (ibc.), the beginning of a verse
-madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as Bhaṭt. x, 15)
-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning of a vṭverse (ib. x, 4)
○dyanta-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and end of a verse (ib. x, 11)
⋙ pādādhiṣṭhāna
pādâdhiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool L
⋙ pādādhyāsa
pādâdhyāsa m. treading upon, kicking W
⋙ pādānata
pādânata mfn. = ○da-namra ib
⋙ pādānukramaṇī
pādânukramaṇī f. N. of wk
⋙ pādānudhyāta
pādânudhyāta or ○dhyāna mfn. 'thought of by (the feet of) such a one', the rightful successor of any one (thought of by his predecessor), inscr
⋙ pādānuprāsa
pādânuprāsa m. alliteration in verses Vām
⋙ pādānta
pādânta m. extremity of the feet (○te, at a person's foot) Amar
• a claw Pañc
• the end of a verse
-yamaka n. paronomasia at the end of a verse (as Bhaṭṭ. x, 3). [Page 618, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pādāntara
pādântara n. the interval of a step
○re ind. close by (with gen.) MBh
• after the intṭinterval of a step Śak. (v. l. for pad○)
⋙ pādāntikam
pādântikam ind. near to or towards (the feet of) any one MārkP
⋙ pādābhivandana
pādâbhivandana or n. = ○da-vandana R
⋙ pādābhivādana
pādâbhiḍvādana n. = ○da-vandana R
⋙ pādāmbu
pādâmbu mfn. containing a fourth part of water L
⋙ pādāmbhas
pādâmbhas n. water for washing the feet Yājñ
⋙ pādāravinda
pādâravinda m. 'foot-lotus', the foot of a deity or a lover &c. Kāv
-śataka n. N. of a poem
⋙ pādārghya
pādârghya n. 'offering to the feet', a donation to Brāhmans or other venerable persons W
⋙ pādārdha
pādârdha n. half a quarter, an eighth Mn. viii, 404
• half a line of a stanza W
⋙ pādrpaṇa
pād7rpaṇa n. putting down or placing the feet Ragh
⋙ pādāvanāma
pādâvanāma m. bowing to a person's feet Siś
⋙ pādāvanektṛ
pādâvanektṛ m. one who washes another's foot Āpast
⋙ pādāvaneja
pādâvaneja (!), m. washing another's fṭfoot BhP
⋙ pādāvanejana
pādâvanejana mf(ī)n. used for washing the foot AitBr. Mn. &c
• (ī), f. pl. water for washing the foot BhP
⋙ pādāvanejya
pādâvanejya n. = ○ja TāṇḍBr
⋙ pādāvarta
pādâvarta m. a wheel worked by the fṭfoot for raising water from a well L
• a square foot KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pādāvasecana
pādâvasecana n. water used for washing the feet Mn. iv, 151
⋙ pādāṣṭhīla
pādâṣṭhīla m. or n. the ankle MBh
⋙ pādāsana
pādâsana n. a footstool W
⋙ pādāsphālana
pādâsphālana n. trampling or shuffling of the feet, floundering W
⋙ pādāhata
pādâhata mfn. kicked or trodden by the foot W
⋙ pādāhati
pādâhati f. 'foot-blow', a kick, treading, trampling &c. Ratnâv. Kathās
⋙ pādeṣṭakā
pādêṣṭakā f. the quarter of a brick Śulbas
⋙ pādotphāla
pādôtphāla m. shuffling or moving the feet MW
⋙ pādodaka
pādôdaka n. 'foot-water', water used for washing the feet MBh. &c
-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Cat
⋙ pādodara
pādôdara m. a serpent ('using the belly in place of feet') PraśnUp
⋙ pādoddhūta
pādôddhūta n. stamping the foot MBh. VP
⋙ pādona
pādôna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter Āpast
⋙ pādopajīvin
pādôpajīvin mfn. 'living by a person's mercy (lit. feet)', a servant, messenger &c. Divyâv
⋙ pādopadhāna
pādôpadhāna n
⋙ pādopadhānī
pādôpadhāḍnī f. a cushion for the fṭfoot MBh
⋙ padopasaṃgrahaṇa
padôpasaṃgrahaṇa n. clasping the fṭfoot (of a teacher) Gaut
≫ pādaka
pādaká m. a small foot RV. viii, 33, 19
• (ikā-), f. a sandal, shoe L
• ifc. (f. ikā) = foot R. Kathās
• mf(ikā)n. making a quarter of anything Var
≫ pādapa
pāda-pa (√1. ), m. (ifc. f. ā) 'drinking at foot or √', a tree, plant MBh. Kāv. &c. (-ka id. ifc. Kathās.)
⋙ pādapakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa m. a grove of trees L
⋙ pādaparuhā
○ruhā f. Vanda Roxburghī L
⋙ pādapavivakṣā
○vivakṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ pādapopagata
pādapôpagata mfn. abiding under a tree (while expecting death) HPariś
⋙ pādapopagamana
pādapôpagamana n. the abiding &c. ( See prec.) ib
≫ pādapa 2
pāda-pa (√3. ), m. a foot-stool or cushion for the feet L
• (ā), f. a shoe, slipper L
≫ pādaya
pādaya Nom. P. ○yati, to stretch out the feet Dhātup. xxxv, 85
≫ pādavika
pādavika m. a traveller L
≫ pādāt
pādāt m. a foot-soldier, footman L
≫ pādāta
pādāta m. id. MBh. R. &c
• n. infantry MBh. (g. bhikṣâdi)
≫ pādāti
pādāti and m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)
⋙ pādātika
pādāḍtika m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)
≫ pādāyana
pādāyana m. patr. fr. pāda g. aitvâdi
≫ pādāvika
pādāvika m. = pādātika L
≫ pādika
pādika mf(ī)n. lasting for a quarter of the time Mn. iii, 1
• amounting to + (n. with śata, 25 percent MBh
• with or sc. ahar, daily wages Pat.)
• versed in or studying the Pada-patha, g. ukthâdi Kāś
≫ pādin
pādin mfn. footed, having feet ( See m)
• having Pādas (as a, stanza) W
• claiming or receiving a fourth part ŚrS. Mn. viii, 210
• m. a footed aquatic or amphibious animal Suśr
• the heir to a fourth part of an estate W
≫ pādu
pādú m. a foot RV. (cf. Nir. iv, 15)
• a place MānGṛ
≫ pādukā
pādukā mf(ā or ī)n. going on foot or with feet W
• (ā), f. See next
≫ pādukā
pādukā f. a shoe or slipper MBh
kāv. &c. (also ○ka m. c. and in ○ka-vat mfn. having shoes Hcat.)
• impression of the feet of a god or a holy person MWB. 508
• (?) N. of Durgā or another deity (cf. comp. below)
⋙ pādukākāra
○kāra or m. a shoemaker L
⋙ pādukākṛt
○kṛt m. a shoemaker L
⋙ pādukāmantra
○mantra m
⋙ pādukāsahasra
○sahasra n
⋙ pādukāsahasraparīkṣā
○sahasra-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks
≫ pādukin
pādukin mfn. having shoes, shoed Āpast
≫ pādū
pādū, f. a shoe or slipper L
⋙ pādūkṛt
○kṛt m. a shoemaker Rājat. L. (also spelt ○du-kṛt)
≫ pādūna
pādūna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter L. (cf. pādôna)
≫ pādūlaka
pādūlaka m. a broom ĀpGṛ. Sch
≫ pādegṛhya
pāde-gṛhya ind. = ○da-grihya g. mayuravyaṃsakâdi. [Page 618, Column 2]
⋙ pādya
pā́dya mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to the foot Br. ŚrS. (n. with or sc. udaka, water used for washing the feet ib. &c.)
• amounting to a quarter of anything, Śulbas
≫ pādyaka
pādyaka mfn. pādya-prakāra g. sthūlâdi
pādakramika mfn. (fr. padakrama) one who recites or knows the Pada-krama, g. ukthâdi (Kāś. pada, krama for pada-k○)
pāda-vyākhyāna mfn. (fr. pada-v○), g. rig-ayanâdi
pādāraka m. the masts or ribs of a boat L
pādālika m.= dhundhu-māra L. (v. l. pad○)
pādālinda m.= pādāraka L
• (ī), f. a boat L
pāddhata n. (fr. pad-dhati) g. bhikṣâdi
pādma mf(ī)n. (fr. padma) relating to or treating of the lotus Pur
• m. N. of a Kalpa or cosmic period ib
• of Brahmā ib
• n. = padma-purāṇa
⋙ pādmanityapūjāvidhi
○nitya-pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pādmapurāṇa
○purāṇa n. = padma-p○
⋙ pādmaprayoga
○prayoga m
⋙ pādmamaṇḍalārcana
○maṇḍa-lârcana n
⋙ pādmamantra
○mantra m
⋙ pādmavacana
○vacana n
⋙ pādmavedamantra
○vedamantra m
⋙ pādmasaṃhitā
○saṃhitā f. (○tā-prayoga. m.) N. of wks. or chapter of wks
⋙ pādmottara
pādmôttara n. (prob.) = Padma-PṭPurāṇa ii
pāna 1
pāna. 2. See p. 613, cols. 1 and 2
pāna 3
pāna m.= apâna, breathing out, expiration L
pānasa mf(ī)n. (fr. panasa) prepared from the fruit of the Jaka or bread-fruit tree Kull. on Mn. xi, 95
pāntha m. (fr. panthan) a wanderer, traveller MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. [f. ā] = accompanying. not moving from Naish.)
• the sun (as the wanderer in the sky) L
⋙ pānthatva
○tva n. the life of a wanderer Kathās
⋙ pānthadevatā
○devatā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of deities Hcat
≫ pānthāyana
pānthāyana mfn. g. pakṣâdi
pānnaga mf(ī)n. (fr. panna-ga) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky Hariv
pānnāgāra mfn. fr. next Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch
≫ pānnāgāri
pānnāgāri m. patr fr. pannâgāra ib. iv, 2, 60 Sch
pānnéjana mf(ī)n. (fr. pan-nejana) used for washing the feet KātyŚr
• n: a vessel in which the feet are washed ŚBr. KātyŚr
pāpá (ŚBr. xiv, also pā́pa), mf(ī older than ā
Pāṇ. 4-1, 30)n. bad, vicious, wicked, evil, wretched, vile, low RV. &c. &c
• (in astrol.) boding evil, inauspicious Var
• m. a wicked man, wretch, villain RV. &c, &c
• N. of the profligate in a drama Cat
• of a hell VP
• (ā), f. a beast of prey or a witch, Hcat
• n. (ifc. f. ā) evil, misfortune, ill-luck, trouble, mischief. harm AV. &c. &c. often śāntam pāpam, 'heaven forefend that evil' R. Mṛicch. Kālid. &c.)
• sin, vice, crime, guilt Br. Mn. MBh. &c
• (ám), ind. badly, miserably, wrongly AV
• (áyā), ind. id. RV. AV
-papáyâmuyā́, so badly, so vilely ib
⋙ pāpakara
○kara and mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W
⋙ pāpakartṛ
○kartṛ mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W
⋙ pāpakarman
○karman mfn. id
• m. an ill-doer, criminal, sinner Mn. MBh. &c
• n. a wicked deed, ○ma-kṛt mfn. wicked, an ill-doer R
⋙ pāpakarmin
○karmin mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, a villain or sinner MārkP
⋙ pāpakalpa
○kalpa m. a rogue or villain Mṛicch. =
⋙ pāpakāraka
○kāraka (Kautukas.),
⋙ pāpakārin
○kārin (ŚBr. &c.),
⋙ pāpakṛt
○kṛ́t (AV. &c., superl. -tama Mn. Bhag.), mfn. = -karmin
⋙ pāpakṛta
○kṛta n. an evil deed, sin, crime Nal
⋙ pāpakṛtya
○kṛtya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. -kṛt), to do wrong Pat
⋙ pāpakṛtyā
○kṛtyā́ f. an evil deed, sin, crime AV. &c. &c, =
⋙ pāpakṛtvan
○kṛ́tvan m. an evildoer, sinner, villain AV
⋙ pāpakṣaya
○kṣaya m. destruction of sin
-tirtha n. N. of a Tirtha SkandaP
⋙ pāpagati
○gati m. ill-fated R
⋙ pāpagocara
○gocara mfn. evidently involved in (the consequences of) sin W
⋙ pāpagraha
○graha m. an inauspicious planet (as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu, Ketu), Var'
⋙ pāpaghna
○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying sin or evil L
• m. a sesamum plant L
• (ī), f. See under -han
⋙ pāpacara
○cara m. 'walking in sin', N. of king in a Play Cat. [Page 618, Column 3]
⋙ pāpacārin
○cārin mfn. wrong-doing, criminal MBh
⋙ pāpacetas
○cetas mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh
⋙ pāpacelikā
○celikā or f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
⋙ pāpacelī
○ceḍlī f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
⋙ pāpacaila
○caila n. an inauspicious garment Kauś
⋙ pāpaja
○ja mfn. springing from evil MW
⋙ pāpajivā
○jivā mfn. leading an evil ifc. a villain BhP
⋙ pāpatara
○tara mfn. worse, more or very wicked MBh. &c
⋙ pāpatā
○tā f. inauspiciousness VarBṛS. Sch
⋙ pāpatimira
○timira mfn. sin-bedarkened, blinded by sin MW
⋙ pāpatva
○tvá n. evil condition, misery, poverty. RV
⋙ pāpada
○da mfn. bringing misfortune, inauspicious Var
⋙ pāpadarśana
○darśana or mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R
⋙ pāpadarśiṅ
○darḍśiṅ mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R
⋙ pāpadṛśvan
○dṛśvan mfn. seeing guilt, knowing an act to be wicked W
⋙ pāpadeśanā
○deśanā f. instruction of the wicked Dharmas. xix
⋙ pāpadṛṣṭi
○dṛṣṭi mfn. evil-eyed MW
⋙ pāpadhī
○dhī mfn. evil-minded Nir
⋙ pāpanakṣatra
○nakṣatra n. an inauspicious constellation Kauś
⋙ pāpanāpita
○nāpita m. a vile or bad barber W
⋙ pāpanāman
○nāman (pāpá-), mfn. having a bad name ŚBr
⋙ pāpanāśana
○nāśana m. 'destroying the wicked', N. of Siva Śivag
• N. of a temple of Vishṇu
-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pāpanāśin
○nāśin mfn. sin-destroying, purifying W
⋙ pāpanirati
○nirati mfn. 'delighting in sin, wicked, a wretch W
• f. attachment to evil, wickedness ib
⋙ pāpaniścaya
○niścaya mfn. having evil designs, malevolent MBh. R
⋙ pāpaniṣkṛti
○niṣkṛti f. atonement for sin MW
⋙ pāpapati
○pati m. 'sinful master', a paramour L
⋙ pāpaparājita
○parājita (pāpá-), mfn. ignominiously defeated TBr
⋙ pāpapuṇya
○puṇya n. pl. vicious or virtuous (deeds) MW
⋙ pāpapurī
○purī v. l. for a-pāpap○ (cf. pāpāpurī)
⋙ pāpapuruṣa
○puruṣa m. a villainous man (a personification of all sin or archetype of a sinner) Tantras
⋙ pāpapuruṣa
○puruṣa m. a villain, rascal Mn
⋙ pāpapraśamanastava
○praśamana-stava m. N. of wk
⋙ pāpapriya
○priya mfn. fond of evil, prone to sin Veṇis
⋙ pāpaphala
○phala mfn. having evil consequences, inauspicious Var
⋙ pāpabandha
○bandha m. a continuous series of misdeeds VP
⋙ pāpabuddhi
○buddhi f. evil intent R
• mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh
• m. N. of a man Pañc
⋙ pāpabhakṣaṇa
○bhakṣaṇa m. 'devouring the wicked', N. of Kāla-bhairava (a son of Śiva) Cat
⋙ pāpabhañjana
○bhañjana m. 'breaking the wṭwicked', N. of a Brāhman Kathās
⋙ pāpabhāj
○bhāj mfn. partaking of sin, guilty Kum
⋙ pāpabhāva
○bhāva mfn. evil-minded MW
⋙ pāpamati
○mati mfn. id. Nal
⋙ pāpamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in evil, bad Jātakam
⋙ pāpamitra
○mitra n. a friend of sin -tva n. friendship with the wicked L
⋙ pāpamukta
○mukta mfn. freed from sin, purified W
⋙ pāpamocana
○mocana n. liberating from sin, N. of a Tirtha VP
• (ī), f. (with ekādaśī) N. of wk
⋙ pāpayakṣma
○yakṣmá m. 'the evil disease', consumption TS. (also ○man Var. Hcat.)
-gṛhīta (○kṣmá), mfn. seized by consṭconsumption ib
⋙ pāpayoni
○yoni f. a bad or low birthplace (lit. 'womb', as punishment of sin) Mn. iv, 166
⋙ pāparahita
○rahita mfn. free from guilt, harmless Hit
⋙ pāparākṣasī
○rākṣasī f. an evil female demon, witch ĀśvGṛ
⋙ pāparipu
○ripu m. or n. 'enemy of sin', N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās
⋙ pāparoga
○roga m. any bad disease (considered as the penalty of sin in a former life) Gobh. Mn
• smallpox L
• hemorrhoids Gal
○gin mfn. suffering from a bad disease (cf. above) Mn
⋙ pāparddhi
○rddhi (r for ri), f. 'sin-thriving', hunting, chase Vcar. Pañc
○dhika m. a hunter Nalac
⋙ pāpaloka
○loká m. the evil wor1d, place of suffering or of the wicked AV
○kya mf(ā)n. belonging to it, hellish, infernal MBh
⋙ pāpavasīyas
○vasīyas mfn. 'bad-better', inverted, confused Gobh. Pañc. n= next
⋙ pāpavasīyasa
○vasīyasa (Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr.),
⋙ pāpavayasa
○vayasá (TS. ŚBr. &c.), n. inversion, confusion
⋙ pāpavāda
○vādá m. an inauspicious cry (of a bird) AV
⋙ pāpavināśa
○vināśa m. destruction of sin
-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha (also ○zana-t○), Siṃhâls. Cat
⋙ pāpavinigraha
○vinigraha m. restraining wickedness W
⋙ pāpaviniscaya
○viniscaya mfn. intending evil R
⋙ pāpaśamana
○śamana mfn. removing crime W
• n. a sin-offering ib
• (ī), f. Prosopis Spicigera L
⋙ pāpaśīla
○śīla mf(ā)n. of bad character, wicked (-tva n.) Veṇis. Pañc
⋙ pāpaśodhana
○śodhana n. 'washing away sins', N. of a Tīrtha Kathās
⋙ pāpasaṃśamana
○saṃśamana mfn. removing sin R
⋙ pāpasaṃkalpa
○saṃkalpa mf(ā)n. evil-minded, malevolent ib
⋙ pāpasama
○sáma n. a bad year TS. Vait
⋙ pāpasamācāra
○samācāra mf(ā) n. of bad conduct MBh
⋙ pāpasammita
○sammita mfn. equal in sin or guilt W
⋙ pāpasūdanatīrtha
○sūdanatīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Rājat. (cf. -vināśana-t○)
⋙ pāpaskandha
○skandha n. pl. accumulation of sin Kāraṇḍ
⋙ pāpahan
○han mf(ghnī)n. destroying sin or the wicked Mn
• (ghnī), f. N. of a river
-ghnī-māhāsmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pāpahara
○hara mfn. removing evil
• n. a means of removing evil Var
• (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
⋙ pāpahṛdaya
○hṛdaya mf(ā)n. bad-hearted, Veṇls
⋙ pāpākhyā
pāpâkhyā f. (sc. gati) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses Var
⋙ pāpāṅkuśā
pāpâṅkuśā f. N. of the 11th day in the light half of the month Āśvina Cat
• (with ekādāśī) N. of wk
⋙ pāpācāra
pāpâcāra mfn. ill-conducted, vicious MBh
• m. N. of a king Dhūrtan. [Page 619, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pāpātman
pāpâtman mfn. evil-minded, wicked, a wretch, sinner (opp. to dharmâtman) Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pāpādhama
pāpâdhama mfn. the lowest of the wicked MW
⋙ pāpānubandha
pāpânubandha m. bad result or consequences R
• mfn. ill-intentioned ib
⋙ pāpānuvasita
pāpânuvasita mfn. addicted to sin, sinful W
⋙ pāpānta
pāpânta n. 'end of sin', N. of a Tirtha VāmP
○tikā f. a kind of sin Divyāv
⋙ pāpāpanutti
pāpâpanutti f. 'removal of sins', expiation W
⋙ pāpārambhaka
pāpârambhaka mfn. intending evil Mālatīm. v, 23 (vḷ. ○bha-vat)
⋙ pāpāvahīm
pāpâvahī́m ind. leaving sin behind TS
⋙ pāpāśya
pāpâśya mfn. evil-intentioned L
⋙ pāpāha
pāpâhá n. an unlucky day TBr
⋙ pāpāhi
pāpâhi m. a snake, serpent MW
⋙ pāpokta
pāpôkta mfn. addressed in ill-omened words ŚāṅkhBr
≫ pāpaka
pā́paka mf(ikā, once akī)n. bad, evil ŚBr. &c. &c
• m. a villain, rascal MBh
• an evil or malignant planet Var
• n. evil, wrong, sin MBh
≫ pāpaya
pāpaya Nom. Ā- (only pā́payiṣṭa), to suffer a person to fall into misery on account of (abl.) TS
≫ pāpala
pāpala mfn. imparting or incurring guilt W
• n. a partic. measure L
≫ pāpāya
pāpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Vop
≫ pāpin
pāpin mfn. wicked, sinful, bad
• a sinner, criminal MBh. Kāv. &c
≫ pāpiṣṭha
pā́piṣṭha mfn. worst, lowest, most wicked or bad AV. &c. &c
⋙ pāpiṣṭhatama
○tama (Daś.) and mfn. id
⋙ pāpiṣṭhatara
○tara (ChUp. MBh.), mfn. id
≫ pāpīya
pāpīya mfn. = next MBh
≫ pāpīyas
pā́pīyas mfn. worse, worse off, lower, poorer, more or most wicked or miserable TS. &c. &c
• m. a villain, rascal Mn. R. &c
• (with Buddhists) māraḥ pāpīyān, the evil spirit, the devil Lalit
⋙ pāpīyastara
○tara mfn. worse, more or most bad or wicked MBh
⋙ pāpīyastva
○tva n. wickedness, depravity Rājat
≫ pāpman
pāpmán m. evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity, crime, sin, wickedness AV. &c. &c
• evil demon, devil, Jātākam
• mfn. hurtful, injurious, evil AV. AitBr
pāpacaka mfn. (fr. √pac, Intens.) cooking repeatedly or very much Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Vārtt. 6 Pat
pāpaṭhaka mfn. (fr. √paṭh, Intens.) reading repeatedly or very much ib
pāpati mfn. (fr. √pat) falling or flying repeatedly Pāṇ. 3-2, 171 Vārtt.4
pāpayallava m. (with sūri), N. of an author Cat
pāpāka m. N. of a poet ib
pāpāpurī f. N. of a town near Rāja-gṛiha Col. (also written pāvāpurī
• cf. pāpapurī under pāpa)
pāmán in. (√pai?) a kind of skindisease, cutaneous eruption, scab AV. ChUp
≫ pāma
pāma in comp. for ○man
⋙ pāmaghna
○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying skin-disease
• mṣulphur L
• (ī), f. a species of plant L
⋙ pāmavat
○vat mfn. having skin-disease Pāṇ. 5-2, 100
⋙ pāmāri
pāmâri m. 'enemy of skin-disease', sulphur L
≫ pāmana
pāmaná mfn. = pāma-vat ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)
⋙ pāmanambhāvuka
○m-bhā́vuka mfn. becoming scabby TS
≫ pāmara
pāmara mfn. affected with skin-disease L. (cf. g. aśmâdi)
• wicked, vile, low, base W
• m. man of lowest extraction Kāv. Rājat
• a wretch, villain Hit
• an idiot, fool Bādar. Sch
• n. bad character, wickedness MW
⋙ pāmaroddhārā
pāmarôddhārā f. 'removing skin-disease', a species of plant L
≫ pāmā
pāmā f. a kind of skin-disease, herpes, scab (a form of mild leprosy) Car. (also pl.) Suśr
pāmāra m. N. of a family Cat
pāmāvaṭika v. l. for paramâv○
pāmpa mf(ī)n. belonging to or situated on the river Pampā Bhaṭṭ. (also ○pana MW.)
pāmpaka m. N. of a poet Cat
pāmpālī and pāmpī ind. (with √kri), Gaṇ. 97
pāy cl. 1. Ā. pāyayate, to void excrement, Praśn Up. iv, 2
≫ pāyu
pāyú (ŚBr. xiv, pā́yu), ni. the anus VS. &c. &c
⋙ pāyukṣālana 1
○kṣālana n. washing or cleaning the anus
bhūmi f. (○mi-tā f.) and -veśman n. a water close, privy Rājat
⋙ pāyubheda
○bheda m. N. of 2 (of the 10) ways in which an eclipse terminates Var. [Page 619, Column 2]
⋙ pāyūpastha
pāyū7pastha n. the anus and the organs of generation Mn. ii, 90
pāya n. (√1. ) water L
⋙ pāyaguṇḍa
○guṇḍa m. N. of an author Cat
≫ pāyaka
pāyaka mf(ikā)n. drinking (with gen. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 70
• cf. taila-)
≫ pāyana
pāyána n. causing or giving to drink RV. i, 116, 9 Kauś
• (ā), f. watering, moistening Suśr
≫ pāyam
⋙ pāyayitavai
pāyayitavai See under √1.
≫ pāyin
pāyin mfn. drinking, sucking, sipping at (ifc
• cf. ambu-, kṣīra- &c.)
• (inī), f. (prob.) N. of a town
-māhātmya n. N. of wk
≫ pāyya 1
pā́yya mfn. to be (or being) drunk L
• to be caused to drink (with acc.) Suśr
• n. drinking ( See pūrva-p○)
• water L
pāyali-saṃgha m. N. of a partic. sect of Jainas Bhadrab
pāyasa mf(ī)n. (fr. payas) prepared with or made of milk GṛŚrS
• m. n. food prepared with made, (esp.) rice boiled in mṭmade or an oblation of made and rice and sugar ib. Mn. MBh. &c
• the resin of Pinus Longifolia L
⋙ pāyasadagdha
○dagdha mfn. scalded by milk-porridge MW
⋙ pāyasapiṇḍāraka
○piṇḍāraka m. a rice-eater Mṛicch
⋙ pāyasāpūpa
pāyasâpūpa m. a cake made of milk and rice &c. Mn. v, 7
≫ pāyasika
pāyasika mf(ī)n. fond of boiled milk &c. Pāṇ. 4-2, 47 Vārtt. 17 Pat
pāyika m. a foot-soldier, footman (prob. corrupted fr. pādātika)
pāyīka m. N. of a poet Cat
pāyu 2
pāyú m. (√3.
• for 1. pāyu See col. s) a guard, protector RV. (esp. instr. pl. 'with protecting powers or actions, helpfully') AV
• N. of a man RV. vi, 47, 24 (with bhāradvāja, author of vi, 75 ; x, 87)
≫ pāyya 2
pāyya (prob.) protection ( See nṛ-, bahu.)
pāyya 3
pāyya n. a measure Pāṇ. 3-1, 129 (cf. vi, 2, 122)
• practice, profession W
pāyya 4
pāyya mfn. low, vile, contemptible L
pāra 1
pārá mfn. (fr. √pṛ
• in some meanings also fr. √pṝ) bringing across RV. v, 31, 8
• n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. (dūré pāré, at the farthest ends RV
pāraṃ-√gam &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out as a promise, study or learn thoroughly as a science MBh. R. &c
paraṃ-√nī, to bring to a close, Yaljñ.)
• a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas. Sch
• m. crossing ( See duṣ- and su-)
• quicksilver L
• a partic. personification SāmavBr. Gaut
• N. of a sage MārkP
• of a son of Pṛithu-shena (Rucirâśva) and father of Nīpa Hariv
• of a son of Samara and father of Pṛithu ib
• of a son of Aṅga, and father of Divi-ratha VP
• (pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP
• (ā), f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pāriyātra mountains or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur
• (ī), f. a milk-pail Śiś
• any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Rājat
• pollen L
• a rope for tying an elephant's feet L
• a quantity of water or a town (pūra or pura) L
• a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac
⋙ pārakāṅkṣin
○kāṅkṣin m. = pāri-k○ L
⋙ pārakāma
○kāma mfn. desirous of reaching the opposite bank AitBr
⋙ pāraga
○ga mf(ā)n. going to the opposite shore, crossing over MBh. R
• one who has gone through or accomplished or mastered, knowing thoroughly, fully conversant or familiar with (gen., loc. or comp.), profoundly learned Mn. MBh. &c
• n. keeping, fulfilling (of a promise) Hariv. 11565 (wṛ. for pāraṇa?)
⋙ pāragata
○gata mfn. one who has reached the opposite shore of (gen.), passed over in safety Bhartṛ
• pure, holy W
• m. (with Jainas) an Arhat or deified saint or teacher
⋙ pāragati
○gati f. going through, reading, studying L
⋙ pāragamana
○gamana n. reaching the opposite shore, crossing, going to the end of (comp.) R
⋙ pāragāmin
○gāmin mfn. passing over, crossing, landing Kāraṇḍ
• n. = para-loka-hitaṃ karma MBh. xiii, 2127 (Nīlak.)
⋙ pāracara
○cara mf(ī)n. arrived at the opposite shore, emancipated for ever BhP
⋙ pāratas
○tas (pādrá-), ind. oppṭopposite the opposite bank or the further side, beyond (gen.) RV. 1. [Page 619, Column 3]
⋙ pārada
○da mf(ā)n. (for 2. See p. 620) leading across (comp.) Siṃhâs
⋙ pāradaṇḍaka
○daṇḍaka m. N. of a country (part of Orissa) L
⋙ pāradarśaka
○darśaka mfn. showing the oppṭoppositive shore BhP
⋙ pāradarśana
○darśana mfn. beholding the oppṭoppositive shore, surveying all things ib
⋙ pāradṛśvan
○dṛśvan mf(arī)n. one who has seen the oppṭoppositive shore, far-seeing, wise, completely familiar with or versed in (gen. or comp.) Kām. Ragh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 94)
⋙ pāradhvaja
○dhvaja m. pl. 'banners from the further shore', partic. banners brought from Ceylon and borne in procession by the kings of Kāsmīra Rājat
⋙ pāranetṛ
○netṛ mfn. leading to the further shṭshore, making a person (gen.) conversant with (loc.) MBh
⋙ pārapāra
○pāra m. N. of Vishṇu VP
• n. N. of a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas Sch
⋙ pāramita
○m-ita mfn. gone to the opposite shore
• crossed, traversed
• transcendent (as spiritual knowledge) W
• (ā).f. (for ○ta-tā?) coming or leading to the oppṭoppositive shore, complete attainment, perfection in (comp.)
• transcendental virtue (there are 6 or 10, viz. dānta, śīla, kṣānti, viirya, dhyāna, prajñā, to which are sometimes added satya, adhiṣṭhāna, maitra, upêkṣā) MWB. 128 (cf. Dharmas. xvii, xviii)
⋙ pāravinda
○vinda m. finding the opposite shore (?)', N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr
⋙ pāraskanda
○skanda v. l. for pari-sk○
⋙ pārāpāra
pārâpāra n. the nearer and the further shṭshore, both banks (= and v. l. for pārâvāra) MatsyaP
• m. the sea, ocean L
⋙ pārāyaṇa
pārâyaṇa n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPrāt Āpast
• (esp.) reading a Purāṇa or causing it to be read W
• the whole, totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pāṇ. 3-2, 130 Sch
• (esp.) complete text, causing collection of (cf. dkātu-pṭperusing nāma-p○)
• N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr. dhātu-p○)
• (ī), f. (L.) action
• meditation
• light
• N. of the goddess Sarasvatī
○ṇa-krama m. ○ṇa-māhātmya n. ○ṇavidhi m. N. of wk
○ṇika mfn. one who goes through or studies Pāṇ. 5-i, 72
• m. a lecturer, reader of the Purāṇas W
• a pupil, scholar W
• Pl, N. of a partic. school of grammarians Cat
○ṇīya n. N. of a grammar
⋙ pārāvāra
pārâvāra n. the further and nearer shore, the two banks (○rasya nauḥ, a boat which plies from one side to the other MBh
○re ib. or ○ra-taṭe Cat., on both banks
○ra-taraṇârtham ind. for bringing over from one shore to the other Kull.)
• m. the sea, ocean Prasannar. (cf. pārâpāra)
○ra-jātāya Nom. to become sea-water Dharmaś
○riṇa mfn. on both sides of a river, one who knows both sides or the whole of a subject W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 93 Vārtt. 2 Pat.)
≫ pāraka
pāraka mf(ī)n. carrying over, saving, delivering (cf. ugra-p○)
• enabling to cross (a river or the world) W
• satisfying, pleasing, cherishing ib
• m. pl. N. of a People, R
≫ pāraṇa
pāraṇa mfn. bringing over, delivering Hariv
• m. a could (as 'crossing', sc. the sky) L
• n. carrying through, accomplishing, fulfilling MBh
• conclusion (esp. of a fast, with or sc. vrata-)
• eating and drinking after a fast, breakfast (also ā f.) Kāv. Pur. Rājat
• satisfaction, pleasure, enjoyment (also, ā f.) Ragh. Balar
• going through, reading, perusal (also ā f. and ○ṇa-karman, n.) MBh. Hariv
• completeness, the full text L ....
≫ pāraṇi
pāraṇi m. a patr., g. taulvaly-ādi
≫ pāraṇika
pāraṇika See mahā-p○
≫ pāraṇīya
pāraṇīya mfn. having an attainable end, capable of being completed or brought to an end MBh. BhP
≫ pāraya 1
⋙ pārayati
pāraḍyati See √pṛ, Caus
≫ pāraya 2
pāraya mfn. (fr. prec.) able, adequate, fit for W
• satisfying ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 738)
≫ pārayitṛ
pārayitṛ́ mfn. one who carries or will carry across ŚBr
≫ pārayiṣṇu
pārayiṣṇú mfn. bringing to the opposite shore or to a happy issue, successful, victorious RV. &c. &c. (-tama mfn. best in accomplishing AitBr.)
• m. N. of a partic. personification Gobh
≫ pārīṇa
pārīṇa mfn. being on or crossing to the other side. W
• (ifc.) well acquainted or completely familiar with (cf. trivarya-p○)
• m. See under pāriṇa
≫ pārīya
pārīya mfn. one who has gone through or studied, completely familiar with (comp.) Hcat
≫ pāre
pāre loc. of s. pāra in comp
⋙ pāregaṅgam
○gaṅgam ind. on the other side of the Gaṅgā, beyond the Ganges Pāṇ. 2-1, 18, Seh
⋙ pārejalam
○jalam ind. on the other side of the water, on the opposite bank of a river Śiś
⋙ pāretaraṃgiṇi
○taraṃgiṇi ind. beyond the river Prasannar
⋙ pāredhanva
○dhanva m. or n. N. of a place
○vaka mfn. Pat
⋙ pārebaḍvā
○baḍvā f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42
⋙ pāreviśokam
○viśokam ind. on the other side of (the mountain) Viśoka Rājat. [Page 620, Column 1] Contents of this page
⋙ pāreśmaśānam
○śmaśānam ind. beyond or behind the burial-place Mālatīm
⋙ pāresindhu
○sindhu ind. on the other side of the Sindhu, beyond the Indus MBh
≫ pārya
pārya mfn. being on the opposite side or bank TS
• upper VS
• last, final, decisive R
• helping through, effective, successful ib
• n. end, issue, decision ib
pāra 2
pāra (for 1. See p. 619), Vṛiddhi form of para in comp
⋙ pārakulīna
○kulīna mfn. = para-kule sādhuḥ g. pratijanâdi
⋙ pārakṣudra
○kṣudra (with yajus), n. N. of a partic. text ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pāragrāmika
○grāmika mf(ī)n. (-grāma) 'belonging to another village', hostile, inimical
• (with vidhi), m. hostile action, hostility Daś
⋙ pārajanmika
○janmika mf(i)n. (-janman) relating to a future birth Buddh
⋙ pārajāyika
○jāyika (MBh.),
⋙ pārajāyin
○jāyin (Vishṇ.), m. (-jāyā) one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer
⋙ pāratantra
○tantra wṛ. for ○trya
⋙ pāratantrika
○tantrika mf(ī)n. (-tantra) belonging to or enjoined by the religious treatises of others Gṛihyss
⋙ pāratantrya
○tantrya n. dependence on others MBh. Pur. Rājat
⋙ pāratalpika
○talpika n. (-talpa) adultery Daś
⋙ pāratrika
○trika mf(ī)n. (-tra) relating to or advantageous in another world MBh
⋙ pāratrya
○trya mf(ā)n. (-tra), id. Mn. MBh. MārkP
⋙ pāradaṇḍaka
○daṇḍaka See under 1. pāra
⋙ pāradārika
○dārika mf(ī)n. (-dāra) relating to another's wife Cat
• m. -jāyika Yājñ. MBh. Kathās
⋙ pāradārin
○dārin m. = prec. m. MBh
⋙ pāradārya
○dārya n. adultery Mn. Yājñ. MBh
⋙ pāradeśika
○deśika (W.),
⋙ pāradeśya
○deśya (Yājñ.), mfn. (-deśa) outlandish, foreign, abroad
• m. a traveller or a foreigner
⋙ pāradaurbalya
○daurbalya n. the inferiority of each following member of a series to the preceding Jaim
⋙ pāradhenu
○dhenu or m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W
⋙ pāradhenuka
○dheḍnuka m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W
⋙ pārabhṛta
○bhṛta n. a present, offering (prob. wṛ. for prā-bhṛta) W
○tīya mfn. relating to a present or offering, sacrificial
• belonging to or coming from a cuckoo Mṛicch
⋙ pārampara
○m-para mfn. further, future (world) Kād
⋙ pāramparī
○m-parī f. regular succession, order Subh
⋙ pāramparīṇa
○m-parīṇa mfn. passing from one to another, hereditary L
⋙ pāramparīya
○m-parīya mfn. handed down, traditional Kull
⋙ pāramparya
○m-parya n. uninterrupted series or succession, tradition, intermediation, indirect way or manner (eṇa ind. successively, by degrees) Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pārakramāgata
○kramâgata mfn. derived from tradition Mn. ii, 18
-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
○ryâgata mfn. = -kramâgata MBh. &c
○ryôpadeśa m. traditional instruction Sūryas
⋙ pārayugīṇa
○yugīṇa mfn. (-yuga), Gaṇ. 338 Sch
⋙ pāralokya
○lokya mfn. (-loka) relating to the next world MBh
⋙ pāralaukika
○laukika mf(ī)n. id. ib. (with sahāya m. a comrade on the way to the next world)
• N. of a place where pearls are found and the pearls found there VarBṛS
• n. things or circumstances relating to the next world MBh. Hariv
⋙ pāravargya
○vargya mfn. (-varga) belonging to another party, inimical MBh
⋙ pāravaśya
○vaśya n. (-vaśa) dependence Kap
⋙ pārastraiṇeya
○straiṇeya m. (-strī) a son by another's wife, g. kalyāṇy-ādi
⋙ pārahaṃsya
○haṃsya mfn. (-haṃsa) relating to an ascetic who has subdued all his senses BhP
⋙ pārārthya
pārārthya n. (2. parârtha) dependence on or devotedness to another, altruism, disinterestedness Kathās
-nirṇaya m. or -vivecana n. N. of wk
⋙ pārāvarya
pārāvarya n. (parâvara) comprehensiveness, allsidedness Hariv
• (eṇa), ind. on all sides, completely MBh
≫ pārakya
pārakya mfn. = parakīya, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opp. to sva), hostile Mn. MBh. &c
• m. an enemy Hit
≫ pārasyakulīna
pārasyakulīna mfn. = parasya kuls sādhuh g. pratijanâdi
pāra 3
pāra m.= pāla, a guardian, keeper ( brahma-dvāra-p○)
pāraka See under 1. pāra
pārakāṅkṣin m.= pārik○ L
pāraj (nom. orak, according to Uṇ. ; i, 135 Sch. fr. 1. pāra), gold
pāraṭīṭa m. '(fr. 1. pāra?) a stone, rock L. (cf. pārāruka)
pāraṇa ○ṇīya, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3
pārata m. (cf. 2. pārada) quicksilver Kathās. xxxvii, 232
• pl. N. of a people Var. (also ○taka, v. l. in VP.)
pāra-tas See p. 619, col. 2. [Page 620, Column 2]
pāratrika ○trya, See under 2. pāra
pārada 2
pārada m. (cf. pārata), quicksilver Var. Suśr. (-tva, n. Sarvad.)
• m. N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr
• pl. N. of a people or of a degraded tribe Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 229, n. 1)
⋙ pāradakalpa
○kalpa m. N. of wk
pārabava n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
pārama Vṛiddhi form of parama in comp
⋙ pāramagopucchika
○gopucchika mfn. = parama-gopucchena krītam Pat
⋙ pāramarṣa
○rṣa ([pŚ+RSi]), mfn. coming from a great Ṛishi Sarvad
⋙ pāramasthya
○sthya n. (fr. paramastha), g. brāhmaṇâdi-. =
⋙ pāramahaṃsa
○haṃsa mf(ī)n. relating to Parama-haṃsa (s.v) id. ib
• n. the state or condition of a Parama-hṭhaṃsa ib
-pari ind. relating to the most sublime meditation MW
⋙ pāramārthika
pāramārthika mf(ī)n. (fr. paramârtha) relating to a high or spiritual object or to supreme truth, real, essential, true Śaṃk. BhP. Kull. (cf. IW. 108)
• one who cares for truth Pañc
• excellent, best W
○thya n. the real full truth BhP
⋙ pārameśvara
pārameśvara mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Śiva) Prab. Kathās. Pur
• m. or n. N. of wk
-puṇyâha-varcana n. -saṃhitā f. râradhana-vidhi m. ○rīya, and ○rya n. N. of wks
⋙ pārameśvaraka
pārameśvaraka mf(ikā)n. composed by Parameśvara (= Paramâdîśvara) Āryabh. Comm
⋙ pārameṣṭha
pārameṣṭha○ m. (fr. parame-ṣṭhin) patr. of Narada MBh
○ṣṭhya mfn. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmā) MBh. Hariv. Pur
• relating to a king, royal (cf. below)
• m. patr. of Nārada MBh. (v. l. ○ṣṭha)
• n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur
• pl. the royal insignia BhP
⋙ pāramaiśvarya
pāramaiśvarya n. (paramêśvara) supremacy, divinity Sarvad
≫ pāramaka
pāramaka mf(ikā)n. = (and v. l. for) paramaka, supreme, chief. best MBh. R
≫ pārami
pārami f. (?) extremity Divyâv
pāram-ita pāraya &c. See under 1. pāra
pāravata m. = pārāvata, a pigeon L
pāravargya ○vaśya, See under 2. pāra, col. 1
pāraśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśu
• but also written pārasava) made of iron (only in sarvap○)
• N. of a mine in which pearls are found and of the pearls found there VarBṛS
• m. or n. iron L
• m. N. of a mixed caste, the son of a Brāhman by a Śūdra woman (f. ī) Mn. MBh. (-tva n.) Var
• a son by another's wife, a bastard L
• pl. N. of a people in the south-west of Madhya-desa Var. MārkP
≫ pāraśavāyana
pāraśavāyana m. patr. fr. pāraśava
• g. bidâdi
≫ pāraśavya
pāraśavya m. Patr. of Tirindira ŚāṅkhŚr
pāraśīka = pārasīka
pāraśvadha and ○dhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśvadha) armed with an axe L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 58)
pāraṣada v. l. for pāriṣada n
pārasa mf(ī)n. Persian
• (ī), f. See below
⋙ pārasika
pāraḍsika mf(i)n. id. Col. (v. l. ○sīka)
• m. pl. the Persian MBh. VP
⋙ pārasī
pāraḍsī f. (with or sc. bhāṣā) the PṭPersian language
-jātaka n. N. of wk
-nāma-mākā f. a Sanskṛit-PṭPersian vocabulary
-prakāśa, or kośa m. Persian words explain in SṭSanskṛit
-vinoda m. Persian and Arab terms of astron. and astrol. explained in Sanskṛit
⋙ pārasīka
pāraḍsīka mfn. Persian (cf. below), m. (pl.) the Persians Ragh. Kathās. &c
• a Persian horse L
• (prob. n.) Persia Bhpr
-taila n. 'Persian oil', Naphtha Vcar
-yamānī f. Hyoscyamus Niger L
⋙ pārasikeya
pāraḍsikeya mf(ī)n. Persian Bhpr
pāraskanda v. l. for pari-skanda
pāraskara m. (rather fr. paras + kara than fr. [pAra+kara]
• but Pāṇ. 6-1, 157) N. of the author nf a Gṛihya-sūtra (forming a supplement to KātyŚrS.) and of a Dharnia-śāstra
• N. of a district or a town Gaṇar. 15 Sch
• mf(ī)n. composed by Pāraskara
⋙ pāraskaragṛhyasutra
○gṛhya-sutra n
⋙ pāraskaragṛhyapariśiṣṭa
○gṛhya-pariśiṣṭa n
⋙ pāraskarapaddhati
○paddhati f
⋙ pāraskaragṛhyamantra
○gṛhya-mantra m
⋙ pāraskarasamṛti
○samṛti f. N. of wks
pā́rasvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parasvat) relating &c. to the wild ass AV. [Page 620, Column 3]
pārāpata m. = (or v. l. for) pārāvata, a pigeon Kād
⋙ pārāpatapadī
○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or Leea Hirta L
≫ pārāpataka
pārāpataka m. a kind of rice Suśr
pārâpāra pārâyaṇa, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3
pārāruka m. a rock L. (cf. paraṭīṭa)
pā́rāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parā-vat) remote, distant, coming from a distance, foreign RV. (instr. pl. 'from distant quarters' AV.)
• m. N. of a tribe on the Yamunā RV. TāṇḍBr
• (ifc. f. ā) a turtle-dove, pigeon MBh. Kāv. &c
• a kind of snake Suśr
• N. of a Nāga of the race of Airāvata, M Bh
• a monkey L
• Diospyros Embryopteris MBh. Hariv. Suśr
• a mountain L
• pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Svārocisha Pur
• (ī), f. the fruit of the Averrhoa Acida L
• a form of song peculiar to cowherds L
• N. of a river L
• n. the fruit of Diospyros Embryopteris Hariv. Suśr
⋙ pārāvataghnī
○ghnī́ f. (of han) striking the distant (demon) or at a distance RV. vi, 61, 2
⋙ pārāvatadeśa
○deśa m. N. of a country Cat
⋙ pārāvatapadī
○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum Bhpr. Car
⋙ pārāvatamālāya
○mālāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble a flock of turtles Kād
⋙ pārāvatasavarṇsa
○savarṇsa 'dovecoloured', N. of the horses of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh
○ṇâśva m. N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna ib
⋙ pārāvatākha
pārāvatâkha m. 'dove-eyed', N. o f. a serpent-demon Kathās
⋙ pārāvatāṅghripiccha
pārāvatâṅghri-piccha m. a kind of pigeon L
⋙ pārāvatābha
pārāvatâbha mfn. pigeon-like Suśr
⋙ pārāvatāśva
pārāvatâśva m. 'having doves for horses', N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh. (cf. ○ta-savarṇa)
≫ pārāvati
pārāvati m. patr. of Vasu-rocis L ....
pārāvada-ghnī wṛ. for pārāvata-ghnī
pārāvarya See under 2. pāra
pārâvāra See under 1. pāra
pārāśara mf(ī)n. proceeding or derived from Parāśara or Parāśarya Var. Pur. (cf. g. kaṇvâdi)
• m. patr. (fr. parā-śara, and N. of the poet Vyāsa
• pl. N. of a school) Pravar. Pur. L
• (ī), f. See s.v
• n. the rules of Parāśara for the conduct of the mendicant order W
-kalpika mfn. one who studies the PṭParāśara-kalpa
• m. a follower of Parāśara Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
-jātaha n. -śikṣā f. -sūtra n. -horā f. N. of wks
⋙ pārāśari
pārāḍśari m. patr. of Vyāsa L
⋙ pārāśarin
pārāḍśarin m. a mendicant of the order of Parāśarya L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 110)
• pl. N. of a phil. school RāmatUp
⋙ pārāśarī
pārāḍśarī (pā́rā-.), f. patr. of Parāśara ŚBr
• a wk. of Parāśara
-kauṇḍinī-pútra and ○rī-pútra (pā́○). m. N. of 2 teachers ŚBr
paddhati f. -mukura m. -mūla n. -vyākhyā f. -horā f. N. of wks
⋙ pārāśariya
pārāḍśariya n. a wk. of Parāśara Cat
⋙ pārāśarya
pārāḍśarya (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. parā-śara (N. of Vyāsa) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. P5ṇ. iv. 3, 110)
• n. a wk' of Parāśara Cat
-vijaya m. N. of wk. (= parāśara-v○)
⋙ pārāśaryāyaṇa
pārāḍśaryāyaṇa (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. pārā-śarya ŚBr
pāri Vṛiddhi form of pari in comp
⋙ pārikāṅkṣaka
○kāṅkṣaka and m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L
⋙ pārikāṅkṣakṣin
○kāṅkṣaḍkṣin m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L
⋙ pārikārmika
○kārmika m. (-karman) one who takes charge of the lesser vessels or utensils L
⋙ pārikuṭa
○kuṭa m. an attendant, servant AitBr. (Sāy.)
⋙ pārikṣi
○kṣi (1), m. N. of a man L
⋙ pārikṣit
○kṣit (m.c.) and m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh
⋙ pārikṣita
○kṣitá m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh
• (○tī), f. N. of AV. xx, 127, 7-10
○tī́ya m. the brother of Pari-kshit ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch
⋙ pārikṣepaka
○kṣepaka (or ○pika), m. or n. (√kṣip) objection (?) Car
⋙ pārikha
○kha (fr. pari-khā), g. palady-ādi
⋙ pārikhīya
○khīya mfn. (fr. pārikha) Pāṇ. 4-2, 141 Sch
⋙ pārikheya
○kheya mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-kha) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17
⋙ pārigrāmika
○grāmika mf(ī)n, (-grāmam) situated round a village ib. iv, 3, 61
⋙ pārijāta
○jāta m. the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (losing its leaves in June and then covered with large crimson flowers) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
• the wood of this tree R
• N. of one of the 5 trees of paradise produced at the churning of the ocean and taken possession of by Indra from whom it was afterwards taken by Kṛishṇa) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. IW. 519)
• fragrance Var
• N. of sev. wks. (esp. ifc
• cf. dāna-)
• of a Nāga MBh
• of a Ṛishi ib
• of an author of Mantras (with Śiktas). Cat
-ka m. the coral tree or its wood, Śutr. Pur
• N. of a Ṛishi MBh
• of other men Hcar. (-ratnâkara m. N. of wk.)
• m. or n. N. of a drama (= ○ta-karaṇa) [Page 621, Column 1] Contents of this page
-maya mf(ī)n. made of flowers of the celestial Pāṇ. Kathās
-ratnâkara m. N. of wk. (prob. = ○taka-ratn○)
-vat mfn. possessing the celṭcelestial Pāri Hariv
-vṛtta-kkaṇḍa n. -vyākaraṇa n. N. of wks
-sarasvatī-mantra m. pl. N. of Partic. magical formulas Cat
-haraṇa n. 'robbing the Pāri tree', N. of chs. of Hariv. and VP., also of a comedy by Gopālaḍasa
• (ṇa-campū), f. N. of a poem)
○tâcala-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pāriṇāmika
○ṇāmika mf(i)n. (-ṇāma) digestible Subh (wṛ. pari-ṇ○)
• subject to development or evolution
• (with bhāva m.) natural disposition Śaṃk. Sarvad
⋙ pāriṇāyya
○ṇāyya (-ṇāya) property or paraphernalia received by a woman at the time of marriage Vas
• = (or v. l. for) next Kathās
⋙ pāriṇāhya
○ṇāhya n. (-ṇāha) household furniture and utensils Mn. ix, 11
⋙ pāritathyā
○tathyā f. (-tathya) a string of pearls for binding the hair L
⋙ pāritoṣika
○toṣika mf(ī)n. (-toṣa) gratifying, satisfactory W
• n. a reward, gratuity Kāv. Rājat
⋙ pāridṛḍhi
○dṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-dṛḍhi Pat
⋙ pāridheya
○dheya m. patr. fr. pari-dhi g. śubhrâdi
⋙ pāridhvajika
○dhvajika m. (-dhvaja) a standard-bearer L
⋙ pāripanthika
○panthika m. (fr. pari-pantham) a highwayman, robber, thief. L. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 36)
⋙ pāripāṭya
○pāṭya n. (-pāṭī) regularity, methodicalness W
⋙ pāripātra
○pātra &c., wṛ. for. yātra below
⋙ pāripāna
○pāna ī. drink (?) Divyâv
⋙ pāripānthika
○pānthika wṛ. for panthika above
⋙ pāripārśva
○pārśva (Prob. n.), retinue, attendants, bystanders (in a play) Hariv
○svaka mf(ikā)n. standing at the side attending on MBh
• m. (with or sc. nara) a servant, attendant ib
• an assistant of the manager of a play Bhar
• (ikā), f. a chamber-maid, Malāv
○śvika mfn. = ○śvaka R. Mālav
⋙ pāripālya
○pālya n. governorship Rājat
⋙ pāripela
○pela n. = pari-pelava L
⋙ pāriplava
○plava mf(ā)n. swimming MBh. Kāv
• moving to and fro, agitated, unsteady, tremulous
• wavering, irresolute ib
• (pā́ri-), 'moving in a circle', N. of partic. legends recited at the Aśva-medha and repeated at certain intervals throughout the year ŚBr. ŚrS. Bādar
• m. a boat R. (vḷ. pari-pl○)
• a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara Hariv
• (ā), f. a small spoon used at sacrifices, Āryav. (cf. pari-plavā)
• n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh
-gata mfn. being in a boat R
-tā f. -tva n. unsteadiness, inconstancy Hcar. Rājat
-dṛṣṭi (BhP.) or -netra (Ragh.), mfn. having tremulous or swimming eyes
-prabha mfn. spreading tremulous lustre R
-mati mfn. fickleminded MBh
○viiya n. an oblation connected with the recitation of a PṭPāri legend ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ pāriplāvya
○plāvya m. a goose L
• n. agitation, tremulousness W
⋙ pāribarha
○barha m. sg. and pl. = pari-b○ MBh
• N. of a son of Garuḍa ib
⋙ pāribhadraka
○bhadraka m. Erythrina Fulgens Indica Bālar. Suśr
• Azadirachta Indica L
• Pinus Deodora or Longifolia L
• N. of a son of Yajña-bāhu BhP
• n. N. of a Varsha in Śālmala-dviipa ruled by Pāribhadra ib
⋙ pāribadraka
○badraka m. Erythrina Fulgens MBh. Suśr
• Azadirachta Indica L
• pl. N. of a family MBh
• n. = next L
⋙ pāribhavya
○bhavya n. (-bhū) Costus Speciosus or Arabicus Bhpr
⋙ pāribhāvya
○bhāvya n. id. L
• security, bail (= prātibh○) Dāyabh
⋙ pāribhāṣika
○bhāṣika mf(ī)n. (-bhāṣā) conventional, technical Suśr. Sarvad
-tva n. Kap
⋙ pāribhogika
○bhogika m. or n. objects possessed or used by Buddha MWB. 495
⋙ pārimaṇḍalya
○maṇḍalya n. (-maṇḍala) globularness, spherical shape Bādar. Sch
⋙ pārimāṇya
○māṇya n. (-māṇa) circumference, compass MBh
⋙ pārimitya
○mitya n. (-mita) the being confined, limitation Sāh
⋙ pārimukhika
○mukhika mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-mukham) being before the eyes, near, present Pāṇ. 4-4, 29
⋙ pārimukhya
○mukhya mf(ā)n. id
• n. nearness, presence ib. iv, 3, 58 Vārtt. Pat
⋙ pāriyātra
○yātra m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of the western Vindhya range MBh. Var. Suśr. &c. (also -ka L.)
• N. of a man (son of Ahīna-gu) Ragh. Pur. ○trika m. an inhabitant of the Pāri range Var
⋙ pāriyānika
○yānika n. (-yāna) a travelling carriage. L
⋙ pārirakṣaka
○rakṣaka or m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L
⋙ pārirakṣika
○rakṣika m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L
⋙ pārivatsa
○vatsa m. a calf belonging to (cows) Hariv. (v. l. pari-v○)
⋙ pārivittya
○vittya n. (-vitta) the being unmarried while a younger brother is married, Yāiñ
⋙ pārivṛḍhi
○vṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-vṛḍha Pat
○ḍhya n. (fr. id.), g. dṛḍhâdi
⋙ pārivettrya
○vettrya n. (-vettṛ) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder VP
⋙ pārivedya
○vedya n. id. Yājñ. Sch
⋙ pārivrajya
○vrajya wṛ. for -vrājya
⋙ pārivrājaka
○vrājaka mf(ī)n. intended for a religious mendicant, Kaul
• n. the life of a religious mendicant, g. yuvâdi- ○jya n. id MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. vii, 3, 60 Sch.)
⋙ pāriśikṣā
○śikṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ pāriśīla
○śīla m. = apūpa, a cake L. =
⋙ pāriśeṣya
○śeṣya n. (-śeṣa) result, consequence TPrāt. Sch
• (āt), ind. consequently, therefore, ergo (also with preceding atas or tasmāt) ib. Śaṃk. &c. [Page 621, Column 2]
⋙ pāriṣatka
○ṣatka mfn. = pariṣadam adkī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi
⋙ pāriṣada
○ṣada mf(ī)n. (-ṣad) fit for an assembly, decent Car
• relating to a village pariṣad g. palady-ādi
• m. a member of an assembly, assessor at a council, auditor, spectator MBh. Kāv. &c. (R. B. also -ṣad) pl. the retinue or attendants of a god MBh. BhP
• n. taking part in an assembly BhP
⋙ pāriṣadaka
○ṣadaka mf(ī)n. done by an assembly, g. kulālâdi
⋙ pāriṣādya
○ṣâdya m. a member of an assembly, spectator, councillor Rājat. Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 44 ; 101)
⋙ pāriṣeṇya
○ṣeṇya m. patr. fr. pari-skeṇa Pat
⋙ pārisāraka
○sāraka mfn. containing the word pari-sāraka g. vimuktâdi
⋙ pārisīrya
○sīrya mfn. (fr. pari-sīram), g. pari-mukhâdi
⋙ pārihanavya
○hanavya mfn. (fr. pari-hanu) ib
⋙ pārihārika
○hārika mf(ī) n. (-hāra) having immunity, privileged Subh
• taking away, seizing W
• surrounding ib
• m. a maker of garlands L
• (ī), f. a kind of riddle, Cat
⋙ pārihārāṇī
○hārāṇī (?), Deśīn
⋙ pārihārya
○hārya m. a bracelet MBh. Kād. Rājat
• n. taking, seizure W
⋙ pārihāsya
○hāsya n. (-hāsa) jest, joke fun
• (ena), ind. in fun BhP
⋙ pārīkṣit
pārīkṣit m. = next MBh. xii, 5596
⋙ pārīkṣita
pârīkṣita mf(ī)n. relating to or treating of or derived from Pari-kshit Pur
• m. patr. of Janam-ejaya MBh
• N. of a sovereign to whom the BhP. is supposed to have been addressed and of his successor W
⋙ pāriṇahya
pā́riṇahya n. (fr. parī-ṇah) household furniture or utensils TS
• vḷ. for pāri-ṇ○ Mn. ix, 11
≫ pāry
pāry in comp. for pāri before vowels
⋙ pāryantika
○antika mf(ī)n. (-anta) final, concluding, last MW
⋙ pāryavasānika
○avasānika mfn. (-avasāna) verging to the close MBh
⋙ pāryāptika
○āptika mfn. one who has said pary-āptam i.e., 'enough' Pāṇ. 4-1, Vartt. 2
⋙ pāryulukhalya
○ulukhalya mfn. (fr. pary-ulūkhalam), g. pari-mukhâdi, on Pāṇ. 4-3, 58 Vārtt. 1
⋙ pāryoṣṭhya
○oṣṭhya mfn. (fr. paryoṣṭhyam) ib
pāriṇa ○ṇaka, and pārīṇa m. N. of a man Pravar
pārita-vat mfn. containing the word pāriśa, or other forms of the Caus. of √pṝ, SāṅkhBr
pārindra m.= pārīndra, a lion L
pārila patr. fr. parila g. śivâdi
≫ pārileya
pārileya m. (patr. fr. prec.?), N. of an elephant Jātakam
pāriśa m. Thespesia Populneoides L. (cf. pārīṣa and phalīśa)
pārī pārīṇa, See under 1. pāra and pāriṇa
pārīndra m. a lion Kāv. (cf. pārindra)
• a large snake, boa L
pārīya See under 1. pāra
pārīraṇa m.= parīraṇa L
pārīṣa m.= pāriśla Bhpr
pāru m.= peru, the sun Uṇ. iv, 101 Sch
• fire L
pārucchepa mf(ī)n. derived from Paruc-chepa Br
• (ī), f. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait
• n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
≫ pārucchepi
pārucchepi m. patr. fr. paruc-chepa RAnukr
pāruṣaka m. or u. a species of flower L. (cf. parūṣaka)
pāruskika mfn. (fr. paruṣa) harsh, violent Divyâv
≫ pāruṣeya
pāruṣeyá mf(ī)n. spotted, freckled AV
≫ pāruṣṇa
pāruṣṇá m. (fr. paruṣṇī f. of ○ruṣa) a kind of bird VS
≫ pāruṣya
pā́ruṣya n. (fr. paruṣa) roughness Suśr. (cf. tvak-p○)
• shagginess, dishevelled state (of the hair) Subh
• harshness (esp. of language), reproach, insult (also pl.) AV. &c. &c
• violence (in word or deed
• cf. daṇḍa-p○, vāk-p○)
• squalor MW
• the grove of Indra L. (also -ka Divyâv.)
• aloe wood L
• m. N. of Bṛihas-pati, the planet Jupiter L
pāre-gaṅgam pāre-taramiṇi &c. See under 1. pāra
pāreraka m. a sword, scimitar (?) W
pārevata m. a kind of date L. [Page 621, Column 3]
pārokṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. paro'kṣa) undiscernible, mysterious (v. l. for next) BhP
≫ pārokṣya
pârokṣya mf(ā)n. undiscernible, invisible, hidden ib
• n. mysteriousness, mystery ib
pārovarya n. (fr. paro-'varam) tradition Nir. xiii, 12
pārghaṭa n. = arghaṭa, ashes L. (cf. pārpara)
pārjanyá mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to Parjanya VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
pārṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parṇa) made or consisting of leaves, raised from leaves (as a tax) L
• made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa, TāṇḍlBr. Gobh
• m. a hut made of leaves Gal
• patr., g. śivâdi
⋙ pārṇavalka
○valka mfn. (fr. pārṇavalkya), g. kaṇvâdi
⋙ pārṇavalki
○valki m. patr. of Nigada L
⋙ pārṇavalkya
○valkya m. patr. fr. parṇa-valka g. gargâdi
pārtha 1
pārtha m. (fr. pṛthi) patr. of Tānva RAnukr
• n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Pṛithi Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rāja-sūya sacrifice) Br. KātyŚrS
• of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy
≫ pārthya
pārthyá m. a descendant of Pṛithi RV. x, 93, 15
pārtha 2
pārtha m. (fr. pṛthā) metron. of Yudhi-shṭhira or Bhīma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of the last
• pl. the 5 sons of Pa2ṇu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381, n. 4)
• N. of a king of Kaśrrīra (son of Paṅgu) and of another man Rājat
• Terminalia Arjuna L
⋙ pārthakirāta
○kirāta m. N. of the Kirātârjunīya Cat
⋙ pārthaja
○ja m. a son of Partha Rājat
⋙ pārthaparākrama
○parākrama m. N. of a drama
⋙ pārthapura
○pura n. N. of a city near the confluence of the Go-dāvarī and Vidarbhā Col
⋙ pārthamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of sons of Pṛitha MBh
⋙ pārthavijaya
○vijaya m. N. of wk
⋙ pārthasārathi
○sārathi m. Arjuna's chariotetr', N. of Kṛishṇa RTL. 107
-miśra m. N. of an author or sev. authors Cat
⋙ pārthastuti
○stuti f. N. of a Stotra
-ṭīkā f. N. of the Comm. on it
pārtha 3
pārtha m.= pārthiva, a prince, king L
pārtha 4
pārtha or pārthona m. (in astron.) = ? as (the Virgo of the zodiac)
pārthakya n. (fr. pṛthak) severalty, difference, variety Sāh
≫ pārthagarthya
pārthagarthya n. (fr. prithag-artha) difference of purpose or meaning &c. Śaṃk
pārthava mf(ī)n. belonging or peculiar to Pṛithu BhP
• m. Patr. fr. pṛthu Pravar
• n. width, great extent ĀpŚr. Sch
≫ pārthavi
pārthavi wṛ. for pārthiva n. Hariv
≫ pārthiva
pā́rthiva mf(ī or ā
Pāṇ. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. pṛthivii f. of pṛthu) earthen, earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c
• (from m. below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv
• m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV
• a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c
• an earthen vessel L
• a partic. Agni Gṛihyās
• the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var
• (pl.) N. of a family belonging to the Kauślikas Hariv
• (ī), f. 'earth-born', N. of Sītā Ragh
• of Lakshmī L
• (with śānti) N. of wk
• n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV
• an earthy substance Hariv. (v. l. ○thavi) Suśr
• Tabernaemontana Coronaria L
⋙ pārthivatā
○tā f
⋙ pārthivatva
○tva n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh
⋙ pārthivanandinī
○nandinī f. the daughter of a king MW
⋙ pārthivapūjana
○pūjana n. (and -vidhi, m.),
⋙ pārthivapujā
○pujā f. N. of wks
⋙ pārthivarṣabha
○rṣabha (r for ), 'k bull', an excellent king MW
⋙ pārthivaliṅga
○liṅga n. characteristic or attribute of a king
-pujana-vidhi m. -pūjā f. -pujârādhana n. māhātmya, n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vidhāna n. ○gôdyāpana n. N. of wks. or chs. of wks
⋙ pārthivaśreṣṭha
○śreṣṭha m. best of kings MBh
⋙ pārthivasutā
○sutā f. a king's daughter MBh
⋙ pārthivātmajā
pārthivâtmajā f. id. ib
⋙ pārthivādhama
pārthivâdhama m. the lowest or meanest of kings MW
⋙ pārthivārcanavidhi
pārthivârcanavidhi m. N. of wk. Pārthivêndra, m. the chief or greatest of princes MW
⋙ pārthivesvara
pārthivêsvara m. id
-cintāmaṇi, ni. (ṇi-paddhati f.), pūjanavidhi and. -pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks
≫ pārthuraśma
pārthuraśmá n. (fr. pṛthu-raśmi) N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy
pārda m. a species of tree Gaṇar. 300 Sch
• (ā), f. N. of a woman ib
⋙ pārdāvat
pārdā-vat mfn. ib. [Page 622, Column 1] Contents of this page
≫ pārdākī
pārdākī f. a species of plant ib
pārdāyanī f. (fr. pardi, or pardin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 99 Pat
pārpara m. (only L.) a handful of rice
• consumption or some other disease
• a filament of the Nauclea Cadamba
• ashes
• N. of Yama
• = jarāṭa (?)
pārya See under 1. pāra, p. 620
pāryantika &c. See under pāry, p. 621, col. 2
pārvaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parvan) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes of the moon (such as at new or full moon)
• increasing, waxing, full (as the moon
parvaṇau śaśi-divākarau, moon and sun at the time of full moon Ragh. xi, 82) GṛŚrS. Kāv. Pur. &c
• m. a halfmonth (= pakṣa) Jyot
• oblations offered at new and full moon GṛS
⋙ pārvaṇacaṭaśraddhaprayoga
○caṭa-śráddha-prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ pārvaṇacandrikā
○candrikā m. N. of wk
⋙ pārvaṇaśrāddha
○śrāddha n. a ceremony in honour of ancestors performed at the conjunction of sun and moon i.e. at new moon and at other periods of the moon's changes RTL. 305
• N. of wk
-paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
≫ pārvāyānāntīya
pārvāyânāntīya mf(ā)n. belonging to the days of new and full moon and to the solstices Mn
pārvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parvata) being in or growing on or coming from or consisting of mountains
• mountainous, hilly MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 67, 8ch.)
• m. Melia Bukayun L
• (ī), f. See below
≫ pārvatāyana
pārvatāyana m. patr. of a chamberlain, Sak. vi, 7/8 (vḷ. parv○ and vātāyana)
Pāṇ. 4-1, 103
≫ pārvati
pārvati m. patr. of Daksha ŚBr
Pan. ib
≫ pārvatika
pārvatika n. a multitude of mountains, mountain-range L
≫ pārvatī
pā́rvatī f. (of ○ta) a mountain stream Naigh. i, 13
• Boswellia Thurifera L
• Grislea Tomentosa L
• a kind of pepper L
• = kṣudra-pāṣāṇa-bhedā or jīvanī L
• a kind of fragrant earth L
• a female cowherd or Gopī L
• N. of the god Śiva's wife (as daughter of Hima-vat, king of the snowy mountains) Up. MBh. Kāv. &c. (RTL. 79)
• of Draupadī L. (wṛ. for pārṣatī)
• of sev. other women Cat of a river VP
• of a cave in mount Meru Hariv
⋙ pārvatīkṣetra
○kṣetra n. 'district of Pārvatī (Durgā)', N. of one of the 4 esp. sacred districts of Orissa L
⋙ pārvatīdharmaputraka
○dharma-putraka m. 'adopted son of Pārvatī' N. of Paraśu-rāma, Bllar
⋙ pārvatīnandana
○nandana m. 'son of PṭPārvatī' N. of Kārttikeya L
⋙ pārvatīnātha
○nātha m. 'lord of PṭPārvatī, N. of sev. men (the father of Tripurâri and the fṭfather of Dharma-siṃha) Cat
⋙ pārvatīnetra
○netra m. (in music) a kind of measure
⋙ pārvatīpati
○pati m. 'husband of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva, Balar
⋙ pārvatīpariṇaya
○pariṇaya m. 'marriage of PṭPārvatī', N. of a poem and a drama
⋙ pārvatīpaścāttāpavarṇana
○paścāttāpa-varṇana n
⋙ pārvatīpravartana
○pravartana n
⋙ pārvatīprasādana
○prasādana n. N. of wks
⋙ pārvatīprāṇanātha
○prâṇa-nātha m. 'lord of the life of Pārvatī N. of Siva Bālar
⋙ pārvatīmokṣaṇa
○mokṣaṇa n. N. of ch. of GaṇP
⋙ pārvatīlocana
○locana m. (in music) a kind of measure
⋙ pārvatīśvara
○"ṣśvara (○tI7zv○), m. = ○tī-nātha
-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP
⋙ pārvatīsakha
○sakha m. 'friend of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva' L
⋙ pārvatīsampradāna
○sampradāna n. N. of ch. of BrahmaP
⋙ pārvatīsahasranāman
○sahasra-nāman n
⋙ pārvatīstotra
○stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pārvatīsvayaṃvara
○svayaṃvara m. N. of a drama
≫ pārvatīya
pārvatīya mfn. living or dwelling in the mountains, mountainous
• m. a mountaineer MBh. R. &c
• Juglans Regia L
• N. of a sovereign ruling in the mountains MBh
• (pl.) of a mountains tribe L
≫ pārvateya
pārvateya mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to the mountains, mountains-born W
• m. N. of a prince of mountaineers MBh. (cf. ○tīya)
• (tī́), f. N. of the smaller or upper mill-stone VS
• n. antimony L
pārśava 1
pārśava m. (fr. 1. parśu) a prince of the Parśus Pāṇ. 5-3, 117
≫ pārśukā
pārśukā f. = parśukā, a rib L
≫ pārśva
pārśvá n. (rarely m. g. ardharcâdi
• ifc. f. ā fr. 1. parśu) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c
• the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc
ayaḥ, on both sides
am, aside, towards
e, at the side, near [opp. to dura-tas]
āt, away, from
• by means of, through) MBh. Kāv. &c
• a curved knife ŚBr
• a side of any square figure W
• the curve or circumference of a wheel ib
• (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [Page 622, Column 2]
• the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L
• a fraudulent or crooked expedient L
• m. the side horse on a chariot MBh
• N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher
• (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī and of his servant
• (du.) heaven and earth L
• mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below)
⋙ pārśvaga
○ga mfn. going at a person's side, accompanying, being in close proximity to (gen. or comp.), an attendant
• attendants, retinue, Kav. Rājat
⋙ pārśvagata
○gata mfn. being at the side, attending, accompanying, being close to or beside Kāv. Var
• sheltered, screening MW
⋙ pārśvagamana
○gamana n. the act of going by the side, accompanying, Kathās
⋙ pārśvacandra
○candra m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ pārśvacara
○cara m. an attendant
• pl. attendants, retinue Ragh
⋙ pārśvatas
○tás ind. by or from the side, at the side, near, sideways, aside (with gen. or ifc.), VS. Br. &c
⋙ pārśvada
○da m. 'turning the side towards ai, other', an attendant
• pl. attendants, retinue MBh. (vḷ. pārṣada)
⋙ pārśvadāha
○dāha m. a borning pain in the sṭside L
⋙ pārśvadeva
○deva m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ pārśvadeśa
○deśa m. the region of the sṭside, the ribs L
⋙ pārśvadruma
○druma m. pl. the trees at the sṭside or on every side MW
⋙ pārśvanātha
○nātha m. N. of a Jaina teacher (predecessor of Mahā-virā) MWB. 530
-kātvya n. -gītā f. -caritra n. -daśa-bhāva-visaha, m. -namaskāra m. -puraṇa n. -stava m. -stuti f. N. of wks. -parivartana n. 'turning round', N. of a festival on the 11th day of the light half of the month Bhādra (on which Vishṇu is supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep) Col
⋙ pārśvaparivartita
○parivartita mfn. turned sidewards Mālav
⋙ pārśvaparivartin
○parivartin mfn. being or going by the side of (comp.) Ragh
⋙ pārśvapippala
○pippala n. a species of Harītaki Bhpr
⋙ pārśvabhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. pain in the side Suśr
⋙ pārśvabhāga
○bhāga m. side-portion', the side or flank (of an elephant) L
⋙ pārśvamaṇḍalin
○maṇḍalin m. N. of a partic. posture in dancing Cat
⋙ pārśvamānī
○mānī f. the longer side of an oblong or the side of a square, Śulbas
⋙ pārśvaruj
○ruj f. = -bhaṅsga Suśr
⋙ pārśvavaktra
○vaktra m. 'whose face is in his side', N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv
⋙ pārśvavartin
○vartin mfn. standing by the sṭside, an attendant
• attendants, retinue Kāv
⋙ pārśvavivartin
○vivartin mfn. being by the sṭside of, living with (gen.) Kathās
⋙ pārśvaśaya
○śaya mfn. lying of sleeping on the side Pāṇ. 3-2, 15 Vārtt. 1
⋙ pārśvaśāyin
○śāyin m. id., N. of a partic. position of the moon Var
⋙ pārśvaśūla
○śūla m. a shooting pain in the side, stitch, pleurisy Suśr
⋙ pārśvasaṃstha
○saṃstha mfn. lying on the sṭside Vet
⋙ pārśvasaṃhita
○saṃhita mfn. laid together (sṭside by side) Lāṭy
⋙ pārśvasaṃdhāna
○saṃdhāna n. laying together (bricks) with their sides, Sulbas'
⋙ pārśvasūtraka
○sūtraka m. or n. a kind of ornament L
⋙ pārśvastha
○stha mf(ā)n. standing at the side, being near or close to, adjacent, proximate MBh. Kāv. &c
• m. an associate, companion
• (esp.) a stage manager's assistant (said to serve as a sort of chorus, sometimes an actor in the prelude who explains the plot) L
⋙ pārśvasthita
○sthita mfn. standing at the side, being near or close Rājat
⋙ pārśvānucara
pārśvânucara m. 'attending at the sṭside', an attendant, body. servant Ragh
⋙ pārśvāyāta
pārśvâyāta mfn. one who has approached close to Kathās
⋙ pārśvārti
pārśvârti f. pain in the side pleurisy Car
⋙ pārśvāvamarda
pārśvâvamarda m. id. ib
⋙ pārśvāsanna
pārśvâsanna mfn. sitting by the sṭside, standing next, present Kathās
⋙ pārśvāsīna
pārśvâsīna mfn. sitting by the side ib
⋙ pārśvāsthi
pārśvâsthi n. 'side-bone', a rib Sāy
⋙ pārśvaikādaśī
pārśvâikādaśī f. = ○śva-parivartana L
⋙ pārśvodarapriya
pārśvôdarapriya crab L
⋙ pārśvopapārśva
pārśvôpapārśva m. du. flank and shoulder-blade Nal
⋙ pārśvopapīḍam
pārśvôpapīḍam ind. (to laugh) so as to hold one's sides Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś.)
≫ pārśvaka
pārśvaka m. a rib Yājñ
• n. a by-way, dishonest means Hcat
• mfn. one who seeks wealth or other objects by indirect or side means Pāṇ. 5-2, 75
≫ pārśvatīya
pārśvatīya mfn. (fr. pārśva-tas) being on or belonging to or situated at the side, g. gahâdi
≫ pārśvala
pārśvala mfn. g. sidhmâdi
≫ pārśvika
pārśvika mfn. lateral, belonging to the side W. = ○śvaka, mfn. L
• m. a sidesman, associate W
• a juggler ib
• N. of an ancient teacher Buddh
• ī. = ○śvaka n. Vishṇ. Nār
≫ pārśvya
pārśvya m. du. heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30 (v. l. for pārvau). Cf. antaḥ-pārśvya
pārśava 2
pārśava m. (fr. 2. parśu) a warrior armed with an axe W
pārśva See col. 1
pārṣaki m. patr. Pravar
pārṣata mf(ī)n. (fr. priṣata) belonging to the spotted antelope, made of its skin &c. Kauś. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 622, Column 3]
• m. patr. of Dru-pada and his son Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh
• (ī), f. patr. of Draupadī ib
• of Durgā (wṛ. for pārvatī) L
• Boswellia Thurifera L
• = jīvanī L
≫ pārṣad 1
pārṣad Vṛiddhi form of pṛṣad in comp
⋙ pārṣadaṃśa
○aṃśa mfn. g. utsâdi
⋙ pārṣadaśva
○aśva m. patr. ĀśvGṛ
⋙ pārṣadvāṇa
○vāṇá m. a patron. RV
pārṣad 2
pārṣad f. (cf. next) an assembly L
• pl. the attendance or retinue of a god. BhP
≫ pārṣada
pārṣada m. (fr. parṣad) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Suśr. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.)
• a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar
• n. a text-book received by any partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prātiśākhyas) Nir. i, 17
• N. of wk
⋙ pārṣadaṭīkā
○ṭīkā f. N. of wk
⋙ pārṣadatā
○tā f. the office of an attendant (esp. of the attṭattendant of a god) BhP
⋙ pārṣadapariśiṣṭa
○pariśiṣṭa n
⋙ pārṣadavṛtti
○vṛtti f
⋙ pārṣadavyākhyā
○vyākhyā f. N. of wks
≫ pārṣadaka
pārṣadaka vḷ. for pāriṣadaka g. kulālâdi
⋙ pārṣadīya
pārṣaḍdīya mfn. conformable to the received text-book of any partic. grammatical school RPrāt
⋙ pārṣadya
pārṣaḍdya m. = pārtṣadya, a member of an assembly, assessor
• pārṣada pl. L
pārṣika m. metron. of (ā), f. N. of a woman, g. śivâdi
≫ pārṣikya
pārṣikya n. (fr. parṣika), g. -purohitâdi
pārṣī (?), f. dung L
pārṣṭika wṛ. for pārṣṭhika
pā́rṣṭeya mf(ī)n, (fr. pṛṣṭi) being within the ribs AV
pārṣṭhika mfn. being after the manner of the Pṛishṭhya (Ṣaḍ-aha) ŚrS
pā́rṣṇi f. (L. also m
• rarely pārṣṇī, f
• fr. √pṛṣ ? Uṇ. iv, 52 Sch.) the heel RV. &c. &c
• the extremity of the fore-axle to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached (the two inner horses being harnessed to the dhur, or chariot-pole) MBh
• the rear of an army (○ṇimgrah with gen., to attack in the rear) MBh. Hariv. Kāv
• the back W
• a kick ib
• enquiry, asking ib
• a foolish or licentious woman L
• N. of a plant (= kuntī or kumbhī) L
⋙ pārṣṇikṣeman
○kṣeman m. N. of a divinity MBh
⋙ pārṣṇiga
○ga mfn. following a person's heels or the rear of an army L
⋙ pārṣṇigraha
○graha mfn. seizing or threatening from behind BhP
• m. a follower, either an ally who supports or an enemy who attacks the rear of a king MW
⋙ pārṣṇigrahaṇa
○grahaṇa n. attacking or threatening an enemy in the rear MBh
⋙ pārṣṇigrāha
○grāha mfn. attacking in the rear
• 'heel-catcher', an enemy in the rear or a commander in the rear of an army (applied also to hostile planets) Mn. MBh. &c
⋙ pārṣṇighāta
○ghāta m. a kick with the heels Kathās
⋙ pārṣṇitra
○tra n. a rear-guard reserve L
⋙ pārṣṇiprahāra
○prahāra m. = -ghāta Kathās
⋙ pārṣṇiyantṛ
○yantṛ m. a charioteer who drives side-horse MBh
⋙ pārṣṇivāh
○v˘āh or m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'
⋙ pārṣṇivalha
○valha m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'
• an outside horse MBh
⋙ pārṣṇisārathi
○sārathi m. du. the two charioteers who drive the outside horses (cf. prec.) MBh
⋙ parṣṇyabhighāta
parṣṇy-abhighāta m: -"ṣṇi-ghāta Kathās
≫ pārṣṇīla
pārṣṇīla mfn. g. sidhmâdi
≫ pārṣṇuvi
pārṣṇuvi (!), m. a patron. Cat
pāl cl. 10. P. (Dhātup. xxxii, 69) pālayati (○te
• also regarded as Caus. of √2. [Pāṇ. 7-3, 37 Vārtt. 2, pat.], but rather Nom. of pāla below
• p. P. pālayat Ā. ○layāna
• pf. ○layām āsa
• aor. apīpalat), to watch, guard, protect, defend, rule, govern
• to keep, maintain, observe (a promise or vow) AV. Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
≫ pāla
pāla m. (ifc. f. ā) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv
• a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yājñ. MBh
• protector of the earth, king. prince BhP
• (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as 'recipient' ?) L
• N. of a serpent-demon of the race of Vāsuki MBh
• of a prince Cat
• (with bhatṭa) N. of an author ib
• (ī), f. a herdsman's wife MBh. v, 3608
• an oblong pond (as 'receptacle' of water?) Var. (cf. pāli)
⋙ pālakavirāja
○kavi-rāja m. N. of a poet Cat. (cf. śrī-k"ṣ-r○)
⋙ pālakāvya
○kāvya n. N. of a poem Cat. (wṛ. for ○kāpya?
⋙ pālaghna
○ghna m. a mushroom L
⋙ pālavaṇīj
○vaṇīj wṛ. for pāna-v○
≫ pālaka
pālaka mf(ikā)n. guarding, protecting, nourishing W
• m. a guardian, protector MBh. (ikā f.)
• a foster-father Rājat
• a prince, ruler, sovereign ib. BhP. [Page 623, Column 1] Contents of this page
• a world-protector (= loka-p○) Kām
• a horse-keeper, groom L
• a maintainer, observer MārkP
• a species of plant with a poisonous bulb Suśr
• Plumbago Zeylanica L
• a horse L
• N. of sev. princes Mṛicch. Kathās. Pur
• n. a spittoon Gal. (cf. pāla above)
⋙ pālakagotra
○gotra n. the family or tribe of one's adoptive parents MW
⋙ pālakākhyā
pālakâkhyā f. N. of the mother of Pālakāpya (below)
≫ pālana
pālana mf(ī)n. guarding, nourishing (○nī jananī f. a foster-mother) MārkP
• n. the act of guarding, protecting, nourishing, defending Mn. MBh. &c
• maintaining, keeping, observing MBh. Kāv. &c
• the milk of a cow that has recently calved L. (-karman n. superintendence Śak
-vṛtti f. a partic. manner of subsistence Baudh.)
⋙ pālanīya
pāḍlanīya mfn. to be guarded or protected or maintained or observed MBh. ○layitṛ mfn. protecting, cherishing
• a protector or guardian Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ pāli
pāḍli m. (prob.) a protector, ruler (cf. go-pāli and prajā-p○)
⋙ pālita
pāḍlita mfn. guarded, protected, cherished, nourished MBh. R. &c
• m. Trophis Aspera L
• N. of a prince (son of Parā-jit or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. Pur. (vḷ. palita)
• of a poet Cat
• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
⋙ pālin
pāḍlin mfn. protecting, guarding, keeping Śukas. BhP
• m. (ifc.) a ruler, king of. BhP
• N. of a son of Pṛithu Hariv
• (inī), f. Ficus Heterophylla L
⋙ pālīvrata
pāḍlī-vrata n. a partic. observance Cat
⋙ pāleya
pāḍleya mfn. (fr. pāla), g. saṃkāśâdi. ○īya mfn. = ○lanīya MBh. Kathās
• being under any one's (gen.) protection or guardianship Rājat
pālakāpya m. N. of an ancient sage or Muni (= kareṇu-bhū or = dhanvan-tari) L
• of an author Cat
• n. N. of his wk. (cf. pālakāvya above)
pālakka m. or n. N. of a country Inscr
pālakyā f. Beta Bengalensis Car
pālaṅka (only L.), m. Boswellia Thurifera
• a species of bird
• m. and (ī), f. Beta Bengalensis (also ○kikā Bhpr.)
• (ī), f. gum olibanum, incense L
≫ pālaṅkya
pālaṅkya n. and (ā), f. incense Suśr
• Beta Bengalensis Bhpr
pālaṅgin m. pl N. of a school called after a disciple of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Sch
pālada mfn. (fr. pala-da), Pān iv 2, 110
pālala mf(ī)n. (fr. palala) made of powdered sesamum seed Suśr
pālavi f. a kind of vessel Hariv
pālahāri m. (patr. fr. palahara?) N. of a man Rājat
pālāgalá m. a runner, messenger (according to others 'a bearer of false tidings') ŚBr. KātyŚr. Sch
• (ī), f. the fourth and least respected wife of a prince ib
pā́lāśa mf(ī)n. (fr. palāśa) coming from or belonging to the tree Butea Frondosa, made of its wood Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
• green Var
• m. Butea Frondosa MBh. (m. c. for patāśa)
⋙ pālāśakarman
○karman n. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ pālāśakalpa
○kalpa and m. N. of wks
⋙ pālāśavidhi
○vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pālāśakhaṇḍa
○khaṇḍa and m. N. of Magadha L
⋙ pālāśaṣaṇḍa
○ṣaṇḍa m. N. of Magadha L
≫ pālaśaka
pālaśaka mfn. (fr. palāśa), g. varāhâdi
≫ pālāśi
pālāśi m. (patr. fr. palāśa) Pravar
pāli f. (in most meanings and ifc. f. also ii [under. pāla]
• according to Uṇ. iv, 529 Sch. fr. √pal) the tip or lobe of the ear, the outer ear Suśr. (cf. karṇa- and śravaṇa-p○)
• a boundary, limit, margin, edge MBh. Kāv. &c
• a row, line, range Ratnâv. Siś. Gīt
• a dam, dike, bridge Rājat
• a pot, boiler HPariś
• a partic. measure of capacity (= prastha) L
• prescribed food, maintenance of a scholar during the period of his studies by his teacher L
• the lap, bosom L
• a circumference L
• a mark, spot L
• a louse L
• a woman with a beard L. = praśaṃsā L. (○lī ifc. to denote praise, Gaṇ.)
• = prabedha L
⋙ pāliṃhira
○ṃ-hira m. (wṛ. for -hara, 'seizing by the tip of the ear' ?) a kind of snake Suśr
⋙ pālijvara
○jvara m. a kind of fever L. [Page 623, Column 2]
⋙ pālibhaṅga
○bhaṅga m. bursting of a dike Rājat
⋙ pālyāmaya
pālyāmaya m. a disease of the outer ear Suśr
≫ pālikā
pālikā f. (cf. under pāla) the tip of the ear L
• a margin, edge L
• a pot or boiler HPariś
• a cheese or butter knife L
pālita See under √pāl
pā́litya n. (fr. palita) greyness (of age), hoariness AV
• mfn. g. saṃkāśâdi
pālinda m. incense L
• Jasminum Pubescens W
• (ī), f. Ichnocarpus Frutescens Suśr. (also ○ndi)
• = next L
≫ pālindhī
pālindhī f. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms L
pālisāyana m. patr. Pravar
pālīvata m. a species of tree Var. (prob. = pārevata)
pālohaya (!), m. patr. Pravar
pāllaka mfn. (fr. pallī), g. dhūmâdi
pāllavā f. (fr. pallava, sc. krīḍā) a game played with twigs L
≫ pāllavika
pāllavika mfn. diffusive, digressive Car
pālvala mf(ī)n. (fr. palvala) coming from a tank or pool Suśr
⋙ pālvalatīra
○tīra mfn. (fr. palvalatīra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 Sch
pāva mfn. (√) only in hiraṇya-p○, q.v
• m. (in music) a partic. wind-instrument
• (ā), f. See col. 3
≫ pāvaka
pāvaká mf(ā́)n. pure, clear, bright, shining RV. VS. AV. (said of Agni, Sūrya and other gods, of water, day and night &c
• according to native Comms. it is mostly = sodhaka', cleansing, purifying')
• m. N. of a partic. Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Autardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. TBr. KātyŚr. Pur
• (ifc. f. ā) fire or the god of fire Up. MBh. Kāv. &c
• N. of the number 3 (like all words for 'fire', because fire is of three kinds, See agni) Sūryas
• a kind of Rishi, a saint, a person purified by religious abstraction or one who purified from sin MBh
• Prenina Spinosa L
• Plumbago Zeylanica or some other species L
• Semecarpus Anacardium L
• Carthamus Tinctoria L
• Embelia Ribes L
• (ikā), f. (in music) = pāva
• (ī), f. the wife of Agni L
⋙ pāvakavat
○vat mfn. containing the word or having the name pāvaka
• N. of a partic. Agni AitBr. ŚrS
⋙ pāvakavarcas
○varcas (ká-), mfn. brightly resplendent (as Agni) RV
⋙ pāvakavarṇa
○varṇa (○ká-), mfn. of pure or brilliant aspect ib. VS. Gaut
⋙ pāvakaśocis
○śocis (○kâ-), mfn. (voc. ○ce) shining brightly RV
⋙ pāvakasuta
○suta m. patr. of Su-darśana MBh
⋙ pāvakātmaja
pāvakâtmaja m. patr. of Skanda ib
⋙ pāvakāraṇi
pāvakâraṇi m. Premna Spinosa L
⋙ pāvakārcis
pāvakârcis f. a flash of fire MBh
⋙ pāvakāstra
pāvakâstra n. a fiery weapon Uttarar. vi, 5/6
⋙ pāvakeśvara
pāvakêśvara n. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP
≫ pāvaki
pāvaki m. 'son of Fire', N. of Skanda MBh. Hariv. R
• of Su-darśana MBh
• of Vishṇu Hariv
≫ pāvakīya
pāvakīya mfn. coming from the god of fire or relating to him Cat
• fiery (said of weapons), Bilar. vii, 33 (cf. pāvakâstra)
≫ pāvana
pāvana mf(ī)n. purifying, purificatory
• pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c
• living on wind Nīlak
• m. a partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185
• fire L
• incense L
• a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L
• a Siddha (s.v.) L
• N. of Vyāsa L
• of one of the Viśve Devāh MBh
• of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
• (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L
• holy basil L
• a cow L
• N. of a river MBh. R
• the Ganges or the goddess Gaṅgā W
• n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh. &c
• penance, atonement L
• watee L
• cow-dung L
• the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made) L
• Costus Speciosus L
• a sectarial mark L
• = adhyāsa L
⋙ pāvanatva
○tva n. the property of cleansing or purifying Sāh
⋙ pāvanadhvani
○dhvani m. a conch-shell L
≫ pāvamāna
pāvamāná mf(ī)n. (fr. pavamāna) relating to Soma juice (while being purified by a strainer) or to Agni Pavamāna TS. AV. TāṇḍBr. Gobh
• m. pl. the authors of the Pāvamānī hymns or verses ŚāṅkhGṛ
• (lī́-), f. sg. or pl. N. of partic. hymns (esp. those of RV. ix AV. xix, 71 &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c. (also ○māna, m.)
• n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
≫ pāvita
pāvita mfn. (fr. √, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &c
≫ pāvitra
pāvitra n. a kind of metre Col. (wṛ. for pav○?). [Page 623, Column 3]
⋙ pāvitrāyaṇa
pāvitrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pavitra, g. aśvâdi
≫ pāvitrya
pāvitrya n. purity Siṃhâs
≫ pāvinī
pāvinī f. (prob.) wṛ. for pāvanī MBh. iii, 10543
≫ pāvya
pāvya mfn. to be cleansed or purified Bhaṭṭ
pāvan 1
pāvan. 2 See under √1. 3.
pāvara m. or n. the die or side of a die which is marked with 2 dots or points (prob. corrupted fr. dvā-para) Mṛicch. ii, 8
pāvaṣṭurikeya m. patr. fr. pavaṣṭurika g. śubhrâdi
pāvā f. N. of a city near Rāja-gṛiha Buddh
⋙ pāvāpurī
○purī f. id. ib. (also written pāpā-p○)
pāvindāyana m. metron. fr. pavindā g. aśvâdi (Kāś.)
pā́vīrava mf(ī)n. (fr. paviiru) proceeding from or relating to the thunderbolt
• (ī), f. (with or sc. kanyā), 'daughter of lightning', the noise of thunder RV
pā́śa m. (once n. ifc. f. ā
• fr. √3. paś) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and, fig.) RV. &c. &c
• (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81 ; 290
• (with Jainas) anything that binds or fetters the soul, i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89)
• selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), ŚrGṛS
• a die, dice MBh
• (in astrol.) a partic. constellation
• (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. chattra-p○, a shabby umbrella', or 0admiration e.g. karṇa-p○, 'a beautiful ear'
• after a word signifying, hair' abundance, quantity e.g. keśa-p○, 'a mass of hair')
• (ī), f. a rope, fetter Siś. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. pāśī)
⋙ pāśakaṇṭha
○kaṇṭha mfn. having a noose round the neck Kathās
⋙ pāśakapālin
○kapālin mfn. having a noose and a skull HPariś
⋙ pāśakrīḍā
○krīḍā f. 'dice-play', gambling Siṅhās
⋙ pāśajāla
○jāla n. the outer world conceived as a net (cf. above) Sarvad
⋙ pāśatva
○tva n. the state or condition of the outer world or nature ib
⋙ pāśadyumna
○dyumna (pā́ta-), m. N. of a man RV
⋙ pāśadhara
○dhara m. 'holding a noose', N. of Varuṇa Hariv
⋙ pāśapāṇi
○pāṇi m. 'noose in hand', id. ṢaḍvBr
⋙ pāśabaddha
○baddha mfn. noosed, snared, caught, bound W
⋙ pāśabandha
○bandha m. a noose, snare, halter, net Hit
⋙ pāśabandhaka
○bandhaka m. a bird-catcher Pañc
⋙ pāśabandhana
○bandhana n. a snare, fetter BhP
• mfn. hanging in a snare Kathās
⋙ pāśabhṛt
○bhṛt m. = -dhara Var. Ragh
⋙ pāśarajju
○rajju f. a fetter, rope Kathās
⋙ pāśavat
○vat mfn. having or possessing a noose (as Varuṇa) MBh
⋙ pāśahasta
○hasta mfn. noose in hand VP m. N. of Yama Kathās
⋙ pāśānta
pāśânta m. the back of a garment (opp. to daśā) Var
⋙ pāśābhidhānā
pāśâbhidhānā f. N. of the 12th day of a half-month Hcat
≫ pāśaka
pāśaka m. a snare, trap, noose (ifc
• cf. kaṇṭha-, daṇḍa-)
• a die HPariś
• (ikā), f. a strap of leather on a plough Kṛishis
⋙ pāśakakevalī
○kevalī f. N. of wk. (also spelled pāśākevalī or pāśaka-keralī)
⋙ pāśakapīṭha
○pīṭha m. or n. a gaming-table Mṛicch
≫ pāśaya
pāśaya Nom.P. ○śayati, to bind Nir. iv, 2 Dhātup. xxxiii, 45
≫ pāśāya
pāśāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a rope Kāv
≫ pāśika
pāśika m. one who snares animals, a birdcatcher Var
• N. of a man Rājat
• (ā), f. See under pāśaka
≫ pāśita
pāśita mfn. tied, fettered, bound, snared Daś. AgP
≫ pāśin
pāśín mfn. having a net or noose, laying snares
• m. a bird-catcher, trapper Āpast
• N. of Varuṇa MBh. Hariv
• of Yama RTL. 290
• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshira MBh
≫ pāśila
pāśila mfn. (fr. pāśa), g. kāśâdi
≫ pāśivāṭa
pāśi-vāṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh
≫ pāśyā
pāśyā f. a multitude of nooses or ropes, a net Pāṇ. 4-2, 49
pāśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu) derived from or belonging to cattle or animals (with māṃsa n. animals food) Kauś. Vet. Suśr
• n. a flock, herd W
⋙ pāśavapālana
○pālana n. 'nourishing flocks', pasturage or meadow grass L
⋙ pāśavamata
○mata n. an erroneous doctrine Hariv
≫ pāśuka
pāśuka mf(ī)n. relating to cattle (esp. to the sacrificial animal) ŚrS. (cf. Pan, iv, 3, 72)
⋙ pāśukacāturmāsya
○cāturmāsya n. N. of wk
⋙ pāśukādiprayoga
pāśukâdi-prayoga m. N. of ch. of Sāyaṇa's Yajña-tantra -sudhā-nidhi
≫ pāśupata
pāśupata mf(ī)n. relating or sacred to or coming from Śiva Paśu-pati MBh. Kāv. &c
• m. a follower or worshipper of Śiva Paśu-pati Kathās. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 59) [Page 624, Column 1] Contents of this page
• Agati Grandiflora L
• Getonia Floribunda L
• n. = -jñāna MBh. N. of a celebrated weapon given by Siva to Arjuna MBh. iii, 1650 &c
• of a place sacred to Śiva Paśu-pati Cat
⋙ pāśupatajñāna
○jñāna n. the doctrine of the Pāśupatas Cat
⋙ pāśupatabrahmopaniṣad
○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
⋙ pāśupatayoga
○yoga m. the system of the pṭplace Sarvad
-prakaraṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pāśupatavrata
○vrata n. = -yoga MBh
• N. of the 40th Pariś. of AV
-vivaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of LiṅgaP
⋙ pāśupatavratin
○vratin m. a follower of Siva Paśu-pati
○ti-viśa mfn. wearing the dress of a follower of SṭSiva Paśu-pati Rājat
⋙ pāśupataśāstra
○śāstra n. -jñāna Sarvad
⋙ pāśupatāstra
pāśupatâstra n. Śiva's trident MBh
⋙ pāśupatopaniṣad
pāśupatôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
≫ pāśupalya
pāśupalya n. (fr. paśu-pāla) the breeding and rearing of cattle Yājñ. MBh. &c
≫ pāśubandhaka
pāśubandhaka mf(ikā)n. and ○bandhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu-bandha) relating to the slaughter of a sacrificial animal
pāśī 2
pāśī f. (for 1. See under pāśa) a stone Kauś. 83 ; 85 (vḷ. pásī ; cf. pāṣáṇa, pāṣī)
pāścāttya or pāścātya mf(ā) n. (fr. paścāt or paścā) hinder, western, posterior, last MBh. R. Pañc
⋙ pāścāttyanirayāmṛta
○nirayâmṛta n. N. of wk
⋙ pāścāttyabhāga
○bhāga m. the hinder part (of a needle, i.e. its eye) ŚārṅgP
⋙ pāścāttyarātri
○rātri (only au ind.), towards the end of the night Kathârṇ
⋙ pāścātyākarasambhava
pāścātyâkarasambhava n. a species of salt coming from the West (= romaka) L
pāṣaka m. an ornament for the feet BrahmaP
pāṣaṇḍa mf(ī)n. (wrongly spelt pākhaṇḍa) heretical, impious MBh. Pur
• m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindū, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c
• m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP
⋙ pāṣaṇḍakhaṇḍana
○khaṇḍana n. N. of wk
⋙ pāṣaṇḍacapeṭikā
○capeṭikā f. N. of wk
⋙ pāṣaṇḍatā
○tā f. heresy, heterodoxy, Inscr
⋙ pāṣaṇḍadalana
○dalana n
⋙ pāṣaṇḍamukhacapeṭikā
○mukha-capeṭikā f
⋙ pāṣaṇḍamukhamardana
○mukhamardana n. N. of wks
⋙ pāṣaṇḍaviḍambana
○viḍambana n. N. of a comedy
⋙ pāṣaṇḍastha
○stha mfn. addicted to heresy, belonging to an heretical sect Mn. ix, 225
⋙ pāṣaṇsyacapeṭikā
pāṣaṇsya-capeṭikā f. = ○da-mukha-capetikā
≫ pāṣāṇḍaka
pāṣāṇḍaka or (L.),
⋙ pāṣāṇḍika
pāṣāṇḍḍika (L.),
⋙ pāṣāṇḍin
pāṣāṇḍḍin (Mn. Yājñ. &c.), m. a heretic (cf. IW. 219 ; 299)
≫ pāṣāṇḍa
⋙ pāṣāṇḍin
pāṣāṇḍḍin vḷ. for pâṣaṇḍa, ○ḍin
≫ pāṣāṇḍya
pāṣāṇḍya n. heresy Yājñ
pāṣāṇa m. (ifc. f. ā
• according to Uṇ. ii, 90 Sch. fr. √paṣ
• cf. pāśī) a stone Br. MBh. &c
• (ī), f. a small stone used as a weight L
• a spear A
⋙ pāṣāṇagardabha
○gardabha m. a hard swelling on the maxillary joint Suśr
⋙ pāṣāṇaghātadāyin
○ghāta-dāyin mfn. throwing or striking with a stone Kathās
⋙ pāṣāṇacaturdaśī
○caturdaśī f. the 14th day in the light half of the month Mārgaśīrsha (on which a festival of Gaurī is celebrated, when cakes made of rice and shaped like large pebbles are eaten) BhavP
⋙ pāṣāṇacayanibaddha
○caya-nibaddha mfn. surrounded with a coping of stone (as a well) Pañc
⋙ pāṣāṇadāraka
○dāraka or m. a stone-cutter's chisel L
⋙ pāṣāṇadāraṇa
○dāraṇa m. a stone-cutter's chisel L
⋙ pāṣāṇabheda
○bheda m. Plectranthus Scutellarioides Car
-rasa m. its juice Rasar
⋙ pāṣāṇabhedaka
○bhedaka m. = bheda Bhpr
⋙ pāṣāṇabhedana
○bhedana m. id. or Lycopodium Imbricatum L
⋙ pāṣāṇabhedin
○bhedin m. id. or Coleus Aniboinicus L
⋙ pāṣāṇamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or made of stone Kull
⋙ pāṣāṇavajrakarasa
○vajraka-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar
⋙ pāṣāṇaśilā
○śilā f. a flat stone Siṃhâs
⋙ pāṣāṇasaṃdhi
○saṃdhi m. a cave or chasm in a rock L
⋙ pāṣāṇasetubandha
○setu-bandha m. a barrier or dam of stone Rājat
⋙ pāṣāṇahṛdaya
○hṛdaya mfn. stone-hearted, cruel MW
≫ pāṣi
pāṣi f. = silā, a stone or = śakti, a spear Sāy. on RV. i, 56, 6 (cf. 2. pāśī)
≫ pāṣya
pāṣyá n. pl. stones, a rampart of stones RV
• du. the two stones for pressing the Soma ib
pāṣṭhauha n. (fr. paṣṭha-vāh) N. of a Sāman Br. Lāṭy
pāsa m. vḷ. for yāsa
• (ī), f. vḷ. for pāśī
pāstyá mfn. belonging to a house, domestic
• n. (?) household RV. iv, 21, 6
pāhaṇa-pura n. N. of a place Romakas
pāhāḍikā and pāhidā, f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs (cf. pahāḍī). [Page 624, Column 2]
pāhāta m. the Indian mulberry tree, Morus Indicadir (= brahma-dāru) L
pi 1
pi cl. 6. P. piyati, to go, move Dhātup. xxviii, 112 (cf. √2. )
pi 2
pi See under api
piṃś and piṃṣ, See √piś and piṣ
piṃs cl. 1. 10. piṃsati, ○sayati, to speak
• to shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 89
piká m. the Indian cuckoo, Cuculus Indicus VS. Kāv. &c
• (ī), f. a female cuckoo Kathās
⋙ pikanikara
○nikara m. a pseudonym of a poet Cat
⋙ pikapriyā
○priyā f. 'dear to the cuckoo', a species of Jambū L
⋙ pikabaudhu
○baudhu m. cuckoo's friend', the mango tree L
⋙ pikabādhava
○bādhava m. 'id.', the spring L
⋙ pikabhakṣā
○bhakṣā f. 'cuckoo's food' = bhūmi-jambū L
⋙ pikarāga
○rāga and m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L
⋙ pikavallabha
○vallabha m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L
⋙ pikasvarā
○svarā f. cuckoo's note', N. of a Surâṅganā, Sinhâs
⋙ pikākṣa
pikâkṣa n. 'cuckoo's eye', = rocanī L
⋙ pikāṅga
pikâṅga m. cuckoo-shaped', a partic. bird L
⋙ pikānanda
pikânanda m. 'cuckoo's joy', the spring L
⋙ pikekṣaṇā
pikêkṣaṇā f. cuckoo's eye', Asteracantha Longifolia L
pikka m. an elephant 20 years old (= vikka), any yaung elephant L
• (ā), f. a collection or string of 13 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (cf. piccā)
piṅga piṅgara, piṅgala, See under √piñj, col. 3
picaṇḍa m. n. the belly or abdomen L
• m. a partic. part or limb of an animal L
⋙ picaṇḍaka
picaṇḍḍaka mfn. = ○de kuśalaḥ g. ākarṣâdi
• (íkā), f. the calf of the leg or the instep L
⋙ picaṇḍika
⋙ picaṇḍin
picaṇḍḍin (g. tundâdi),
⋙ picaṇḍila
picaṇḍḍila (KāśīKh.), mfn. big-bellied, corpulent
≫ piciṇḍa
piciṇḍa m. = picaṇḍa L
-vat mfn. corpulent L
⋙ piciṇḍikā
piciṇḍḍikā f
⋙ piciṇḍila
piciṇḍila mfn. = picaṇḍikā, ○ḍila
picila m. an elephant Gal
picu m. cotton Car
• Vangueria Spinosa Suśr
• a sort of grain L
• a Karsha or weight of 2 Tolas Suśr
• a kind of leprosy L
• N. of Bhairava or of one of his 8 faces L
• of an Asura L
⋙ picutūla
○tūla n. cotton L
⋙ picumanda
○manda or m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ picumarda
○marda m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ picuvaktrā
○vaktrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat
≫ picavya
picavya m. the cotton plant L
≫ picuka
picuka m. Vangueria Spinosa Suśr
≫ picukīya
picukīya mfn. g. utkarâdi
≫ picula
picula m. a species of tree (Barringtonia Acutangula or Tamarix Indica) L. (cf. IW. 423, 3)
• cotton L
• a kind of cormorant or sea crow L
picc cl. 10. P. piccayati, to press flat, squeeze Dhātup. xxxii, 40 (vḷ. for pich, q.v.)
≫ piccaṭa
piccaṭa mfn. pressed flat, squeezed L
• m. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia L
• n. a substance pressed flat, cake (cf. tila-p○)
• tin or lead L
≫ piccita
piccita mfn. = piccaṭa Suśr
piccā f. a collection or string of 16 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (vḷ. pivā
• cf. pikkā)
picciṭa and ○ṭaka m. a species of venomous insect Suśr
picchorā f. a pipe, flute ŚrS
≫ piccholā
piccholā f. id. ib. = oṣadhi L
pich cl. 10 P. picchayati, to press flat, squeeze, expand, divide Dhātup. xxxli, 20 (vḷ. pice
• cl. 6. P. picchati, to inflict pain, hurt Dhātup. xxviii, 16 Vop
≫ piccha
piccha n. a feather of a tail (esp. of a peacock, prob. from, n. its, being spread or expanded) MBh. Kāv. &c
• (pl.) the feathers of an arrow KātyŚr. Sch
• a tail (also m.) L
• a wing L
• a crest L
• (ā), f. the scum of boiled rice and of other grain L
• the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L
• slimy saliva Car
• the venomous saliva of a snake L
• a multitude, mass, heap Car
• the calf of the leg Var
• a sheath or cover L
• the areca-nut L
• a row or line L
• a diseased affection of a horse's feet L
• Dalbergia Sissoo L
• = mocā and picchila L
• armour, a sort of cuirass L
⋙ picchabāṇa
○bāṇa m. 'arrow feathered', a hawk L
⋙ picchalatikā
○latikā f. a tail-feather Bālar
⋙ picchavat
○vat mfn. having a tail, tailed W
⋙ picchāsrāva
picchâsrāva m. slimy saliva Car. [Page 624, Column 3]
⋙ pitcchaka
pitcchaka m. or n. a tail-feather Cat. (cf. citra-p○)
• (ikā), f. a bunch of peacock's tailfeathers (used by conjurors) Ratnâv
≫ picchana
picchana n. pressing flat, squeezing Car
≫ picchala
picchala mfn. slimy, slippery, smeary MBh. Kād. (vḷ. picchila)
• m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh
• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum &c.) L
• of a river MBh. (vḷ. pitchilā)
⋙ picchaladalā
○dalā f. Zizyphus Jujuba L
⋙ picchaḻāṅga
picchaḻâṅga m. Pimelodus Gagora (= gargara) Gal
≫ picchitikā
picchitikā (!), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L. (wṛ. for picchilikā?)
≫ picchila
picchila mf(ā)n. slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary (opp. to viśada) MBh. Suśr. (-tva n.), &c
• having a tail W
• m. Cordia Latifolia L
• Tamarix Indica L
• (ā), f. N' of a river MBh. (vḷ. picchalā)
• of sev. trees and other plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Basella Lucida or Rubra, a kind of grass &c.) L
⋙ picchilacchadā
○cchadā f. Basella Cordifolia L
⋙ picchilatvac
○tvac m. Grewia Elastica L
• an orange tree or orange-peel L
⋙ picchilabīja
○bīja n. the fruit of Dillenia Indica L
⋙ picchilasāra
○sāra m. the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L
⋙ picchilātantra
picchilā-tantra n. N. of a Tantra
≫ picchilaka
picchilaka m. Grewia Elastica L
≫ picchilīkṛ
picchilī-√kṛ to make slippery or smeary Kād
≫ piñcha
piñcha n. a wing (= piccha) L
pijavana m. N. of a man Nir. ii, 24 (cf. paijavana)
pijūla m. N. of a man, g. aśvādi
piñca-deva m. N. of a man Rājat
piñj cl. 2. Ā. piṅkte, to tinge, dye, paint Dhātup. xxiv, 18 ; 20
• to join ib. (cf. √pṛc)
• to sound ib
• to adore ib. Vop
• cl.10. P. piñjayati, to kill
• to be strong
• to give or to take (?)
• to dwell Dhātup. xxxii, 31
• to shine
• to speak, xxxiii, 84
• to emit a sound Nir. iii, 18. [Cf. Lat. pingo?]
≫ piṅga
piṅga mf(ā)n. yellow, reddish-brown, tawny MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. kaḍārâdi)
• m. yellow (the colour) L
• a buffalo L.: a mouse L
• N. of one of the sun's attendants L
• of a man ĀśvŚr. (cf. paiṅgi, ○gin)
• (piṅgá, in one place pínga), N. of a kind of divine being (?) AV. viii, 6, 6 ; 18 &c
• (píngā), f. a bow-string RV. viii, 58, 9 (Sāy
• cf. piṅgala-jya)
• a kind of yellow pigment (cf. go-rocanā)
• the stalk of Ferula Asa Foetida L
• turmeric, Indian saffron L
• bamboo manna W
• N. of a woman MBh
• of Durgā W
• a tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side ib
• (ī), f. Mimosa Suma ib
• n. orpiment L
• a young animal MW
⋙ piṅgakapiśā
○kapiśā f. 'reddish-brown', a species of cockroach L
⋙ piṅgacakṣus
○cakṣus m. 'yellow-eyed', a crab L
⋙ piṅgajaṭa
○jaṭa m. 'having yellow-braided hair', N. of Śiva L
⋙ piṅgatīrtha
○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha MBh
⋙ piṅgadanta
○danta m. 'yellow-toothed', N. of a man Kathās
⋙ piṅgadṛś
○dṛś m. 'yellow-eyed', N. of Śiva Gal
⋙ piṅgadeha
○deha m. 'yellow-bodied', id. Śivag
⋙ piṅgamūla
○mūla m', having a reddish √', a carrot L
⋙ piṅgalocana
○locana mfn. having root-brown eyes Var
⋙ piṅgavarṇavatī
○varṇavatī f. turmeric L
⋙ piṅgasāra
○sāra m. yellow orpiment L
⋙ piṅgasphaṭika
○sphaṭika m. 'yṭyellow-crystal', a kind of gem L
⋙ piṅgākṣa
piṅgâkṣá mf(i)n. = ○ga-locana VS. ŚBr. &c
• m. an ape R
• N. of Agni MBh
• of śiva L
• of a Rakshas Cat
• of a Daitya Kathās
• of a wild man KāśīKh
• of a bird (one of the 4 sons of Droṇa) MārkP
• (ī), f. N. of a deity presiding over families Cat
• of one of Skanda's attendant Mātṛis MBh
⋙ piṅgāsya
piṅgâsya m. 'tawny-faced', a species of fish, Pilemodius Pangasius L
⋙ piṅgekṣaṇa
piṅgêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○ga-locana Var
• N. of Śiva L
⋙ piṅgesa
piṅgêsa m. 'lord of the yellow hue', N. of Agni MBh
⋙ piṅgesvara
piṅgêsvara m. id.', N. of a being attendant on Pārvatī L
≫ piṅgara
piṅgara m. N. of a man MW
≫ piṅgala
piṅgalá mf(ā́ and ī)n. (cf. g. gaurâdi and kaḍārâdi), reddish-brown, tawny, yellow, goldcoloured AV. &c. &c,
• (in alg. also as N. of the 10th unknown quantity)
• having reddish-bṭbrown eyes KātyŚr. Sch
• m. yellow colour W
• fire. L
• an ape L
• an ichneumon L
• a small kind of owl L
• a small kind of lizard L
• a species of snake Suśr
• a partic. vegetable poison L
• (with Jainas) N. of a treasure
• the 51st (or 25th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
• N. of Śiva or a kindred being GṛS. Gaut. &c. [Page 625, Column 1] Contents of this page
• of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
• of an attendant of the Sun L
• of a Rudra VP
• of a Yaksha MBh
• of a Dānava Kathās
• of a Nāga or serpent-demon MBh. i, 1554 (the supposed author of the Chandas or treatise on metre regarded as one of the Vedâṅgas, identified by some with Patañjali, author of the Mahā-bhāshya)
• of sev. ancient sages MBh. R. &c
• pl. N. of a people MārkP
• (ā), f. a species of bird L
• a kind of owl Var
• Dalbergia Sissoo L
• = karṇikā L
• a kind of brass L
• a partic. vessel of the body (the right of 3 tubular vessels which according to the Yoga philosophy are the chief passages of breath and air
ChUp. viii, 6, 1)
• a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) L
• N. of Lakshmī Gal
• of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety MBh
• of the female elephant of the South quarter L
• of an astrological house or period W
• heart-pea W
• n. a partic. metal L
• yellow orpiment L
⋙ piṅgalakāṇva
○kāṇva m. N. of a teacher Pat
⋙ piṅgalagāndhāra
○gāndhāra m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
⋙ piṅgalacchandaḥsūtra
○cchandaḥsūtra n. N. of Piṅgala's work on metrics
○dovṛtti and ○do-vyākyā f. n. of Comms. on this wk
⋙ piṅgalajya
○jya mfn. having a brown string (Śiva's bow) MBh. vii, 6148 (cf. piṅgā)
⋙ piṅgalatattvaprakaśikā
○tattva-prakaśikā (and ○śinī), f. N. of wks
⋙ piṅgalatva
○tva n. a tawny or yellow colour R
⋙ piṅgalanāga
○nāga m. the serpent-demon Piṅgala IW. 153
⋙ piṅgalaprakāśa
○prakāśa m
⋙ piṅgalapradyota
○pradyota m
⋙ piṅgalamataprakāśa
○mata-prakāśa m. N. of wks
⋙ piṅgalaroman
○roman mfn. tawny-haired (said of a Piśāca) Hariv
⋙ piṅgalaloha
○loha n. a kind of metal L
⋙ piṅgalavatsajīva
○vatsájīva m. N. of a man Divyāv
⋙ piṅgalavārttika
○vārttika n
⋙ piṅgalavṛtti
○vṛtti f
⋙ piṅgalasāra
○sāra m. (and -vikāśinī f.),
⋙ piṅgalasutra
○sutra n. N. of wks
⋙ piṅgalākṣa
piṅgalâkṣa mfn. having reddish-brown eyes TPrāt. Sch
• m. N. of Śiva MW
⋙ piṅgalātantra
piṅgalātantra n
⋙ piṅgalāmata
piṅgalā-mata n
⋙ piṅgālāmṛta
piṅgâlâmṛta n
⋙ piṅgalārthadīpa
piṅgalârtha-dīpa m
⋙ piṅgalāryā
piṅgalâryā f. N. of wks
⋙ piṅgalāśvara
piṅgalâśvara n. N. of a Liṅga Cat. (-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ib
-māhātmya n. N. of wk. ib.)
• (ī), f. a form of Dākshāyaṇī ib
≫ piṅgalaka
piṅgalaka mf(ikā́)n. reddish-brown, yellow, tawny AV
• m. N. of a Yaksha MBh
• of a man (pl. his descendants), g. upakâdi
• of a lion Pañc
• (ikā), f. a variety of the owl (= piṅgalā) Var
• a sort of crane L
• a kind of bee Suśr
• N. of a woman Kathās
⋙ piṅgalita
piṅgalita mf(ā)n. made reddishbrown, become tawny Kathās
⋙ piṅgalin
piṅgalin mfn. reddish-brown R
⋙ piṅgaliman
piṅgaliman m. tawny or yellow colour Kāv
≫ piṅgāśa
piṅgāśa m. (only L.) the chief of a community of wild tribes
• the head man or proprietor of a village
• a kind of fish, Pimelodius Pangasius (= piṅgâsya)
• (ī), f. = nālikā or nīlikā
• n. virgin gold
≫ piṅgiman
piṅgiman m. tawny or yellow colour Hariv
≫ piñja
piñja mfn. confused, disturbed in mind L
• full of (cf. pari-p○)
• m. the moon L
• a species of camphor L
• (ā), f. hurting, injuring L
• turmeric L
• cotton L
• a species of tree resembling the vinepalm L
• a switch L
• (ī), f. See tila-piñjī
• n. strength, power L
≫ piñjaṭa
piñjaṭa m. the concrete rheum of the eyes L
≫ piñjana
piñjana n. a bow or bow-shaped instrument used for cleaning cotton L
≫ piñjara
piñjara mf(ā)n. reddish-yellow, yellow or tawny, of a golden colour MBh. Kāv. &c
• m. a tawnybrown colour W. (also -tā f. Kathās
-tva n. Kād.)
• a horse (prob. bay or chestnut) L
• N. of a mountain MārkP
• n. (only L.) gold
• yellow orpiment
• the flower of Mesua Roxburghī
• wṛ. for pañjara ('skeleton' or 'cage')
⋙ piñjaraka
piñjaḍraka m. N. of a Nāga MBh
• n. orpiment L
⋙ piñjaraya
piñjaḍraya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye reddish-yellow, Ratnâv
○rita mfn. coloured rṭreddiṣ-y○ Daś
⋙ piñjarika
piñjaḍrika n. a kind of musical instrument Kathās. ○riman, m. a rṭreddiṣ-y○ colour Kād
⋙ piñjarīkṛ
piñjaḍrī-√kṛ to dye rṭreddiṣ-y○ ib
≫ piñjala
piñjala mfn. (fr. piñja) extremely confused or disordered (cf. ut-piñjala)
• (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
• (ī). a bunch of stalks or grass Gobh. (cf. piñjula)
• n. (L.) id
• Curcuma Zerumbet
• yellow orpiment
⋙ piñjalaka
piñjaḍlaka mfn. See ut-piñjalaka, samut-p○
≫ piñjāna
piñjāna n. gold L
≫ piñjikā
piñjikā f. a roll of cotton from which threads are spun L
≫ piñjula
piñjula n. a bunch of stalks or grass (in darbha-piñjulai) MaitrS
⋙ jūla
jūla n. ○jūlil f. id. Br. GṛŚrS
⋙ jūlaka
jūlaka m. N. of a man
• pl. his descendants, g. upaskâdi
≫ piñjūṣa
piñjūṣa m. the wax of the ear L
≫ piñjeṭa
piñjeṭa n. the excretion or concrete rheum of the eyes L. (cf. piñjaṭa). [Page 625, Column 2]
⋙ piñjota
piñjota f. the rustling of leaves L
piṭ cl. 1. P. peṭati, to sound, to assemble or heap together Dhātup. ix, 24
≫ piṭa
piṭa m. or n. a basket, box L
• a roof L
• a sort of cupboard or granary made of bamboos or canes W
≫ piṭaka
piṭaka mf(ā)n. (usually n.) a basket or box MBh. R
• &c. (ifc. ikā MānGṛ.)
• a granary W
• a collection of writings (cī. tri-p○)
• a boil, blister Car. (printed piṭhaka) Jātakam
• a kind of ornament on Indra's banner MBh. Var
• m. N. of a man (also piṭāka), g. śivâdi L
≫ piṭākyā
piṭâkyā f. a multitude of baskets, g. pāśâdi
piṭaṅkākī or piṭaṅkokī f. Cucumis Colocynthis L
piṭaṅkāśa m. Silurus Pabda L
piṭṭaka n. the tartar or secretion of the teeth L. (cf. kiṭṭa, kiṭṭaka, pippikā)
piṭṭaya Nom. P. (fr. piṭṭa = piṣṭa?) ○yati, to stamp or press into a solid mass KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ piṭṭita
piṭṭita mfn. pressed flat L
piṭh cl. 1. P. peṭhati, to inflict or feel pain Dhātup. ix, 54
≫ piṭha
piṭha m. pain, distress W
≫ piṭhaka
piṭhaka wṛ. for piṭaka
≫ piṭhana
piṭhana n. = anu-śāsana (?) Lalit
≫ piṭhara
piṭhara mf(ī)n. a pot, pan MBh. Var. &c
• m. an addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel L
• a kind of hut or store-room W
• N. of a partic. Agni Hariv
• of a Dānava MBh. Hariv
• n. a churning stick L
• the √of Cyperus Rotundus L
⋙ piṭharapāka
○pāka m. the union of cause and effect (i.e. of atoms) by means of heat Sarvad
≫ piṭharaka
piṭharaka m. or n. (ikā f. Divyâv.) a pot, pan (cf. next)
• m. N. of a Nāga Hariv
⋙ piṭharakakapāla
○kapāla n. a fragment of a pot, potsherd Bhartṛ
píṭhīnas m. N. of a man RV. (cf. paiṭhīnasi)
piḍaka m. (and ā f.) a small boil, pimple, pustule Rājat. Suśr
⋙ piḍakāvat
piḍaḍkā-vat and ○kin mfn. having boils or pustules Suśr
piṇḍ cl. r. Ā. 10.P. piṇḍate, ○ḍayati, to roll into a lump or ball, put together, join, unite, gather, assemble Dhātup. viii, 21
• xxxii, 110 (prob. Nom. fr. next)
≫ piṇḍa
píṇḍa m. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob, button, clod, lump, piece (cf. ayaḥ-., māṃsa- &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
• a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful
• (esp.) a ball of rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitṛis or deceased ancestors, a Śrāddha oblation (RTL. 293 ; 298-310) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
• food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c
• any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. Śaṃk. Vajracch
• the calf of the leg Mālatīm. v, 16
• the flower of a China rose L
• a portico or partic. part of a house L
• power, force, an army L
• m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh
• (du.) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L
• the embryo in an early stage of gestation L
• a partic. kind of incense Var. ('myrrh' or 'olibanum' L.)
• meat, flesh L
• alms Mālatīm. (cf. -pāta below)
• Vangueriya Spinosa L
• quantity, collection L
• (in arithm.) sum, total amount
• (in astron.) a sine expressed in numbers
• (in music) a sound, tone
• N. of a man, g. naḍâdi
• n. (L.) iron
• steel
• fresh butter
• (ā), f. a kind of musk L
• (ī), f. See 1. piṇḍī
⋙ piṇḍakanda
○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant (= piṇḍâíu) L
⋙ piṇḍakaraṇa
○karaṇa n. = -nirvapaṇa, PSrGṛ
⋙ piṇḍakharjūra
○kharjūra m. (Kād.), ○rikā and ○rī f. (L.) a species of date tree
⋙ piṇḍagosa
○gosa m. gum myrrh W
⋙ piṇḍatarkaka
○tarkaka m. pl. 'inquirers for the Śrāddha oblation (?)', ancestors preceding, the great-grandfather (who eat the remnants of the oblation made to the Pitṛis) Gṛihyās. Baudh. (v. l. -tarkuka [also para-tarkaka or ○kuka], -takṣaka, -takṣuka, piṇḍa-tarkya, piṇḍidaka)
⋙ piṇḍatas
○tas ind. from a ball or lump MW
⋙ piṇḍatā
○tā f. condition of a body Mcar
⋙ piṇḍataila
○taila n. ○laka m. incense, olibanum L
⋙ piṇḍatva
○tva n. being a lump or ball, density, condensation (-tvam ā-√gam, to become thick or intense) Kathās
⋙ piṇḍada
○da mf(ā) ī. offering or qualified to offer oblations to deceased ancestors Yājñ. MBh
• m. the nearest male relation W. [Page 625, Column 3]
• a son Gal
• a patron or master Bhartṛ
• (ā), f. a mother MBh. (Nilak.) Cf. sa-piṇḍa
⋙ piṇḍadātṛ
○dātṛ mfn. = -da mfn. Yājñ. Kāraṇḍ
⋙ piṇḍadāna
○dāna n. the offering of balls of rice &c. (to deceased ancestors) Baudh. Sāh
• the offering of Śrāddha oblations on the evening of new moon Nir. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull
• -giving alms Kāv
⋙ piṇḍanidhāna
○nídhāna n. = -nirapaṇa, ApGr
⋙ piṇḍaniryukti
○niryukti f. N. of wk
⋙ piṇḍanirvapaṇa
○nirvapaṇa n. the oblation of balls of rice &c. to deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 248 ; 261
⋙ piṇḍanivṛtti
○nivṛtti f. cessation of relationship by the Śrāddha oblations (cf. -sambandha) Gaut
⋙ piṇḍapada
○pada n. a kind of arithmetical calculation Jyot
⋙ piṇḍapāta
○pāta m. giving alms
-víā f. the hour for giving alms Mālatīm. iii, 0/1
○tika m. a receiver of alms Buddh
⋙ piṇḍapatra
○patra n. the vessel in which Śrāddha oblations are offered L
• an alms-dish Kāraṇḍ
• alms ib
⋙ piṇḍanirhāraka
○nirhāraka m. a class of attendants in a monastery Divyāv
⋙ piṇḍapāda
○pāda and m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L
⋙ piṇḍapādya
○pāḍdya m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L
⋙ piṇḍapitṛyajiña
○pítṛ-yajiña m. the oblation to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon GṛŚrS
-prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ piṇḍapuṣya
○puṣya m. (L) Jonesia Asoka
• the China rose
• the pomegranate tree
• n. (L.) the flower of Jonesia soka
• of the China rose
• of Tibernaemonsana Coronaria
• of a lotus
⋙ piṇḍapuṣpaka
○puṣpaka m. Chenopodium Album L
⋙ piṇḍaprada
○prada mfn. = -da mfn. Kād
⋙ piṇḍaphala
○phala mfn. bearing (long) round fruits MBh
• (ā), f. a kind of bitter gourd Car
⋙ piṇḍabīja
○bīja m. Nerium Odorum L
⋙ piṇḍabījaka
○bījaka m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L
⋙ piṇḍabhañjanaśānti
○bhañjana-śānti f. N. of wk
⋙ piṇḍabhāj
○bhāj mfn. partaking of the Śrāddha oblation
• m. pl. deceased ancestors Śak
-bhāk-tva n. Śaṃk
⋙ piṇḍabhṛti
○bhṛti f. means of subistence, livelihood R
⋙ piṇḍamaya
○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a lump of clay Mṛicch
⋙ piṇḍamātropajīvin
○mātrôpajīvin mfn. subsisting on a mere morsel Yājñ
⋙ piṇḍamusta
○mustá f. Cyperus Pertenuis L
⋙ piṇḍamūla
○mūla and n. Daucus Cirota L
⋙ piṇḍamūlaka